WAPDA DASU HydroPower Annex

PAKISTAN WATER AND POWER DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY
DASU HYDROPOWER PROJECT
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT ACTION PLAN

Volume 2: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
ANNEXURES
General Manager (Hydro) Planning, WAPDA, Sunny View, Lahore, Pakistan
June 2013
Volume 2 – Environmental Impact Assessment ANNEXES
ANNEXES
Dasu Hydropower Project

Volume 2 – Environmental Impact Assessment ANNEXES
List of Annexes
Annex 1.1: No Objection Certificate for Dasu Hydropower Project by KP EPA
Annex 2.1: National Environmental Quality Standards (NEQS 2000, 2009 and 2010)
Annex 3.1: Reservoir Area Map (Satellite Imagery)
Annex 4.1: Water Quality Results during Detailed Design and Feasibility Studies
Annex 4.2: Biological Information of Native Fish Species
Annex 4.3: Inventory of Vegetation in the Project Area
Annex 4.4: Data on Passerine and Migratory Birds in the Project Area
Annex 4.5: Traffic data along KKH and Access Roads
Annex 5.1: Alternatives for Waterways (Intake and Tailrace Canals)
Annex 6.1: Methodology for calculations of GHG emissions from DHP
Annex 7.1: Emission Factors for Construction Equipment
Annex 7.2: Seismic Hazard Assessment
Annex 7.3: Reservoir Induced Landslides
Annex 7.4: Dam Safety and Its Monitoring
Annex 8.1: Eligibility and Entitlement Matrix
Annex 8.2: Land Acquisition and Resettlement Budget
Annex 9.1: Terms of Reference for EU-DHC Staff
Annex 9.2: Detailed Cost Estimates of EMP
Annex 9.3: Environmental Code of Practices
Annex 10.1: Machinery Used in Construction of KKH
Annex 12.1: List of Participants of Community Consultation in 34 Villages
Annex 12.2: Notable Members of the Committee
Annex 12.3: Executive Committee of Affectees of Dasu
Annex 12.4: Participants of Jirga in March 2012 and in September 2012
Annex 12.5: Attendance List of Peshawar
Annex 12.6: Attendance List of Lahore
Annex 12.7: Attendance List of Karachi
Annex 12.8: Attendance List of Islamabad
Annex 12.9: Copies of Power Points and Discussion Point
Annex 13.1: Hydropower Sustainability Assessment Protocols – The Case of DHP

Volume 2 – Environm
mental Impac
ct Assessme
ent ANNEX
X – 1.1 (1 / 5))
Annex – 1.1
NO
O OBJEC
CTION CERTIF
C ICATE (NOC)
( – ENVIR
RONMEN
NTAL
PRO
OTECTIION AGGENCY – EPA
D
Dasu Hydropo
ower Projectt
mental Impac
ct Assessme
ent ANNEX
X – 1.1 (2 / 5))
D
Dasu Hydropo
ower Projectt
mental Impac
ct Assessme
ent ANNEX
X – 1.1 (3 / 5))
D
Dasu Hydropo
ower Projectt
Volume 2 – Environmental Impact Assessment ANNEX – 1.1 (4 / 5)

mental Impac
ct Assessme
ent ANNEX
X – 1.1 (5 / 5))
D
Dasu Hydropo
ower Projectt
Annex – 2.1
NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY STANDARDS
(NEQS 2000, 2009 and 2010)
Table1: NEQS for Municipal and Liquid Industrial Effluents1, 2
(mg/l, unless otherwise defined)
No. Parameter Standards

Into Inland Into Sewage Into Sea( )
Waters Treatment5
1. Temperature increase7 =<3°C =<3°C =<3°C
2. pH value 6 to 9 6 to 9 6 to 9
3. Five-day bio-chemical oxygen demand 80 250 808
(BOD)5 at 20°C1
4. Chemical oxygen demand (COD)1 150 400 400
5. Total suspended solids (TSS) 200 400 200
6. Total dissolved solids (TDS) 3,500 3,500 3,500
7. Grease and oil 10 10 10
8. Phenolic compounds (as phenol) 0.1 0.3 0.3
9. Chlorides (as Cl') 1,000 1,000 SC9
10. Fluorides (as F') 10 10 10
11. Cyanide total (as CN') 1.0 1.0 1.0
2
12. Anionic detergents (as MBAS) 20 20 20
13. Sulfates (SO4) 600 1,000 SC9
14. Sulfides (s') 1.0 1.0 1.0
15. Ammonia (NH3) 40 40 40
3
16. Pesticides 0.15 0.15 0.15
4
17. Cadmium 0.1 0.1 0.1
4
18. Chromium (trivalent and hexavalent) 1.0 1.0 1.0
4
19. Copper 1.0 1.0 1.0
4
20. Lead 0.5 0.5 0.5
4
21. Mercury 0.01 0.01 0.01
4
22. Selenium 0.5 0.5 0.5
4
23. Nickel 1.0 1.0 1.0
4
24. Silver 1.0 1.0 1.0
25. Total toxic metals 2.0 2.0 2.0
26. Zinc 5.0 5.0 5.0
4
27. Arsenic 1.0 1.0 1.0
4
28. Barium 1.5 1.5 1.5
29. Iron 8.0 8.0 8.0
30. Manganese 1.5 1.5 1.5
4
31. Boron 6.0 6.0 6.0
32. Chlorine 1.0 1.0 1.0

Explanations:
1. Assuming minimum dilution 1:10 discharge, lower ratio would attract progressively stringent
standards to be determined by the Federal Environmental Protection Agency. By 1:10 dilution
means, for example that for each one cubic meter of treated effluent, the recipient water body
should have 10 cubic meter of water for dilution of this effluent.
2. Methylene Blue Active substances assuming surfactant as biodegradable
3. Pesticides include herbicides, fungicides, and insecticides
4. Subject to total toxic metals discharge should not exceed level given at S. No. 25
5. Applicable only when and where sewage treatment is operational and BOD = 80 mg/l is achieved
by the sewage treatment system.
6. Provided discharge is not at shore and not within 10 miles of mangrove or other important
estuaries.
7. The effluent should not result in temperature increase of more than 3oC at the edge of the zone
where initial mixing and dilution take place in the receiving body. In case zone is not define, use
100 m from the point of discharge
8. ** The value for industry is 200 mg/l
9. *** Discharge concentration at or below sea concentration (SC)
10. Dilution of liquid effluents to bring them to the NEQS limiting values is not permissible through
fresh water mixing with the effluent before discharging into the environment.
11. The concentration of pollutants in water being used will be subtracted from the effluent for
calculating the NEQS limits.
12. Modified Benzene Alkyl Sulfate assuming surfacetant as biodegradable.

Table 2: NEQS for Gaseous Emissions
No. Parameter Source of Emission Standards

1. Smoke Smoke opacity not to exceed 40% or 2 on Ringlemann
Scale or equivalent smoke
number
2. Particulate matter1 (a) Boilers and furnaces:
i) Oil-fired 300
ii) Coal-fired 500
iii) Cement kilns 300
(b) Grinding, crushing, 500
clinker coolers and related
processes, metallurgical
processes, converters, blast
furnaces and cupolas
3. Hydrogen chloride Any 400
4. Chlorine Any 150
5. Hydrogen fluoride Any 150
6. Hydrogen sulfide Any 10
7. Sulfur oxides2, 3 Sulfuric acid/sulfonic acid plants 5,000
Other plants except power 1,700
plants operating on oil and coal
8. Carbon monoxide Any 800
9. Lead Any 50
10. Mercury Any 10
11. Cadmium Any 20
12. Arsenic Any 20
13. Copper Any 50
14. Antimony Any 20
15. Zinc Any 200
16. Oxides of nitrogen3 Nitric acid manufacturing unit 3,000
Gas-fired 400
Oil-fired 600
Coal-fired 1,200
1. Based on the assumption that the size of the particulate is 10 micron or more.
2. Based on 1 per cent sulfur content in fuel oil. Higher content of sulfur will cause standards to be
pro-rated.
3. In respect of emissions of sulfur dioxide and nitrogen oxides, the power plants operating on oil
and coal as fuel shall in addition to National Environmental Quality Standards (NEQS) special
above, comply with the following standards.
4. Pakistan Standards for Sulfur Dioxide and Nitrogen Oxides for Power Plants Operating on Oil
and Coal

Table 3: NEQS for Sulfur Dioxide
Sulfur Dioxide Background Levels (mg/m3) Standards

Criterion I Criterion II
Background Air Annual Maximum Max. SO2 Max. Allowable
Quality Average 24-Hour Emissions 1-Year Average Ground
(SO2 basis) Interval (TPD) Level Increment to Ambient
(mg/m3)
Unpolluted < 50 < 200 500 50
Moderately polluted1
Low 50 200 500 50
High 100 400 100 10
2
Very polluted > 100 > 400 100 10
1. For intermediate values between 50 and 100 Pg/m3 linear interpretation should be used.
2. No project with sulfur dioxide emissions will be recommended.
Table 4: NEQS for Nitrogen Oxides
Annual arithmetic mean of ambient air concentrations of nitrogen 100 Pg/m3 (0.05 ppm)
oxides (expressed as NO2) should not exceed
Maximum emission levels for stationary source discharges, before mixing with the atmosphere:
For fuel fired steam generators
Liquid fossil fuel 130 ng/J of heat input
Solid fossil fuel 300 ng/J of heat input
Lignite fossil fuel 260 ng/J of heat input
Table 5: NEQS for Noise
S Category of Effective from Ist July, 2010 Effective from Ist July, 2012
No. Area/Zone
Limit in dB(A) Leq*
Day time Night time Day time Night time
1. Residential are (A) 65 50 55 45

2. Commercial are (B) 70 60 65 55
3. Industrial area (C) 80 75 75 65
4. Silence zone (D) 55 45 50 45
Note:
1. Day time hours: 6 .00 am to 10.00 pm
2. Night Time hours: 10.00 pm to 6.00 am
3. Silence zone: Zones which are declared as such by the competent authority. An area
comprising not less than 100 meters around hospitals, educational institutions and courts and
courts.
4. Mixed categories of areas may be declared as one of the four above-mentioned categories by
the competent authority.
5. dB(A) Leq: time weighted average of the level of sound in decibels on scale A which is relatable
to human hearing.

Table 6: NEQS for Ambient Air
Pollutants Time-weighted Concentration in Ambient Air Method of

Average Measurement
Effective from Effective from
1st July 2010 1st January
2013
Sulfur Dioxide Annual Average* 80 ȝg/m3 80 ȝg/m3 -Ultra Violet
(SO2) 3 3 Fluorescence method
24 hours** 120 ȝg/m 120 ȝg/m
3
Oxide of Annual Average* 40 ȝg/m 40 ȝg/m3 -Gas Phase
Nitrogen as (NO) 3 3 Chemiluminescence
24 hours** 40 ȝg/m 40 ȝg/m
3
Oxide of Annual Average* 40 ȝg/m 40 ȝg/m3 -Gas Phase
Nitrogen as 3 3 Chemiluminescence
(NO2) 24 hours** 40 ȝg/m 80 ȝg/m
O3 1 hour 180 ȝg/m3 130 ȝg/m3 -Non dispersive UV

absorption method
Suspended Annual Average* 400 ȝg/m3 360 ȝg/m3 -High Volume
Particulate 3 3 Sampling, (Average
Matter (SPM) 24 hours** 550 ȝg/m 500 ȝg/m flow rate not less than
1.1 m3/min)
Respirable Annual Average* 200 ȝg/m3 120 ȝg/m3 -ȕ Ray Absorption
particulate 3 3 method
Matter. PM 10 24 hours** 250 ȝg/m 150 ȝg/m
Respirable Annual Average* 25 ȝg/m3 15 ȝg/m3 -ȕ Ray Absorption

Particulate 3 3 method
Matter. PM 2.5 24 hours** 40 ȝg/m 35 ȝg/m
3
1 hour 25 ȝg/m 15 ȝg/m3
Lead (Pb) Annual Average* 1.5 ȝg/m3 1 ȝg/m3 ASS Method after
3 3 sampling using EPM
24 hours** 2 ȝg/m 1.5 ȝg/m 2000 or equivalent
Filter paper
Carbon 8 hours** 5 mg/m3 5 mg/m3 Non Dispersive Infra
Monoxide (CO) 3 3 Red (NDIR) method
1 hour 10 mg/m 10 mg/m
* Annual arithmetic mean of minimum 104 instruments in a year taken twice a week 24 hourly at uniform
interval
** 24 hourly /8 hourly values should be met 98% of the in a year. 2% of the time, it may exceed but not
on two consecutive days.

Table 7: NEQS for Drinking Water
Properties/ Parameters Standard Values For Who Guidelines Remarks

Pakistan
Bacterial
All water intended for Must not be detectable in Must not be detectable in Most Asian
drinking (e.Coli or Thermo any 100 ml sample any 100 ml sample countries also
tolerant Coliform bacteria) follow WHO
standards
Treated water entering Must not be detectable in Must not be detectable in Most Asian
the distribution system any 100 ml sample any 100 ml sample countries also
(E.Coli or thermo tolerant follow WHO
coliform and total coliform standards
bacteria)
Treated water in the Must not be detectable in Must not be detectable in Most Asian
distribution system (E.coli any 100 ml sample In case any 100 ml sample In case countries also
or thermo tolerant of large supplies, where of large supplies, where follow WHO
coliform and total coliform sufficient samples are sufficient samples are standards
bacteria) examined, must not be examined, must not be
present in 95% of the present in 95% of the
samples taken throughout samples taken throughout
any 12-month period. any 12-month period.
Physical
Colour 15 TCU 15 TCU
Taste Non objectionable/Accept Non objectionable/Accept
able able
Odour Non objectionable/Accept Non objectionable/Accept
able able
Turbidity < 5 NTU < 5 NTU
Total hardness as CaCO3 < 500 mg/l –
TDS < 1000 < 1000
pH 6.5 – 8.5 6.5 – 8.5
Chemical
Essential Inorganic mg/Litre mg/Litre
Aluminium (Al) mg/1 <0.2 0.2
Antimony (Sb) <0.005 (P) 0.02
Arsenic (As) < 0.05 (P) 0.01 Standard for
Pakistan similar to
most Asian
developing
countries
Barium (Ba) 0.7 0.7
Boron (B) 0.3 0.3
Cadmium (Cd) 0.01 0.003 Standard for
Pakistan similar to
most Asian
developing
countries
Chloride (Cl) <250 250
Chromium (Cr) <0.05 0.05
Copper (Cu) 2 2
Toxic Inorganic mg/Litre mg/Litre
Cyanide (CN) <0.05 0.07 Standard for
Pakistan similar to
Asian developing
countries

Properties/ Parameters Standard Values For Who Guidelines Remarks

Pakistan
Fluoride (F)* <1.5 1.5
Lead (Pb) <0.05 0.01 Standard for
Pakistan similar to
most Asian
developing
countries
Manganese (Mn) < 0.5 0.5
Mercury (Hg) <0.001 0.001
Nickel (Ni) <0.02 0.02
Nitrate (NO3)* <50 50
Nitrite (NO2)* <3 (P) 3
Selenium (Se) 0.01(P) 0.01
Residual chlorine 0.2-0.5 at consumer end –
0.5-1.5 at source
Zinc (Zn) 5.0 3 Standard for
Pakistan similar to
most Asian
developing
countries
* indicates priority health related inorganic constituents which need regular monitoring.
Organic
Pesticides mg/L PSQCA No. 4639-2004, Annex II
Page No. 4 Table No. 3
Serial No. 20- 58 may be
consulted.***
Phenolic compounds (as < 0.002
Phenols) mg/L
Polynuclear aromatic 0.01 ( By GC/MS method)
hydrocarbons (as PAH)
g/L
Radioactive
Alpha Emitters bq/L or 0.1 0.1
pCi
Beta emitters 1 1
*** PSQCA: Pakistan Standards Quality Control Authority.
Proviso:
1. The existing drinking water treatment infrastructure is not adequate to comply with WHO
guidelines. The arsenic concentrations in South Punjab and in some parts of Sindh have been
found high then Revised WHO guidelines. It will take some time to control arsenic through
treatment process. Lead concentration in the proposed standards is higher than WHO
Guidelines. As the piping system for supply of drinking water in urban centres are generally old
and will take significant resources and time to get them replaced. In the recent past, lead was
completely phased out from petroleum products to cut down lead entering into environment.
These steps will enable to achieve WHO Guidelines for Arsenic, Lead, Cadmium and Zinc.
However, for the bottled water, WHO limits for Arsenic, Lead, Cadmium and Zinc will be
applicable and PSQCA Standards for all the remaining parameters.

Table 7: NEQS for Motor Vehicle Exhaust and Noise

Table 7.1: For in Use Vehicles
Sr. Parameter Standards (maximum Measuring method

No permissible limit)
1 Smoke 40 % or 2 on the ringlemann To be compared with ringlemann
scale during engine acceleration chart at a distance of 6 meters or
mode more
2 Carbon 6% Under idling conditions: Non
Monoxide dispersive infrared detection through
gas analyzer
3 Noise 85 db (A) Sound meter at 7.5 meters from the
source
Table 7.2: For New Vehicles (Diesel)
(a) Emission Standards for Passenger Cars and Light Commercial Vehicles (g/Km)
Type of Category/Class Tiers CO HC+ PM Measuring

Vehicle NOx Method
Passenger M1: with reference mass Pak-II IDI 1.0 0.7 0.08 NEDC (ECE
Cars (RW) upto 2500 kg. Cars Pak-II DI 1.0 0.9 0.10 15 + EUDCL)
with RW over 2500 kg to
meet NI category
standards
Light N1-I (RW<1250 kg) Pak-II IDI 1.0 0.70 0.08
Commercial Pak-II DI 1.0 0.90 0.10
Vehicles N1-II (1250 kg<RW<1700 Pak-II IDI 1.25 1.0 0.12
kg) Pak-II DI 1.25 1.3 0.14
N1-III (RW>1700 kg) Pak-II IDI 1.50 1.2 0.17
Pak-II DI 1.50 1.6 0.20
Parameter Standards (maximum permissible Measuring Method

limit)
Noise 85 db (A) Sound-meter at 7.5 meters from the
source
(b) Emission Standards for Heavy Duty Diesel Engines and Large Goods Vehicles (g/Kwh)
Type of Vehicle Category/Class Tiers CO HC+ NOx PM Measuring

Method
Heavy Duty Diesel Trucks and Pak- 4.0 1.1 7.0 0.15 ECE-R-49
Engines Buses II
Large Goods N2 (2000 and Pak- 4.0 7.0 1.10 0.15 EDC
Vehicles up) II
Parameter Standards (maximum permissible Measuring Method

limit)
Noise 85 db (A) Sound-meter at 7.5 meters from the
source

Table 7.3: For New Vehicles (Petrol)
Emission Standards for Petrol Vehicles (g/km)
Type of Vehicle Category/Class Tiers CO HC+ Measuring

Nox Method
Passenger Cars M1: with reference mass (RW) Pak-II 2.20 0.5 NEDC (ECE
upto 2500 kg. Cars with RW over IDI 15 + EUDCL)
2500 kg to meet N1 category
standards
Light N1-I (RW<1250 kg) Pak-II 2.20 0.5
Commercial N1-II (1250 kg<RW<1700 kg) Pak-II 4.0 0.65
Vehicles N1-III (RW>1700 kg) Pak-II 5.0 0.08
Motor 2,4 strokes<150cc Pak-II 5.5 1.5 ECER 40
Rickshaws and 2,4 strokes>150cc Pak-II 5.5 1.3
motor cycles
Parameter Standards (maximum Measuring Method

permissible limit)
Noise 85 db (A) Sound-meter at 7.5 meters
from the source
Explanation:
DI: Direct Injection
IDI: Indirect Injection
EUDCL: Extra urban driving cycle
NEDC: New European driving cycle
ECE: urban driving cycle
M: Vehicle designed and constructed for the carriage of passengers and comprising no more than eight
seats in addition to the driver’s seat.
N: Motor vehicles with at least four wheels designed and constructed for the carriage of goods.
*: New models mean both model and engine type change

Annex – 3.1
RESERVOIR AREA MAP (AT FSL 950M)



Annex – 4.1
WATER QUALITY RESULTS DURING DETAIL DESIGN AND FEASIBILITY STUDIES
Table 4.1.1: Water Quality Results during July/August 2012
SAMPLING SITES (High Flow) *STANDARDS

Sr. Harban Tangir Summer Churi Lutar Kandia (Surface Water)
PARAMETER Darel River Remarks
No. Das River Nullah Nullah Nullah River **Table 5 - ***Table 6
(River) (Stream) (Stream) (Stream) (Stream) (Stream) (Stream) Class C - Class D
1 Temperature (°C) 18 21 16.4 19 16.4 20.7 18 - - -
2 pH 7.03 7.38 7.42 7.12 7.42 7.82 7.75 6.5 - 8.5 6.5 - 8.4 Complied
Dissolved Oxygen
3 9.3 8.8 8.8 8.7 8.8 8.8 7.7 >5.0 >4.0 Complied
(mg/l)
Conductivity
4 201.3 121.3 30.1 50.9 29.1 78.6 87.9 1500 1500 Complied
(μS/cm)
5 Turbidity (NTU) 3 2.4 1.445 8.05 1.52 1 8.45 - - -
Total Hardness as
6 8 10 13.8 12 13.8 23.4 10.01 - - -
CaCO3 (mg/l)
7 BOD5 (mg/l) 0.25 0.21 0.32 0.61 0.20 0.46 0.25 8.0 8.0 Complied
8 COD (mg/l) 0.60 1.01 1.40 1.80 0.70 1.64 1.22 - - -
Total Dissolved
9 72.2 63 14 25.6 14 38.6 43.4 1000 1000 Complied
Solids (mg/l)
Total Suspended
10 84 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 17 - - -
Solids (mg/l)
11 Chloride (mg/l) 10 8 4 6.4 5.5 2.5 4.5 - 100 Complied
12 Chlorine (mg/l) BDL 0.015 0.055 0.05 0.195 0.045 0.1 - - -
13 Sodium (mg/l) 5.95 2.01 3.08 2.20 1.44 1.50 1.91 - - -
14 Fluoride (mg/l) BDL 0.75 BDL 0.52 BDL 0.11 BDL 1.5 1.0 Complied
15 Iodine (mg/l) BDL 0.1 0.39 0.15 0.75 0.21 0.75 - - -
16 Sulphate (mg/l) BDL BDL 0.5 BDL 0.5 1.5 1 - - -
17 Sulphide (mg/l) 1.18 BDL 0.09 0.39 0.09 0.25 0.32 - - -


No. Das River Nullah Nullah Nullah River **Table 5 - ***Table 6
Nitrogen Ammonia
18 0.92 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 1.0 - Complied
(mg/l)
19 Nitrate (mg/l) 3.5 0.3 0.09 0.6 0.09 2 2.9 - - -
20 Cyanide (mg/l) 0.008 0.003 0.025 0.03 0.02 0.045 0.035 0.005 1.0 Complied
21 Copper (mg/l) 0.0120 0.0015 0.0025 0.0024 0.0028 0.0032 0.0060 0.007 0.20 Complied
22 Cadmium (mg/l) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.002 0.01 Complied
23 Chromium (mg/l) 0.01572 0.00640 0.02001 0.00896 0.00555 0.00639 0.00772 0.05 0.01 Complied
24 Lead (mg/l) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.01 0.1 Complied
25 Silver (mg/l) 0.00037 BDL 0.0002 BDL BDL BDL BDL - - -
26 Zinc (mg/l) 0.014 0.003 0.010 0.062 0.002 0.002 0.006 0.086 2.0 Complied
27 Nickel (mg/l) 0.0215 0.0105 0.0179 0.0078 0.0062 0.0050 0.0113 0.05 0.20 Complied
28 Arsenic (mg/l) 0.0070 BDL 0.0014 0.0010 0.0013 BDL 0.0017 0.05 0.10 Complied
29 Selenium (mg/l) 0.00079 BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.00091 BDL 0.005 0.02 Complied
30 Manganese (mg/l) 0.1206 0.0016 0.0119 0.0050 0.0018 0.0027 0.0118 0.10 0.20 Complied
31 Iron (mg/l) 0.230 0.093 0.203 0.289 0.071 0.132 0.264 0.3 5.0 Complied
32 Barium (mg/l) 0.0360 0.0120 0.0344 0.0344 0.0240 0.0275 0.0120 - - -
33 Boron (mg/l) 0.021 0.02 0.009 0.02 0.01 0.046 BDL 1.0 1.0 Complied
34 Mercury (mg/l) 0.0006 0.000462 0.00171 0.00036 BDL BDL 0.002 0.000012 0.01 Complied
35 Magnesium (mg/l) 9.29 1.47 1.45 1.15 0.71 1.74 1.17 - - -
Phenolic
36 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.01 - Complied
Compounds (mg/l)



Sr. Barseen Uchar Dam Dasu Komela D/s of U/s of (Surface Water)
PARAMETER Segloo Remarks
No. Gah Nullah Axis Nullah JalKot Jalkot Pattan
**Table 5 - ***Table 6
(Stream) (Stream) (River) (River) (Stream) (River) (River) (River) Class C - Class D
1 Temperature (°C) 15.5 16.5 21 17 15.6 18.3 - - - - -
2 pH 7.64 7.62 8.07 8.1 7.65 7.5 8.11 8.09 6.5 - 8.5 6.5 - 8.4 Complied
Dissolved Oxygen
3 8.6 8.9 8.2 8.02 8.1 8.2 9.3 9.7 >5.0 >4.0 Complied
(mg/l)
Conductivity
4 92.8 29.8 211.1 182.6 124.9 234.4 171.2 152.6 1500 1500 Complied
(μS/cm)
5 Turbidity (NTU) 3 1 45 65 0.545 70.5 57.5 59.5 - - -
Total Hardness as
6 BDL 10.6 62.6 65 40.2 59.8 30 43 - - -
CaCO3 (mg/l)
7 BOD5 (mg/l) 0.37 0.50 1.00 1.20 0.20 0.45 0.42 0.55 8.0 8.0 Complied
8 COD (mg/l) 2.47 2.07 4.27 3.87 1.00 1.56 1.40 2.00 - - -
Total Dissolved
9 44 15 105 90.6 56 115.8 80 75.5 1000 1000 Complied
Solids (mg/l)
Total Suspended
10 BDL BDL 126.7 16 BDL 245 22 19 - - -
Solids (mg/l)
11 Chloride (mg/l) 3.5 BDL 9 7 1 BDL 11 12 - 100 Complied
12 Chlorine (mg/l) 0.045 0.08 0.375 0.005 0.025 0.145 0.09 0.1 - - -
13 Sodium (mg/l) 3.36 BDL 3.94 6.12 3.80 2.29 5.02 7.13 - - -
14 Fluoride (mg/l) BDL BDL 1.12 0.547 0.09 BDL 0.9 0.6 1.5 1.0 Complied
15 Iodine (mg/l) 0.27 0.25 0.9 0.14 0.16 0.33 0.22 0.23 - - -
16 Sulphate (mg/l) 2 4 37 35.5 0.18 30 4.5 3.9 - - -
17 Sulphide (mg/l) 0.45 BDL 0.54 0.64 0.23 0.05 0.52 0.45 - - -
Nitrogen Ammonia Not
18 0.01 1.02 2.525 0.73 0.845 2.525 1.47 1.445 1.0 -
(mg/l) Complied
19 Nitrate (mg/l) 1.8 0.2 1.9 1.7 0.6 0.02 2.1 2.3 - - -
20 Cyanide (mg/l) 0.015 0.02 0.045 0.02 0.005 0.035 0.035 0.03 0.005 1.0 Complied
21 Copper (mg/l) 0.0027 0.0024 0.0060 0.0292 0.0061 0.0083 0.0176 0.0114 0.007 0.20 Complied
22 Cadmium (mg/l) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.002 0.01 Complied


Sr. Barseen Uchar Dam Dasu Komela D/s of U/s of (Surface Water)
PARAMETER Segloo Remarks
No. Gah Nullah Axis Nullah JalKot Jalkot Pattan
(Stream) (Stream) (River) (River) (Stream) (River) (River) (River) Class C - Class D
23 Chromium (mg/l) 0.01001 0.0067 0.01324 0.03342 0.00931 0.01106 0.0040 0.00500 0.05 0.01 Complied
24 Lead (mg/l) BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.0101 BDL BDL BDL 0.01 0.1 Complied
25 Silver (mg/l) BDL BDL BDL 0.0004 BDL 0.0002 BDL BDL - - -
26 Zinc (mg/l) 0.063 0.010 0.004 0.065 0.062 0.052 0.013 0.018 0.086 2.0 Complied
27 Nickel (mg/l) 0.0091 0.0046 0.0164 0.0172 0.0098 0.0127 0.0200 0.0210 0.05 0.20 Complied
28 Arsenic (mg/l) 0.0029 BDL 0.0019 0.0107 0.0014 0.0047 0.0320 0.0200 0.05 0.10 Complied
29 Selenium (mg/l) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.00093 0.005 0.02 Complied
30 Manganese (mg/l) 0.0057 0.0032 0.0444 0.0373 0.0054 0.0742 0.0720 0.0846 0.10 0.20 Complied
31 Iron (mg/l) 0.280 0.066 0.205 0.159 0.250 0.286 0.271 0.562 0.3 5.0 Complied
32 Barium (mg/l) 0.0172 BDL BDL 0.2287 0.1203 0.0962 0.0180 0.0163 - - -
33 Boron (mg/l) 0.03 0.09 0.19 0.102 0.022 0.02 0.06 0.21 1.0 1.0 Complied
34 Mercury (mg/l) BDL 0.0016 BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.002 BDL 0.000012 0.01 Complied
35 Magnesium (mg/l) 2.51 1.17 3.73 10.40 3.42 3.50 1.20 1.80 - - -
Phenolic
36 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.01 - Complied
Compounds (mg/l)

Table 4.1.2: Water Quality Results during December 2012
SAMPLING SITES (Low Flow) *STANDARDS

No. Das River Nullah Nullah Nullah River
1 Temperature (°C) 6.7 8.2 9.5 9 9.5 12.6 13.9 - - -
2 pH 7.9 7.76 7.53 7.64 7.44 7.88 7.88 6.5 - 8.5 6.5 - 8.4 Complied
Dissolved Oxygen
3 7.6 9 7.3 7.45 7.06 6.5 7.2 >5.0 >4.0 Complied
(mg/l)
Conductivity
4 325 135 118 56 62 85 92 1500 1500 Complied
(μS/cm)
5 Turbidity (NTU) 22.1 32 0.97 1.1 0.34 0.8 1.7 - - -
Total Hardness as
6 125 65 52 28 25 38 52 - - -
CaCO3 (mg/l)
7 BOD5 (mg/l) 1.0 1.0 1.30 1.0 0.71 0.80 0.95 8.0 8.0 Complied
8 COD (mg/l) 7.60 4.80 7.50 5.10 3.90 6.40 3.50 - - -
Total Dissolved
9 108 68 57 27 30 42 46 1000 1000 Complied
Solids (mg/l)
Total Suspended
10 25 BDL BDL BDL 4 BDL BDL - - -
Solids (mg/l)
11 Chloride (mg/l) 18.6 9.6 7.8 9.3 8.1 6.5 15.3 - 100 Complied
12 Chlorine (mg/l) 0.04 0.05 0.01 0.06 0.03 0.02 0.03 - - -
13 Sodium (mg/l) 6.89 3.8 4.25 3.46 3.52 3.2 4.98 - - -
14 Fluoride (mg/l) 0.43 0.11 0.02 0.05 0.08 0.06 0.09 1.5 1.0 -
15 Iodine (mg/l) 0.19 0.09 0.15 0.16 0.2 0.12 0.19 - - -
16 Sulphate (mg/l) 47 6 6 27 5 3 3.3 - - -
17 Sulphide (mg/l) 0.6 0.7 0.2 0.9 1 0.3 0.3 - - -
Nitrogen
18 0.06 0.01 0.02 0.09 0.01 0.05 0.1 1.0 - -
Ammonia (mg/l)
19 Nitrate (mg/l) 1.6 1.9 1.9 1.6 1.5 2.6 1.7 - - -
20 Cyanide (mg/l) BDL BDL BDL 0.0008 BDL 0.0011 0.0012 0.005 1.0 Complied


No. Das River Nullah Nullah Nullah River
21 Copper (mg/l) 0.005 0.0049 0.0063 0.0065 0.005 0.0047 0.0038 0.007 0.20 Complied
22 Cadmium (mg/l) 0.0002 0.0003 0.0007 0.001 0.0007 0.0003 0.0003 0.002 0.01 Complied
24 Lead (mg/l) 0.009 0.006 0.007 0.009 0.006 0.005 0.009 0.01 0.1 Complied
25 Silver (mg/l) BDL BDL 0.002 0.0012 0.001 BDL 0.0006 - - -
26 Zinc (mg/l) 0.03 0.028 0.032 0.0514 0.02 0.025 0.019 0.086 2.0 Complied
27 Nickel (mg/l) 0.016 0.025 0.033 0.034 0.026 0.0257 0.019 0.05 0.20 Complied
28 Arsenic (mg/l) 0.007 BDL 0.012 0.007 0.01 0.001 0.0007 0.05 0.10 Complied
29 Selenium (mg/l) 0.000112 0.00037 0.00064 0.00057 0.0004 0.00022 0.00025 0.005 0.02 Complied
30 Manganese (mg/l) 0.0122 0.047 0.0145 0.059 0.046 0.017 0.016 0.10 0.20 Complied
31 Iron (mg/l) 0.04 0.025 0.047 0.034 0.02 0.018 0.014 0.3 5.0 Complied
32 Barium (mg/l) 0.12 0.119 0.083 0.0223 0.07 0.064 0.029 - - -
33 Boron (mg/l) 0.026 0.051 0.01 0.045 0.035 0.065 0.023 1.0 1.0 Complied
34 Mercury (mg/l) 0.00002 0.000005 0.000007 0.000009 BDL BDL 0.000008 0.000012 0.01 Complied
35 Magnesium (mg/l) 8.58 2.51 2.33 1.76 1.59 2.53 1.53 - - -
Phenolic
Compounds (mg/l)



Sr. Barseen Uchar Dasu Komela D/s of (Surface Water)
PARAMETER Dam Axis Segloo Remarks
No. Gah Nullah Nullah JalKot Jalkot
(Stream) (Stream) (River) (River) (Stream) (River) (River) Class C - Class D
1 Temperature (°C) 11.2 11.1 8.7 11.7 15.5 10.1 10.1 - - -
2 pH 8.06 7.89 8.05 8.01 8.01 7.95 7.3 6.5 - 8.5 6.5 - 8.4 Complied
Dissolved Oxygen
3 6.9 7 7.75 7.4 7.1 7.81 7.92 >5.0 >4.0 Complied
(mg/l)
Conductivity
4 100 89 265 272 199 275 301 1500 1500 Complied
(μS/cm)
5 Turbidity (NTU) 0.96 0.3 20.6 17.5 0.92 20 12.9 - - -
Total Hardness as
6 45 35 128 125 90 118 115 - - -
CaCO3 (mg/l)
7 BOD5 (mg/l) 0.82 0.75 0.9 1.20 1.0 3.0 4.0 8.0 8.0 Complied
8 COD (mg/l) 5.2 4.75 8.9 5.2 3.5 7.0 7.7 - - -
Total Dissolved
9 48 44 132 135 90 137 142 1000 1000 Complied
Solids (mg/l)
Total Suspended
10 8 BDL 19 8 3 8.9 1 - - -
Solids (mg/l)
11 Chloride (mg/l) 5.5 10.3 11 18.2 6.8 13.4 14.3 - 100 Complied
12 Chlorine (mg/l) 0.02 0.01 0.04 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.05 - - -
13 Sodium (mg/l) 4.83 3.12 6.44 7.53 3.99 8.66 4.3 - - -
14 Fluoride (mg/l) 0.02 0.11 0.22 0.05 0.01 0.34 0.26 1.5 1.0 Complied
15 Iodine (mg/l) 0.08 0.07 0.12 0.18 0.15 0.12 0.16 - - -
16 Sulphate (mg/l) 3 5 46 46.5 8 47 46 - - -
17 Sulphide (mg/l) 0.2 0.5 1.7 0.6 0.3 1.3 1.1 - - -
Nitrogen Ammonia
18 0.06 0.07 0.22 0.15 0.09 0.06 0.03 1.0 - Complied
(mg/l)
19 Nitrate (mg/l) 1.3 2.8 1.8 1.3 3.1 1.3 1.1 - - -
20 Cyanide (mg/l) BDL BDL 0.002 0.0011 BDL 0.0018 0.0012 0.005 1.0 Complied
21 Copper (mg/l) 0.005 BDL 0.0052 BDL 0.0065 0.0041 0.006 0.007 0.20 Complied
22 Cadmium (mg/l) 0.001 0.00002 0.0002 0.00004 0.0005 0.0002 0.0012 0.002 0.01 Complied


Sr. Barseen Uchar Dasu Komela D/s of (Surface Water)
PARAMETER Dam Axis Segloo Remarks
No. Gah Nullah Nullah JalKot Jalkot
(Stream) (Stream) (River) (River) (Stream) (River) (River) Class C - Class D
24 Lead (mg/l) 0.006 BDL 0.01 BDL 0.007 0.005 0.00839 0.01 0.1 Complied
25 Silver (mg/l) BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.0019 BDL 0.0002 - - -
26 Zinc (mg/l) 0.032 BDL 0.028 BDL 0.037 0.024 0.04 0.086 2.0 Complied
27 Nickel (mg/l) 0.017 BDL 0.027 BDL 0.031 0.012 0.02 0.05 0.20 Complied
28 Arsenic (mg/l) 0.009 0.0044 0.004 0.006 0.0127 BDL 0.013 0.05 0.10 Complied
29 Selenium (mg/l) 0.00098 BDL 0.00089 BDL BDL 0.00057 0.00011 0.005 0.02 Complied
30 Manganese (mg/l) 0.056 BDL 0.097 BDL 0.0507 0.062 0.06 0.10 0.20 Complied
31 Iron (mg/l) 0.021 BDL 0.035 BDL 0.023 0.022 0.026 0.3 5.0 Complied
32 Barium (mg/l) 0.154 BDL 0.12 BDL 0.191 0.035 0.187 - - -
33 Boron (mg/l) 0.059 0.131 0.151 0.013 0.036 0.051 0.073 1.0 1.0 Complied
34 Mercury (mg/l) BDL 0.000014 BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.00003 0.000012 0.01 Complied
35 Magnesium (mg/l) 2.74 2.02 4.13 9.85 4.86 3.6 1.92 - - -
Phenolic
Compounds (mg/l)



Sr. U/s of Pattan Besham Thakot New Darband Khalabat Topi (Surface Water)
PARAMETER Remarks
No. (Reservoir of (Reservoir of **Table 5 - ***Table 6
(River) (River) (River) (River)
Tarbela) Tarbela) Class C - Class D
1 Temperature (°C) 12.7 13.4 11.4 16.9 15 13 - - -
2 pH 8.2 7.6 8.18 7.85 7.88 7.7 6.5 - 8.5 6.5 - 8.4 Complied
Dissolved Oxygen
3 8.09 7.53 7.59 6.78 6.35 6.9 >5.0 >4.0 Complied
(mg/l)
Conductivity
4 262 255 261 235 230 239 1500 1500 Complied
(μS/cm)
5 Turbidity (NTU) 15.3 17 7.75 26 26.6 29 - - -
Total Hardness as
6 132 129 135 98 125 130 - - -
CaCO3 (mg/l)
7 BOD5 (mg/l) 3.5 4.0 4.2 4.1 4.5 4.7 8.0 8.0 Complied
8 COD (mg/l) 8.5 7.5 9.6 8.5 8.1 9.5 - - -
Total Dissolved
9 130 127 148 125 114 116 1000 1000 Complied
Solids (mg/l)
Total Suspended
10 18 15 23 19 35 33 - - -
Solids (mg/l)
11 Chloride (mg/l) 22.7 35 33 37.3 20.5 30.7 - 100 Complied
12 Chlorine (mg/l) 0.03 0.04 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.05 - - -
13 Sodium (mg/l) 8.69 9.25 9.66 8.32 10.11 11.3 - - -
14 Fluoride (mg/l) 0.19 0.06 0.03 0.05 BDL 0.03 1.5 1.0 Complied
15 Iodine (mg/l) 0.09 0.27 0.16 0.18 0.1 0.15 - - -
16 Sulphate (mg/l) 41 43 41 38 18 21 - - -
17 Sulphide (mg/l) 1.08 1.3 0.6 0.9 1.8 0.8 - - -
Nitrogen Ammonia
18 0.14 0.23 0.1 0.02 0.12 0.1 1.0 - Complied
(mg/l)
19 Nitrate (mg/l) 1.6 1.5 1.6 1.1 2.4 2 - - -
20 Cyanide (mg/l) 0.0012 0.0008 0.0011 0.0011 BDL BDL 0.005 1.0 Complied
21 Copper (mg/l) 0.0073 0.0062 0.0065 0.004 0.0045 0.004 0.007 0.20 Complied
22 Cadmium (mg/l) 0.0005 0.0011 0.0007 0.0007 0.0005 0.0006 0.002 0.01 Complied


Sr. U/s of Pattan Besham Thakot New Darband Khalabat Topi (Surface Water)
PARAMETER Remarks
No. (Reservoir of (Reservoir of **Table 5 - ***Table 6
(River) (River) (River) (River)
Tarbela) Tarbela) Class C - Class D
23 Chromium (mg/l) 0.0122 0.0201 0.0086 0.0116 0.0243 0.0184 0.05 0.01 Complied
24 Lead (mg/l) 0.0027 0.008 0.009 0.0039 0.0039 0.003 0.01 0.1 Complied
25 Silver (mg/l) 0.0001 0.0007 0.00005 0.002 0.0008 0.001 - - -
26 Zinc (mg/l) 0.037 0.042 0.038 0.023 0.028 0.031 0.086 2.0 Complied
27 Nickel (mg/l) 0.038 0.0385 0.041 0.02 0.023 0.025 0.05 0.20 Complied
28 Arsenic (mg/l) 0.003 0.027 0.002 0.009 0.011 0.02 0.05 0.10 Complied
29 Selenium (mg/l) 0.00087 0.00125 0.00092 0.00077 0.00061 0.00063 0.005 0.02 Complied
30 Manganese (mg/l) 0.09 0.0746 0.085 0.0748 0.0149 0.082 0.10 0.20 Complied
31 Iron (mg/l) 0.052 0.051 0.065 0.026 0.049 0.045 0.3 5.0 Complied
32 Barium (mg/l) 0.054 0.159 0.052 0.07 0.115 0.09 - - -
33 Boron (mg/l) 0.134 0.0395 0.045 0.076 0.051 0.019 1.0 1.0 Complied
34 Mercury (mg/l) BDL 0.000001 0.00002 0.00004 0.0000128 0.00005 0.000012 0.01 Complied
35 Magnesium (mg/l) 2.95 7.56 6.94 7.22 8.12 8.05 - - -
Phenolic
36 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.01 - Complied
Compounds (mg/l)


Table 4.1.3: Water Quality Results during Feasibility Studies

Sampling Site : River Samples
Sample Collected on : September 27-28, 2007
Sampling Sites
Sr. Harban Bridge Summer Nallah At Dam Axis 5 At 1 km d/s of Axis 5 Downstream of Dasu
Parameter
No. (SW-1) (SW-2) (SW-3) (SW-4) (SW-5)
Phase I Phase II Phase I Phase II Phase I Phase II Phase I Phase II Phase I Phase II
o
1 Temperature ( C) 14.5 7.5 14 6.8 16.5 7.9 16 7 18 8.2
2 Taste No Taste No Taste No Taste No Taste No Taste No Taste No Taste No Taste No Taste No Taste
3 Odour Odour Odour Odour Odour Odour Odour Odour Odour Odour
Odour
Less Less Less Less Less Less Less Less Less Less
4 Ph 6.8 7.8 6.8 8.1 6.9 8 6.8 7.7 7.01 7.5
5 DO (mg/L) 8 8.2 8 8.3 7.8 8.2 7.8 7.9 7.4 7.8
6 Conductivity (μS/cm) 70.9 73.1 68.6 70.7 67.3 68.2 71.2 71.4 72.8 73.5
7 Turbidity (NTU) 45 48 70 71 75 78 70 72 80 81
8 Hardness as CaCO3 (mg/L) 160 164 108 140 140 143 144 142 132 144
9 BOD (mg/L) 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.4 2 2.1 2.6 2.6
10 COD (mg/L) 3.1 3.3 3.3 3.4 3.9 3.9 3.2 3.4 3.8 4.1
11 Total Dissolved Solids (mg/L) 42.6 45.3 41.5 45.5 41 46.2 42.8 45.2 44.1 49.3
12 Total Suspended Solids (mg/L) 118 126 134 155 145 158 137 160 83 160
13 Chloride (mg/L) 3.5 3.7 2.5 3.7 2.75 3.9 2.9 3.9 2.4 4.1
14 Chlorine Total (μg/L) 10 ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND
15 Sodium (mg/L) 2.27 2.30 1.62 2.30 1.75 2.35 1.88 2.38 1.56 2.45
16 Fluoride (μg/L) ND ND ND ND ND ND 50 65 ND 62
17 Iodine (mg/L) 0.33 0.50 0.21 0.60 0.88 0.98 0.2 0.98 1.34 1.59
18 Sulphate (mg/L) 42 48 40 50.4 39 53.2 40 53.5 38 56.1
19 Sulphide (μg/L) 148 153 155 159 180 184 176 181 201 212
20 Nitrogen Ammonia (mg/L) 0.47 0.13 0.98 0.07 0.95 0.01 0.89 0.1 0.65 0.09
21 Nitrate (mg/L) ND ND ND ND ND 0.93 ND 1.10 ND 1.15
22 Cyanide (μg/L) ND ND ND ND 0.85 ND 0.92 ND 1.1 ND

Sampling Sites
Sr. Harban Bridge Summer Nallah At Dam Axis 5 At 1 km d/s of Axis 5 Downstream of Dasu
Parameter
No. (SW-1) (SW-2) (SW-3) (SW-4) (SW-5)
Phase I Phase II Phase I Phase II Phase I Phase II Phase I Phase II Phase I Phase II
23 Coliforms (E.Coli) (Org/100m) 7 9 13 10 9 10 12 11 2 12
24 Coliforms (Fecal) (Org/100m) 15 17 21 17 46 20 24 22 5 22
25 Copper (Cu) (μg/L) 0.83 0.88 6.36 1.9 4.82 1.95 12.21 2.1 4.76 2.3
26 Cadmium (Cd) (μg/L) 2.8 2.8 2.71 2.5 3.71 2.9 2.92 2.9 1.61 2.7
27 Chromium (Cr) (μg/L) 4.2 3.8 3.1 3.9 4 3.9 4.5 4.2 4.8 4.2
28 Lead(Pb) (μg/L) 17.06 18 17.14 17.2 16.36 17.5 16.93 19 19.22 19.5
29 Silver (Ag) (μg/L) 0.03 0.01 0.04 0.08 0.02 0.1 0.03 0.02 0.06 0.05
30 Zinc (Zn) (μg/L) 0.82 0.85 0.85 0.88 0.79 0.89 2.01 0.93 0.8 1.08
31 Nickle (Ni) (μg/L) 12.7 5.8 9.8 5.8 3.8 6.2 8.7 6.25 6.8 7.1
32 Arsenic (As) (μg/L) 3.6 1.82 3.1 1.96 2.9 1.99 3.5 2.15 3.8 2.45
33 Selenium (Se) (μg/L) 0.05 0.01 0.03 0.08 0.04 0.095 0.09 0.06 0.12 0.098
34 Manganese (Mn) (μg/L) 62.38 68 70.5 91 84 86 65.48 105.2 72 101.2
35 Iron (Fe) (μg/L) 68 90.7 142 166.4 170 195.9 72 269.4 78 289.8
36 Berium (Ba) (μg/L) 27.89 15.2 31.34 15.8 35 14.6 29.99 17.2 27 17.7
37 Boron (B) (μg/L) 12.46 30.2 14.51 35.5 15 35.9 13.21 36.4 13 26.2
38 Mercury (Hg) (μg/L) 0.71 ND 0.72 ND 0.92 ND 0.75 ND 0.84 ND
39 Alpha BHC (pesticide) (μg/L) ND ND 0.33 0.28 0.35 0.49 0.44 0.54 0.51 0.59
40 Gamma BHC(pesticide) (μg/L) ND ND 0.38 0.16 0.42 0.25 0.47 0.28 0.62 0.26
41 4,4’-DDT (pesticide) (μg/L) ND ND 0.35 0.11 0.3 0.41 0.42 0.41 0.48 0.44
42 Phenolic Compounds
ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND
(n-octylphenol)
ND = Not Detected

Annex – 4.2
BIOLOGICAL INFORMATION
OF INDIGENOUS FISH SPECIES
1. Schizothorax plagiostomus
Local Name: Gahi in Northern Areas (Swati in KP)
Common Name: Snow carp
Genus: Schizothorax Heckal (1938) / Day (1889)
Sub-family: Schizothoracinae
Family: Cyprinidae
Order: Cypriniformes
Distinct Features:
D2/9; P1/17-18; V1/10-9; A7; C19
A medium sized fish with both profiles arches. Its standard length is 78.9% of total length.
Colour: Dorsally bluish grey with yellowish pink at ventral side
Head: Large conical, flattened on ventral side.
Snout: Painted and compressed at interior end, its length is 45.5% of head length.
Eyes: Large, dorsal lateral in position and situated in anterior half of the head.
Mouth: Inferior, horizontal and greatly arched, bounded by thick fleshy lips which are
continuous at angles of the mouth. Interior part of lower lip is well depending
horny pad. Nostrils present, nearer the interior margin of the eye.
Barbels: Two pairs present, rostral and maxillary barbels almost equal in length.
Scales: Small: covering the entire body except head. Lateral line complete and
distinct.
Fins: Either yellow or pink
Occurrence: Inhibited in different rivers, lakes and tributaries throughout Himalayan region.
Feeding habits: Feeds on phytoplankton (diatoms & algae), zooplankton (rotifer, cyclops)
mostly at bottom region (Benthivorous) scarps algae from substratum rocks of stones.
Breeding: Become ripe after 2 & 3 years. Having size of 18-24cm length & 150-200gm weight.
Spawn in clear flowing water (2-8m/sec) on gravelly /stony ground or on fine pebbles
substratum in rising temperature (month of Mar/April). Mature adult undertake short-distance
spawning migration to incoming stream where they breed amidst gravel and sandy beds.
Development: Fertilized eggs undergoes a series of development process. Morula stage is
attained after 10-12 hrs of fertilization. Hatching takes place 110-112 hrs after fertilization.
Hatchlings appears thin and yellow coloured yolksac bulbous in appearance. 2 days larva were
more active but rests most of time at bottom. 3rd day larva still lays at bottom.
Distribution (in Pakistan): KPK, northern Punjab, northeastern Balochistan, Azad Kashmir.
(outside): Afghanistan, Iran (sistan), India (Indus System only), China.
(in Project Area): common in river Indus, Kaigah, Summer, Goshali, Pallas, Pattan, Sieglo,
Kandia, Tingir, Darel stream/nullahs.
Source: 1. M.R. Mirza (1975) Freshwater Fishes & Zoogeography of Pakistan
2. M. Rafique (2001) Fish Fauna of Himalayans in Pakistan
3. S.N. Bahuguna (2006) & study of S. plagiostomus Project Report No. 4 (10) 2000/ASR-I/
2003-2006

2. Racoma labiata (Mirza 1990)

Local Name: Chun (very similar to Swati)
Common Name: Snowcarp
Genus: Racoma Mcelelland
Schizothorax labiatus (Hora, 1934)
Racoma labiatus (McClelland and Griffith, 1842)
Family: Cyprinidae
Distinct Features:
Colour: Greyish brown on dorsal side, yellowish below, dorsal and caudal fin grayish;
other finds pinkish.
Head: Large & snout arches, Head length 20% of the total body, Both lips are large
and upper lip cover the mouth, lower lip lobed, surrounded by four barbels (2
rostral & two maxillary)
Feeding Habits: It feeds on different types of algae, scrap on rocks and also minor organisms.
Its feeding habits are more similar with Swati (Schizothorax plagiostomus). Gut analysis
endorses that Racoma labiata species depends mostly on phyto and minor zooplankton.
Breeding: Breeding season falls in the month of August. DBC’s sampling could not reveal its
ripeness. All fish caught were stout, strong and healthy. Their feeding conditions were quite
promising.
Importance: Very important as food fish in Northern Areas.

3. Schizopyge esocinus (Heckel, M.R. Mirza 1990)

Local Name: Asala
Common Name: Snowcarp
Genus: Schizopyge Heckel
Family: Cyprinidae
Distinct Features:
Colour: Silvery with black spots on the dorsal and lateral side (very similar to Brown
Trout)
Body: Stout and stronger
Head: Large and about 22% of the body length, snout relatively conical, Mouth big
but lips are thinner, surrounded by Four barbels.
Feeding Habits: It depends upon smaller organisms and predates smaller and minor fishes
also.
Breeding: July 2006 samples showed developed sex organs but not of spent conditions. This
showed that breeding was due in month of July 2006. Most of the mature samples were caught
from upper reaches of Khanbari and Thak nullahs, which endorses its spawning grounds
(upstream of Hydel Power Station). Its breeding takes place normally in the middle of July.
Importance This species is very precious source of protein in the area. Being wanted species
as food anglers and commercial fishermen strive their best to catch Racoma labiate.

4. Glyptosternum reticulatum
Local Name: Jungli Chemo, (Chikar)
Genus: Glyptosternum McClelland 1842
Sub-family:
Family: Sisoridae
Order: Siluriformes
Distinct Features:
Colour: Grayish at dorsal & yellowish at ventral with yellowish spots (similar to rocky
spotting). Fins yellowish having distinct lines.
Head: Head flattered and round. Mouth at dorsal surrounded by eight barbels lives
attaches beneath rocks and pebbles.
Size: Maximum size is 23cm.
Feed Habits: It depends on aquatic organism, insect, larva and minor organisms.
Breeding: It breeds in mouth of August, are differentiated easily.
Importance: Being predatory fish it balances the production of plankton. Even survives in the
dry seasons.

5. Tor putitora (Hamilton – 1822)

Local Name: Mahaseer
Genus: Tor (Ahmad, 1943, Misra, 1959)
Sub-family: Cyprininae
Family: Cyprinidae
Subclass: Teleostii
Class: Teleostomi
Identifying Characters: D1/8; P14-18; V9: A2/5 C2/19 L.I 22-27

Length range 16 – 26cm Weight upto 2Kg
Distribution: Pakistan, Punjab, Balochistan, KPK, Bangladesh, India, East
Punjab, U.P, West Bengal; Assam, Nepal.
Colour: Greenish above with light pink sides and silver white abdomen; fins
reddish yellow.
Habitat: Clear shallow stream with gravel bed foothill mountain area (500m –
2000m) altitude.
Morphometry: Body elongated & stout. Head larger 22% of body length, Eyes
smaller & embedded in anterior part of Head, Eyes seem larger in
smaller fishes. Mouth larger & have large lips at anterior end.
Surrounded by four barbels (two rostal & two maxillary).
Dorsal fin located between anal & pelvic fins; pectoral fins are
smaller.
Body covered with larger scales.
Feeding: Feeds on plankton, may hunt smaller fishes; become omnivorous;
doesn’t feed below 16°C under captivity. Never competes with carps
species.
Habitat: Streams, rivers & nullahs of sub-mountain area.
Breeding: Spawns in clear slow flowing water having rocky & gravel sandy
bottom during April to September.
Eggs are yellowish, heavy & demersal for hatching (sehgal – 1981)
measuring 2.8 upto 3.2mm.
It breeds also in confined ponds and response to stripping with
hypo-physation or without pituitary gland extract. Artificial breeding
very successful in India & Nepal.
Significance: Good taste food fish and excellent game fish, source of recreation to
anglers. In commercial fishery it occupies an important position for
its quality. It attracts higher price in market.

Annex – 4.3
ECONOMIC USE OF PLANTS
(ETHNOBOTANICAL INVENTORY)
Sr. Ethno Agri. Vege-

Plant Species Family Local name Medicinal Fodder Fuel Timber Fruit Weeds Others
No. -Vet. Imp. table
1 Abelmoschus esculentus (L.) Malvaceae Bhindi ¥ í ¥ ¥ í í í ¥ í í
Moench.
2 Abies pindraw Royle. Pinaceae Chur í í í ¥ ¥ ¥ í í í ¥
3 Achyranthes aspera L. Amaranthaceae Malkuni ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ í í í í í í
4 Adiantum capillus-veneris L. Adiantaceae ¥ í í í í í í í í ¥
5 Adiantum venustum D. Don Adiantaceae Jathoori ¥ í í í í í í í í ¥
6 Ailanthus altissima (Mill.) Swingle Simarubaceae Darawa í í ¥ ¥ í ¥ í í í ¥
7 Ajuga bracteosa Wall. ex Bth. Lamiaceae ¥ í ¥ í í í í í í í
8 Ajuga parviflora Bth. Lamiaceae ¥ í ¥ í í í í í í í
9 Alnus nitida Endl. Betulaceae í í ¥ ¥ í í í í í ¥
10 Alternanthera pachyacantha Aizoaceae í í ¥ í í í í í í í
11 Alternanthera pungens Kunth. Amaranthaceae í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
12 Amaranthus caudatus L. Amaranthaceae Ghanar ¥ í ¥ í í í í ¥ ¥ í
13 Amaranthus graecizense L. Amaranthaceae í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
14 Amaranthus oleraceus L. Amaranthaceae Kas ghanar í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
15 Amaranthus viridis L. Amaranthaceae Ghanar í í ¥ í í í í ¥ ¥ í
16 Anagallis arvensis L. Primulaceae í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
17 Arabidopsis himalaica (Edgew.) Brassicaceae í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
O.E.S.
18 Aristida cyanatha Nees ex Steud. Poaceae í í ¥ í í í í í í í
19 Artemesia maritima L. Asteraceae Daroon ¥ í ¥ ¥ í í í í í ¥


20 Asparagus filicinus Buch.-Ham. Asparagaceae Zao ¥ í í ¥ í í í í í ¥
ex D. Don
21 Astragalus candolleanus Royle ex Fabaceae Chioo í í ¥ ¥ í í í í í í
Benth.
22 Atriplex lasiantha Boiss. Chenopodiacea Kiklohukbursa í í ¥ í í í í í í í
e
23 Barleria acanthoides Vahl. Acanthaceae í í ¥ í í í í í í í
24 Barleria cristata L. Acanthaceae í í ¥ í í í í í í í
25 Bauhinia variegata L. Caesalpiniaceae ¥ í ¥ ¥ í ¥ í ¥ í ¥
26 Bergenia ciliata (Haw.) Sternb. Saxifragaceae Korat ¥ í ¥ í í í í í í ¥
27 Bidens biternata (Lour.) Merr. & Asteraceae Surbul í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
Sherff.
28 Boerhavia procumbens Banks ex Nyctaginaceae í í ¥ í í í í í í í
Roxb.
29 Bothriochloa bladhii (Retz.) S.T Poaceae Lhash í í ¥ í í í í í í í
Blake
30 Bothriochloa ischaemum (L.) Poaceae Lhash í í ¥ í í í í í í í
Keng
31 Brachiaria distachya (L.) Stapf Poaceae í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
32 Brachiaria reptans (L.) Gard. & Poaceae í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
C.E. Hubb.
33 Brousonetia papyrifera (L.) Vent. Moraceae Jangal murt í í ¥ ¥ í ¥ í í í ¥
34 Calamintha umbrosa (M. Bieb.) Lamiaceae Bheroo rang í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
Fisch. & Mey.
35 Calotropis procera (Willd.) R. Br. Asclepiadaceae ¥ í ¥ ¥ í í í í í ¥
36 Cannabis sativa L. Cannabinaceae ¥ í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
37 Capparis spinosa L. Capparidaceae Kurr í í ¥ ¥ í í í í í ¥
38 Capsella bursa-pastoris (L.) Brassicaceae í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
Medik
39 Carex chitralensis Nelmes Mag. Cyperaceae Zatch í í ¥ ¥ í í í í í ¥


40 Carum carvi L. Apiaceae Zeera ¥ í ¥ í í í í í í ¥
41 Cedrus deodara (Roxb. Ex Lamb. Pinaceae Beesh í í í ¥ ¥ ¥ í í í ¥
) G. Don
42 Celtis australis L. Ulmaceae Makosh í í ¥ ¥ í í í í í í
43 Centella asiatica (L.) Urban Apiaceae Tikroo ¥ í ¥ í í í í í í í
44 Cheilanthus farinosa (Forssk.) Pteridaceae í í ¥ í í í í í í ¥
Kaulf.
45 Chenopodium album L. Chenopodiacea Kanwan ¥ í ¥ í í í í ¥ ¥ í
e
46 Chenopodium ambrosioides L. Chenopodiacea Tahoo ¥ í ¥ ¥ í í í í ¥ í
e
47 Chenopodium botrys L. Chenopodiacea Kunwan í í ¥ í í í í í í í
e
48 Chenopodium cf. opulifolium Chenopodiacea í í ¥ í í í í í í í
Schrad. ex Koch & Ziz. e
49 Chrozophora tinctoria (L.)Juss. Euphorbiaceae í í ¥ í í í í í í í
50 Chrysopogon aucheri (Boiss.) Poaceae í í ¥ í í í í í í í
Stapf
51 Cirsium falconerii (Hk.f.) Petrak Asteraceae Jocho í í ¥ í í í í í í í
52 Citrullus colocynthis (L.) Schrad. Cucurbitaceae ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ í í í í í ¥
53 Clematis montana Buch. Ranunculaceae í í ¥ í í í í í í í
54 Clematis nepalensis Royle Ranunculaceae í í ¥ í í í í í í í
55 Cleome viscosa L. Capparidaceae í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
56 Commelina paludosa Bl. Enum. Commelineace í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
57 Convolvulus arvensis L. Convolvulaceae Halor í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
58 Conyza aegyptica Ait. Asteraceae í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
59 Conyza bonariensis L. Asteraceae Phuljoo í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
60 Conyza canadensis L. Asteraceae Panar tahoor í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
61 Coronopus didymus (L.) Sm. Brassicaceae Marchaki í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í


62 Cotinus coggygria Scop. Anacardiaceae Khakoh/Shini í í ¥ ¥ í ¥ ¥ í í í
63 Cotoneaster affinins var. bacillaris Rosaceae Luni í í ¥ ¥ í í ¥ í í í
(Lindl.) Schneider
64 Cotoneaster microphylla Wall. ex Rosaceae Kiur í í ¥ ¥ í í ¥ í í í
Lindl.
65 Cotoneaster nummularia Fisher & Rosaceae Dudul í í ¥ ¥ í í í í í í
Meyer
66 Cousinia thomsonii Clarke Asteraceae í í ¥ í í í í í í í
67 Cucumis melo var. agrestis Naud. Cucurbitaceae í í ¥ í í í ¥ í ¥ ¥
68 Cucurbita maxima Duch. ex Lam. Cucurbitaceae í í ¥ ¥ í í í ¥ í í
69 Cuscuta reflexa Roxb. Cuscutaceae Zhoo í í ¥ í í í í í í í
70 Cymbopogon distans (Nees) W. Poaceae Kattal í í ¥ í í í í í í í
Wats.
71 Cynodon dactylon (L.) Pers. Poaceae Kabal í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
72 Cynoglossum lanceolatum Boraginaceae Chiroo í í ¥ í í í í í í í
Forssk.
73 Cyperus niveus Retz. Cyperaceae í í ¥ í í í í í í í
74 Cyperus rotundus L. Cyperaceae í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
75 Dactyloctenium aegyptium L. Poaceae Sarkhoo gha í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
76 Dalbergia sissoo Roxb. Fabaceae í í ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ í í í ¥
77 Datura innoxia Mill. Solanaceae ¥ í í ¥ í í í í í í
78 Datura stramonium L. Solanaceae ¥ í í ¥ í í í í í í
79 Debregeasia salicifolia (D. Don) Urticaceae Chiroo í í ¥ í í ¥ í í í ¥
Rendle
80 Dianthus crinitus Sm. Caryophyllaceae í í ¥ í í í í í í í
81 Dichanthium annulatum (Forssk.) Poaceae í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
Stapf
82 Dicliptera roxburghiana Nees Acanthaceae í í ¥ í í í í í í í
83 Digera muricata (L.) Mart. Amaranthaceae í í ¥ í í í í ¥ ¥ í


84 Digitaria sanguinalis (L.) Scop. Poaceae í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
85 Diospyros lotus L. Ebenaceae Amlok í í ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ í í ¥
86 Dodonaea viscosa (L.) Jacq. Sapindaceae Shounth/Bajj í í ¥ ¥ í í í í í ¥
87 Duchesnea indica (Andr.) Focke Rosaceae í í ¥ í í í ¥ í í í
88 Echinochloa colona (L.) Link Poaceae í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
89 Echinops cornigerus DC. Asteraceae Kuro í í ¥ í í í í í í ¥
90 Eclipta prostrata (L.) L. Asteraceae ¥ í ¥ í í í í í í í
91 Ephedra ciliata Fisch. & Mey. ex Ephederaceae Ragaal í í ¥ ¥ í í í í í í
C.A. Mey.
92 Ephedra intermedia Schrenk Ephederaceae Suo í í ¥ ¥ í í í í í ¥
93 Eragrostis aterovirens (Desf.) Poaceae í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
Trin. ex Nees
94 Eragrostis cilianensis (All.) Vig. Poaceae í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
95 Eragrostis minor Host. Poaceae í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
96 Eucalyptus lanceolatus Myrtaceae í í ¥ ¥ í ¥ í í í ¥
97 Euonymus pendulus Wall. Celastraceae í í ¥ ¥ í í í í í í
98 Euphorbia granulata Forssk. Euphorbiaceae í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
99 Euphorbia hirta L. Euphorbiaceae í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
100 Euphorbia indica Lam. Euphorbiaceae Ispatre í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
101 Euphorbia kanorica Boiss. Euphorbiaceae í í ¥ í í í í í í í
102 Euphorbia prostrata (L.) Ait Euphorbiaceae í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
103 Euphrasia himalayica Wettst. Scrophulariacea í í ¥ í í í í í í í
e
104 Ficus carica L. Moraceae Pha ¥ í ¥ ¥ í ¥ ¥ í í ¥
105 Fumaria indica (Hausskn.) H.N. Fumariaceae ¥ í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
Pugsley
106 Gallium aparine L. Rubiaceae í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í


107 Gentiana capitata Ham. ex D. Gentianaceae Salaloo í í ¥ í í í í í í í
Don
108 Geranium rotundifolium L. Geraniaceae í í ¥ í í í í í í í
109 Geranium willichianum D. Don Geraniaceae Ratajot í í ¥ í í í í í í í
110 Heliotropium europaeum L. Boraginaceae ¥ í ¥ ¥ í í í í ¥ í
111 Heliotropium spp. Boraginaceae Dodosulo í í ¥ í í í í í í í
112 Heteropogon contortus (L.) P. Poaceae í í ¥ í í í í í í í
Beauv.
113 Impatiens edgeworthii Hook.f. Scrophulariacea í í ¥ í í í í ¥ í í
e
114 Indigofera heterantha Wall. Ex Fabaceae Kachhi í ¥ ¥ ¥ í í í í í í
Brand
115 Juglans regia L. Juglandaceae Achhoe ¥ í ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ í í ¥
116 Juncus spp. Juncaceae í í ¥ ¥ í í í í í í
117 Kickxia ramosissima (Wall.) Scrophulariacea ¥ í ¥ í í í í í í í
Janchen e
118 Lactuca auriculata (Wall. ex Dc.) Asteraceae í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
119 Lactuca dissecta D. Don. Asteraceae í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
120 Lactuca serriola L. Asteraceae Harool í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
121 Lagenaria siceraria (Molina) Cucurbitaceae í í ¥ í í í í ¥ í í
Standley
122 Lepidium pinnitifidum Ledeb. Brassicaceae Makoch í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
123 Lespedeza elegans Cambess. Fabaceae í í ¥ í í í í í í í
124 Leucaena leucocephala (Lam.) Mimosaceae í í ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ í í í í
de-Wit
125 Luffa cylindrica (L.) Roem. Cucurbitaceae í í ¥ í í í í ¥ í í
126 Malva neglecta Waller. Malvaceae Shani í í ¥ í í í í ¥ ¥ í
127 Malva parviflora L. Malvaceae Zarooshal/Ma í í ¥ í í í í ¥ ¥ í
sha


128 Malvastrum coromendelianum L. Malvaceae í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
129 Maytenus royleanus (Wall. ex Celastraceae Phaikar í í ¥ í í í í í í í
Lawson) Cufodontis
130 Medicago lupulina L. Fabaceae í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
131 Melia azedarach L. Meliaceae ¥ í ¥ ¥ í ¥ í í í í
132 Mentha longifolia (L.) Huds. Lamiaceae Feeru ¥ í ¥ í í í í í í ¥
133 Micromeria biflora (Ham.) Bth. Lamiaceae Kaldajar í í ¥ í í í í í í í
134 Morus alba L. Moraceae Marath ¥ í ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ í í ¥
135 Morus nigra L. Moraceae ¥ í ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ í í ¥
136 Myrtus communis L. Myrtaceae Amboo/Lachi ¥ í ¥ ¥ í í ¥ í í ¥
137 Nasturtium officinale R. Br. Brassicaceae Zalzaal ¥ í ¥ í í í í ¥ í ¥
138 Nerium oleander L. Apocynaceae í í í ¥ í í í í í ¥
139 Olea ferruginea Royle Oleaceae ¥ í ¥ ¥ í ¥ í í í ¥
140 Onopordum acanthium L. Asteraceae Zehech í í ¥ í í í í í í ¥
141 Oxalis corniculata L. Oxalidaceae Chukoo í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
142 Parthenium hytserophorus L. Asteraceae í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
143 Paspalidium flavidum (Retz.) A. Poaceae í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
Camus
144 Paspalum paspalodes (Michx.) Poaceae í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
Scribner
145 Pennesitum orientale L. Poaceae í í ¥ í í í í í í í
146 Periploca aphylla Decne. Asclepiadaceae Sui í í ¥ ¥ í í í í í ¥
147 Persicaria barbata (L.) Hara Polygonaceae Danduni í ¥ ¥ í í í í í í ¥
148 Phalaris minor Retz. Poaceae í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
149 Phragmites australis (Cav.) Poaceae Nai í í ¥ ¥ í í í í í ¥
Trin.ex Steud.
150 Phyla nodiflora (L.) Greene Verbenaceae ¥ í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í


151 Physalis peruviana L. Solanaceae Manakach í í ¥ í í í ¥ í ¥ í
152 Pinus gerardiana Wall. non Lamb. Pinaceae Thulesh ¥ í í ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ í í ¥
153 Pinus roxburghii Sargent Pinaceae Chugi í í í ¥ í í í í í ¥
154 Pinus wallichiana A.B. Jackson Pinaceae Chhar í í ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ í í í ¥
155 Pistacia chinensis Bunge Anacardiaceae Kangar ¥ í ¥ ¥ í ¥ í í í ¥
156 Plantago aitchisonii Pilger Plantginaceae Shileet í í ¥ í í í í í í í
157 Plantago lanceolata L. Plantginaceae Shileet ¥ í ¥ í í í í í í í
158 Plantago ovata Frossk. Plantginaceae Shileet ¥ í ¥ í í í í í í í
159 Plectranthus rugosus Wall. ex Lamiaceae Salal í í ¥ í í í í í í ¥
Bth.
160 Poa annua L. Poaceae í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
161 Polygonum affine D. Don Polygonaceae Banke í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
162 Polygonum effusum Meirsn. Polygonaceae Banke í í ¥ í í í í ¥ ¥ í
163 Polygonum hydropiper L. Polygonaceae í í ¥ í í í í í í í
164 Polypogon fugax Nees ex Steud. Poaceae í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
165 Polypogon monspeliensis (L.) Poaceae í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
Desf.
166 Populus deltoides Bartram ex Salicaceae Sufaida í í ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ í í í ¥
Marsh.
167 Portulaca oleracea L. Portulacaceae Pishil í í ¥ í í í í ¥ ¥ í
168 Prunus amygdalus Batsch Rosaceae ¥ í ¥ ¥ í ¥ ¥ í í ¥
169 Prunus armeniaca L. Rosaceae Ashae ¥ í ¥ ¥ í ¥ ¥ í í ¥
170 Prunus domestica L. Rosaceae Aroo ¥ í ¥ ¥ í ¥ ¥ í í ¥
171 Pteridium aquilinum (L.) Kuhn. Pteridaceae í í ¥ í í í í í í ¥
172 Pteris crerica L. Pteridaceae Kuenz í í ¥ í í í í í í ¥
173 Pteris vittata L. Pteridaceae Kuenz í í ¥ í í í í í í ¥
174 Punica granatum L. Punicaceae Dangoo ¥ í ¥ ¥ í ¥ ¥ í í ¥


175 Pyrus communis L. Rosaceae Taango í í ¥ ¥ í ¥ ¥ í í ¥
176 Pyrus mallus L. Rosaceae Bhaap ¥ í ¥ ¥ í ¥ ¥ í í ¥
177 Quercus baloot Griffith Fagaceae Bani/Jaand ¥ í ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ í í í ¥
178 Quercus dilatata Lindl. ex Royle Fagaceae Kagani/Zharyu í í ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ í í í ¥
n
179 Rananculus scleratus L. Rananculaceae ¥ í ¥ í í í í í í í
180 Rhus mysurensis Heyne ex Wight Anacardiaceae Kasudur í í ¥ ¥ í í í í í ¥
& Arn.
181 Ribes alpestre Dcne. ex Jacq. Rosaceae Shigay ¥ í ¥ ¥ í í í í í ¥
182 Ricinis communis L. Euphorbiaceae ¥ í í ¥ í í í í í ¥
183 Robinia pseudoacacia L. Fabaceae í í ¥ ¥ í ¥ í í í ¥
184 Rubus ellipticus Smith Rubiaceae Gorash í í ¥ ¥ í í ¥ í í ¥
185 Rumex dentatus L. Polygonaceae í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
186 Rumex hastatus D. Don Polygonaceae í í ¥ ¥ í í í í í ¥
187 Rumex nepalensis Spreng Polygonaceae Hababil ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ í í í í í í
188 Saccharum ravennae (L.) Murray Poaceae Swar phuroo í í ¥ ¥ í í í í í ¥
189 Salix acmophylla Boiss. Salicaceae Chhubi í í ¥ ¥ í í í í í ¥
190 Salvia moorcroftiana Wall. ex Bth. Lamiaceae ¥ í ¥ í í í í í í í
191 Saussurea albescens (DC.) Schr. Asteraceae í í ¥ í í í í í í í
Bip.
192 Saussurea atkinsonii Clarke Asteraceae í í ¥ í í í í í í í
193 Saussurea heteromalla DC. Asteraceae í í ¥ í í í í í í í
194 Scorzonera virgata DC. Asteraceae í í ¥ í í í í í í í
195 Setaria glauca (L.) P. Beauv Poaceae í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
196 Setaria viridis (L.). P. Beauv. Poaceae Pashtili í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
197 Silene conoidea L. Caryophyllaceae í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
198 Solanum nigrum L. Solanaceae ¥ í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í


199 Solanum surattense Burm.f. Solanaceae Shuroo ¥ í ¥ í í í í í í í
gae/mano gae
200 Solanum villosum (L.) Moench Solanaceae í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
201 Sonchus arvensis f. brachyotus Asteraceae í í ¥ í í í í í í í
(DC.) Kirp.
202 Sonchus asper (L.) Hill. Asteraceae í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
203 Sonchus oleraceus L. Asteraceae Chuloor í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
204 Sorghum halepense (L.) Bern. Poaceae í í í ¥ í í í í ¥ í
205 Stellaria media (L.) Cyr. Caryophyllaceae í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
206 Tagetes minuta L. Asteraceae í í ¥ ¥ í í í í í í
207 Tamarix aphylla (L.) Karst. Tamaricaceae í í í ¥ í í í í í ¥
208 Taraxacum officinale Weber. Asteraceae Palor í í ¥ í í í í í í í
209 Taraxcum wallichii DC. Asteraceae í í ¥ í í í í í í í
210 Themeda anathera (Nees) Hack. Poaceae Furun í í ¥ í í í í í í í
211 Thymus serphyllum Lamiaceae Isperki í í ¥ í í í í í í ¥
212 Tragus biflorus Schult. Poaceae í í ¥ í í í í í í í
213 Tribulus longipetalus Viv. Zygophyllaceae Shiwo kuroo í í ¥ í í í í í í í
214 Tribulus spp. Zygophyllaceae Shiwo kuroo í í ¥ í í í í í í í
215 Tribulus terrestris L. Zygophyllaceae Shiwo kuroo ¥ í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
216 Trifolium repens L. Fabaceae í í ¥ í í í í í í í
217 Urtica dioica L. Urticaceae Jomi í í í í í í í ¥ í í
218 Valeriana stracheyi Valerianaceae Koindaru í í ¥ í í í í í í í
219 Valeriana wallichii DC. Valerianaceae í í ¥ í í í í í í í
220 Verbascum thapsus L. Scrophulariacea Khardak/Kher ¥ í ¥ ¥ í í í í í í
e os
221 Verbena officinalis L. Verbenaceae Chiroo í í ¥ í í í í í ¥ í
222 Veronica beccabunga L. Scrophulariacea í í ¥ í í í í í í í


e
223 Vitex negundo L. Verbenaceae ¥ í ¥ ¥ í í í í í ¥
224 Vitis himalyana Vitaceae Kuchar jachh í í ¥ ¥ í í í í í í
225 Vitis jaquemontii Parker Vitaceae Magrath í í ¥ ¥ í í í í í í
226 Vitis vinifera L. Vitaceae Jach ¥ í ¥ ¥ í í ¥ í í ¥
227 Withania coagulens Dunal Solanaceae ¥ í í ¥ í í í í í í
228 Xanthium strumarium L. Asteraceae Kundi í í í ¥ í í í í ¥ í
229 Zizyphus sativa Gaertn Rhamnaceae Sizin/Sigiun ¥ í ¥ ¥ í í í í í í
57 5 213 78 13 30 21 16 74 67
Note: Out of 232, 229 species are subjected to some sort of use in the local area.

Annex – 4.4
DATA ON PASSERINE AND MIGRATORY BIRDS
Table 4.4.1: Non-passerines Birds Recorded from Dasu Project Area
S/No Common Name Scientific Name Family Status Remarks

Great or Eurasian Phalacrocorax Phalacrocoracidae A Kandian river-shallow water
1.
Cormorant ** carbo sinensis
Chukar * Alectoris chukar Phasianidae C 8 observed Laachi Nallah on mountain slopes, reported
2.
from all the area from Dasu to Basha
Grey Francolinus Phasianidae C Crossed the KKH near Kandian Suspended bridge;
3.
Partridge/Francolin* pondicerianus reported from Laachi nullah area
Himalayan Monal* Lophophorus Phasianidae R Stuffed bird at Dasu town hunted from Kandian Valley few
4.
impejanus month ago; reported from Kaigah, Laachi, Sazin
Western Tragopan* Tragopan Phasianidae V Reported from higher valleys of Kandian, Laachi, Sazin Kot,
5.
melanocephalus Kaigah
6. Marsh harrier** Circus aeruginosus Accipitridae C Kandian Valley
7. Black kite* Milvus migrans Accipitridae A Kandian valley, Shatial, Laachi
8. Shikra * Accipiter badius Accipitridae F Laachi Nallah
Common Kestrel* Falco tinnunculus Falconidae C Laachi, Kandian, Waliabad, Razika village, Down-stream
9.
near Zaid Khar Nullah
10. Water rail** Rallus aquaticus Rallidae F Kandian Valley
11. Red-wattled lapwing* Vanellus indicus Charadriidae A Couching Village
12. Common sandpiper*** Actitis hypoleucos Tringinae C Near Dasu on Right bank
13. Blue rock pigeon* Columba livia Columbidae A Common from Kandian suspended bridge up to Basha
Indian ring dove* Streptopelia Columbidae A Dasu, Kandian
14.
decaocto
Oriental turtle dove* Streptopelia Columbidae C Kandian Valley
15.
orientalis
Little brown dove* Streptopelia Columbidae A Dasu, downstream before the Zaid Khar Nallah
16.
senegalensis

S/No Common Name Scientific Name Family Status Remarks

Spotted dove*** Streptopelia Columbidae C Dasu, Chochung
17.
chinensis
18. Northern eagle owl* Bubo bubo Strigidae F Laachi Nallah area
19. Common kingfisher* Alcedo atthis Apodidae F Kandian Valley
Indian roller* Coracias Meropidae C Chochung, Dasu
20.
benghalensis
21. Hoopoe* Upupa epops Upupidae C Waliabad, Chochung, Kandian valley
Asian Koel***l Eudynamys Cuculidae C Near Seo Village
22.
scolopacea
*Resident; **Passage migrant; ***Summer breeder/wintering; A=Abundant; C=Common; F=Frequent; S=Scarce; V=Vulnerable; R=Rare (status described by
Roberts, 1991, 1992)
Table 4.4.2: Passerines Birds Recorded from Kohistan area
S/No Common Name Scientific name Family Status Remarks

1. Crested lark* Galerida cristate Alaudidae A Waliabad, sandy and gravel area along left bank of Indus
2. Yellow wagtail** Motacilla flava Motacillidae C Dasu
3. Grey wagtail*** Motacilla cinera Motacillidae C Melar
4. White/pied wagtail*** Motacilla alba Motacillidae A Summar Nallah, Kandian valley, Dasu, Laachi
5. Large wagtail* Motacilla Motacillidae C Kandian Valley, Dasu
maderaspatensis
6. White-cheeked bulbul* Pycnonotus Pycnonotidae A Melar, Panibagh, Chochung, Kandian Valley, Dasu
leucogenys
7. Brown dipper* Cinclus pallasii Cinclidae C Kandian river –shallow river area
8. Blue throat**/*** Luscinia svecia Turdidae F Chochung, Kandian
9. Indian blue robin**/*** Luscinia brunnea Turdidae C Laachi nullah
10. Blue-headed redstart*** Phoenicurus Turdidae C Laachi nullah
caeruleocephalus
11. Black redstart*** Phoenicurus Turdidae C Dasu, Kandian valley, Laachi
ochruros


12. White-bellied Redstart* Hodgsonius Turdidae S Goshali Village-on left bank of supit nullah-downstream
phoenicuroides
13. Plumbeous water Rhyacornis Turdidae C Kandian river, Shallow water
Redstart*** fuliginosus
14. Common Stonechat**/*** Saxicola torquate Turdidae C Laachi nullah
15. Pied Bushchat* Saxicola caprata Turdidae C Kandian river's bank, Razika
16. Rufous-tailed Rock Monticola saxatilis Turdidae R Razika
Thrush**
17. Blue whistling thrush*** Myiophoneus Turdidae C Dasu, Melar, Kandian valley, Barseen Nallah, Seo
cacruleus
18. Eurasian blackbird* Turdus merula Turdidae F Near Pattan
19. Grey-hooded Seicercus Sylviidae C Melar, Chochung
flycatcher*** xanthoschistos
20. White-cheeked Sitta leucopsis Sittidae C Dasu, Shatial, Melar, Barseen Nallah, Chochung, Laachi,
nuthatch* Kandian valley
21. Eurasian nuthatch*** Sitta europaea Sittidae F Sazin kot, Dasu
22. Isabelline shrike *** Lanius isbellinus Laniidae F Dasu, Panibagh, Melar
23. Bay-backed shrike* Lanius vittatus Laniidae C Dasu, Panibagh, Melar
24. Jungle crow* Corvus Corvidae C Common in all the area from Dasu to Basha
macrorhynchos
25. House crow* Corvus splendens Corvidae A Around Dasu town
26. Common Raven* Corvus corax Corvidae F Laachi, Kandian valley
27. Lanceolated/Black- Garrulus Corvidae F Melar, Panibagh
headed Jay* lanceolatus
28. Yellow-billed Chough* Phyrhocorax Corvidae A Razika village
phyrhocorax
29. Common myna* Acridotheres tristis Sturnidae A Common in all the area from Dasu to Basha
30. Jungle myna* Acridotheres Sturnidae F Choochang, Kandian, Laachi Nallah
fuscus
31. House sparrow * Passer domesticus Passeridae A Common in all the area from Dasu to Basha especially near
human settlements


32. Red-fronted serin* Serinus pusillus Carduelinae A Kandian valley, Razika village
33. Rock bunting *** Emberiza cia Emberizinae C Chochung, Kandian, Laachi, Sazin
34. Grey necked bunting***Emberiza Emberizinae S Kandian, Laachi
buchanani
35. Black Drongo* Dicrurus Dicruridae A Dasu
macrocercus
36. Great Tit* Parus major Paridae C Panibagh, Waliabad
*Resident; **Passage migrant; ***Summer breeder/wintering; A=Abundant; C=Common; F=Frequent; S=Scarce; V=Vulnerable; R=Rare (status described by
Roberts, 1991, 1992)
Table 4.4.3: Aquatic/ Wetland Birds in Project Area1
Sr./No Common Name Scientific name Family Remarks

1. Great or Eurasian Phalacrocorax carbo Phalacrocora- Kandia river-shallow water
Cormorant sinensis cidae
2. Water rail Rallus aquaticus Rallidae Kandia Valley
3. Red-wattled lapwing Vanellus indicus Charadriidae Choochang Village
4. Common sandpiper Actitis hypoleucos Tringinae Near Dasu on Right bank
5. Common kingfisher Alcedo atthis Alcedinidae Kandia Valley
6. White-breasted Halcyon smyrnesis Alcedinidae Near Dasu on Right bank
kingfisher
7. Marsh harrier Circus aeruginosus Accipitridae Kandia Valley
8. Yellow wagtail Motacilla flava Motacillidae Dasu
9. Grey wagtail Motacilla cinera Motacillidae Malyar
10. White/pied wagtail Motacilla alba Motacillidae Summar Nullah, Kandia valley, Dasu, Laachi
1
Note:
1-Species listed from 1-15 were recorded during field surveys conducted in July-September 2012
2-Analysis is completed for other potential wetland birds that are already reported to visiting/ staging/ migrating in this area and or they will likely be attracted to the large water
body after the construction of the reservoir.
3- It is anticipated that this list will continue to grow as information and data becomes available.


11. Large wagtail Motacilla Motacillidae Kandia Valley, Dasu
maderaspatensis
12. Brown dipper Cinclus pallasii Cinclidae Kandia river –shallow river area
13. Black redstart Phoenicurus ochruros Turdidae Dasu, Kandia valley, Laachi
14. White-bellied Redstart Hodgsonius Turdidae Goshali Village-on left bank of supit nullah-downstream
phoenicuroides
15. Plumbeous water Rhyacornis fuliginosus Turdidae Kandia river, Shallow water
Redstart
16. Grey Heron Ardea Cinerea Ardeidae Reported in secondary data/ literature. Further field surveys during migratory
season/ winter may confirm their distribution/ occurrence
17. Grelag Goose Anser anser Anatidae Reported in secondary data/ literature. Further field surveys during migratory
18. Ruddy shelduck Tadorna ferruginea Anatidae Reported in secondary data/ literature. Further field surveys during migratory
19. Wigeon Anas penelope Anatidae Reported in secondary data/ literature. Further field surveys during migratory
20. Gadwall Anas strepera Anatidae Reported in secondary data/ literature. Further field surveys during migratory
21. Common teal Anas crecca Anatidae Reported in secondary data/ literature. Further field surveys during migratory
22. Mallard Anas platyrynchos Anatidae Reported in secondary data/ literature. Further field surveys during migratory
23. Ferruginous duck Aythya nyroca Anatidae Reported in secondary data/ literature. Further field surveys during migratory
24. Pintail Anas acuta Anatidae Reported in secondary data/ literature. Further field surveys during migratory
25. Shoveler Anas clypeata Anatidae Reported in secondary data/ literature. Further field surveys during migratory
26. Common Pochard Aythya ferina Anatidae Reported in secondary data/ literature. Further field surveys during migratory
27. Tufted duck Aythya fuligula Anatidae Reported in secondary data/ literature. Further field surveys during migratory


28. Common crane Grus grus Gruidae Reported in secondary data/ literature. Further field surveys during migratory
29. Demoiselle crane Anthropoides virgo Gruidae Reported in secondary data/ literature. Further field surveys during migratory
30. Pheasant-tailed Jacana Hydrophasianus Jacanidae Reported in secondary data/ literature. Further field surveys during migratory
chirugus season/ winter may confirm their distribution/ occurrence
31. Curlew sandpiper Calidris ferruginea Scolopacidae Reported in secondary data/ literature. Further field surveys during migratory
32. Ruff Philomachus pugnax Scolopacidae Reported in secondary data/ literature. Further field surveys during migratory
33. Common snipe Gallinago gallinago Gallinagininae Reported in secondary data/ literature. Further field surveys during migratory
34. Red shank Tringa tetanus Tringinae Reported in secondary data/ literature. Further field surveys during migratory
35. Green shank Tringa nebularia Tringinae Reported in secondary data/ literature. Further field surveys during migratory
36. Marsh sandpiper Tringa stagnatilis Tringinae Reported in secondary data/ literature. Further field surveys during migratory
37. Common sandpiper Actitia hypoleucos Tringinae Reported in secondary data/ literature. Further field surveys during migratory
38. Caspian tern Sterna caspica Sternidae Reported in secondary data/ literature. Further field surveys during migratory
39. Water pipit Anthua spinoletta Motacillidae Reported in secondary data/ literature. Further field surveys during migratory

Volume 2 – Environmental Impact Assessment ANNEX 4.5 (1 / 10)
ANNEX 4.5
TRAFFIC DATA ALONG KKG AND LOCAL ROADS
Table 4.5.1: Traffic Counts on Bridges on Indus (To and fro traffic from left bank to right bank)
Vehicle
Dates Days Location Motor Loader/ Van / Coaster / Heavy Tractor Military
Bicycle Car Jeep Trucks
cycle Pick up Hiace Bus Loader Trolley Vehicles
01-06-12 Friday Largani 0 14 34 3 2 3 0 0 0 0 0
02-06-12 Saturday Kandia 0 0 36 2 32 0 0 0 0 0 0
03-06-12 Sunday Tangir 1 31 66 6 8 15 0 7 0 0 2
03-06-12 Sunday Shatial 0 122 67 35 5 16 0 5 0 2 0
Livestock
Dates Days Location Pedestrian Other
Cow Buffalo Goats / Sheep Donkey / Mule Horse
(Stray Animals)*
01-06-12 Friday Largani 177 16 0 30 2 1 11
02-06-12 Saturday Kandia 53 0 0 21 0 0 0
03-06-12 Sunday Tangir 37 2 0 0 0 0 0
03-06-12 Sunday Shatial 126 3 0 4 0 0 2
*Stray Dogs, Cats
Note: Traffic survey for suspension bridges was conducted only for 12 hrs.

Table 4.5.2: Traffic Count Survey in Pattan, Besham and Thakot on KKH
Vehicle
Total
Dates Days Location Motor Loader / Van / Coaster / Heavy Tractor Military
Bicycle Car Jeep Trucks Vehicle
12-06-12 Tue Pattan 0 54 122 46 64 65 5 64 30 1 0 451
12-06-12 Tue Besham 1 9 84 28 43 9 22 20 6 0 20 242
13-06-12 Wed Besham 8 207 1215 199 741 290 24 191 43 20 0 2938
(13-14)-06- Wed - Thakot 15 214 413 191 282 180 103 363 126 113 103 2103
2012 Thu
Note: Traffic count survey was done in Pattan for 6 hrs, Thakot for 24 hrs and in Besham it was done for 3 hrs in the night and 12 hrs in the day time.
Table 4.5.3: Traffic Count Survey of Jalkot Road, Dasu
Vehicle
Dates Days Motor Loader / Van / Coaster / Heavy Tractor Military
08-06-12 Friday 6 58 272 50 59 46 0 0 0 4 0
09-06-12 Saturday 2 72 281 33 19 28 0 0 0 0 0
10-06-12 Sunday 0 54 267 25 30 10 0 0 0 0 0
Total 8 184 820 108 108 84 0 0 0 4 0
Average/Day 3 61 273 36 36 28 0 0 0 1 0
Livestock
Dates Days Pedestrian Other
(Stray Animals)*
08-06-12 Friday 4317 33 16 222 27 13 37
09-06-12 Saturday 4308 24 0 373 14 4 28
10-06-12 Sunday 3148 6 0 337 13 0 38
Total 11773 63 16 932 54 17 103
Average/Day 3924 21 5 311 18 6 34

Table 4.5.4: Traffic Count Survey of Komila Bazar Entrance on KKH
Vehicle
05-06-12 Tuesday 16 304 1082 410 500 489 127 295 50 11 15
06-06-12 Wednesday 16 298 997 223 479 381 167 338 63 67 44
07-06-12 Thursday 12 335 822 252 413 382 148 340 47 46 33
Total 44 937 2901 885 1392 1252 442 973 160 124 92
Average/Day 15 312 967 295 464 417 147 324 53 41 31
Livestock
(Stray Animals)*
05-06-12 Tuesday 3190 21 8 334 8 3 50
06-06-12 Wednesday 6025 6 2 195 5 3 47
07-06-12 Thursday 6290 16 18 328 17 4 50
Total 15505 43 28 857 30 10 147
Average/Day 5168 14 9 286 10 3 49
Table 4.5.5: Traffic Count Survey of Dasu near NATCO Hotel, 3km from Dasu Bridge
Vehicle
4/28/2012 Saturday 9 242 649 251 256 216 201 383 58 2 25
4/29/2012 Sunday 22 246 795 357 383 340 253 547 106 0 37
4/30/2012 Monday 1 225 661 257 266 253 177 399 58 9 5
08-5-2012 Tuesday 1 184 654 274 344 244 161 403 50 17 18

Vehicle
5/9/2012 Wednesday 4 206 623 265 315 262 192 433 74 4 48
5/10/2012 Thursday 0 204 620 285 280 260 218 411 57 2 37
5/11/2012 Friday 6 276 600 244 284 247 228 428 157 23 50
Total 43 1583 4602 1933 2128 1822 1430 3004 560 57 220
Average/day 6 226 657 276 304 260 204 429 80 8 31
Percentage 0 9 26 11 12 10 8 17 3 0 1
Livestock
Cow Buffalo Goats / Sheep Donkey/Mule Horse
(Stray Animals)*
4/28/2012 Saturday 1218 52 0 60 55 3 70
4/29/2012 Sunday 1586 132 5 123 106 40 171
4/30/2012 Monday 1230 67 0 84 45 1 72
08-5-2012 Tuesday 1084 89 0 259 55 11 59
5/9/2012 Wednesday 1261 88 0 175 84 0 106
5/10/2012 Thursday 1187 70 2 186 80 12 111
5/11/2012 Friday 1426 133 0 401 134 2 148
Total 8992 631 7 1288 559 69 737
Average/day 1285 90 1 184 80 10 105
Percentage 73 5 0 10 5 1 6
*Stray Dogs, Cats
Note: Figures are accumulative traffic count (i.e. To Gilgit & from Gilgit)

Table 4.5.6: Traffic Count Survey of Seo Road, Komila
Vehicle
05-06-12 Tuesday 10 176 490 148 259 180 0 0 0 10 2
06-06-12 Wednesday 0 158 434 143 218 175 0 0 0 10 0
07-06-12 Thursday 0 158 574 213 293 285 0 0 0 12 0
Total 10 492 1498 504 770 640 0 0 0 32 2
Average/Day 3 164 499 168 257 213 0 0 0 11 1
Livestock
(Stray Animals)*
05-06-12 Tuesday 2694 12 6 32 4 0 27
06-06-12 Wednesday 1313 12 13 43 6 2 19
07-06-12 Thursday 1530 4 12 14 2 0 21
Total 5537 28 31 89 12 2 67
Average/Day 1846 9 10 30 4 1 22
*Stray Dogs, Cats

Table 4.5.7: Traffic Count Statistics (Hourly Basis) – KKH Traffic Analysis
Date: 28 April to 11 May 2012

Vehicle (No) Pedestrian + Livestock
Hour
Average / Day (No) Average / Day
8:00-9:00 132 125 TrafficAnalysisofKKH
9:00-10:00 136 102 Date:28AprͲ11May2012
10:00-11:00 152 108
11:00-12:00 156 111 180
12:00-1300 144 90
Vehicle,PedestrianandLivestock
160
1300-1400 136 101 140
1400-1500 133 97 120
1500-1600 129 118
100
1600-1700 161 116
80
1700-1800 126 104
60
1800-1900 122 126
40
1900-2000 87 71
2000-2100 82 62 20
2100-2200 70 52 0
2:00Ͳ3:00
3:00Ͳ4:00
4:00Ͳ5:00
5:00Ͳ6:00
6:00Ͳ7:00
8:00Ͳ9:00
9:00Ͳ10:00
10:00Ͳ11:00
11:00Ͳ12:00
12:00Ͳ1300
1300Ͳ1400
1400Ͳ1500
1500Ͳ1600
1600Ͳ1700
1700Ͳ1800
1800Ͳ1900
1900Ͳ2000
2000Ͳ2100
2100Ͳ2200
2200Ͳ2300
2300Ͳ00:00
00:00Ͳ1:00
1:00Ͳ2:00
2200-2300 82 26
2300-00:00 65 25
00:00-1:00 60 40
1:00-2:00 61 16
2:00-3:00 52 18 Time(Hours)
3:00-4:00 53 23
4:00-5:00 65 27 Vehicle(No)Average/Day Pedestrian+Livestock(No)Average/Day
5:00-6:00 75 40
6:00-7:00 87 68
7:00-8:00 123 95

Table 4.5.8: Traffic Count Statistics (Hourly Basis) –Komila Bazar Entrance Traffic Analysis
Date: 5 to 7 June 2012

Hour
7:00-8:00 177 483 TrafficAnalysisofKomilaBazarEntrance
8:00-9:00 172 358 Date:5Ͳ7June2012
9:00-10:00 182 402
10:00-11:00 170 385 600
11:00-12:00 155 365
500
12:00-1300 204 412
1300-1400 203 248 400
1400-1500 194 367
300
1500-1600 164 328
1600-1700 259 499 200
1700-1800 223 347
100
1800-1900 183 482
1900-2000 160 183 0
2000-2100 95 69
3:00Ͳ4:00
4:00Ͳ5:00
5:00Ͳ6:00
6:00Ͳ7:00
7:00Ͳ8:00
8:00Ͳ9:00
10:00Ͳ11:00
11:00Ͳ12:00
1300Ͳ1400
1400Ͳ1500
1500Ͳ1600
1600Ͳ1700
1700Ͳ1800
1800Ͳ1900
1900Ͳ2000
2000Ͳ2100
2100Ͳ2200
2200Ͳ2300
1:00Ͳ2:00
2:00Ͳ3:00
2300Ͳ00:00
9:00Ͳ10:00
00:00Ͳ1:00
12:00Ͳ1300
2100-2200 68 43
2200-2300 49 18
2300-00:00 31 112
00:00-1:00 22 5 Time(Hours)
2:00-3:00 24 109
3:00-4:00 26 75
4:00-5:00 52 48
5:00-6:00 86 62
6:00-7:00 130 142

Table 4.5.9: Traffic Count Statistics (Hourly Basis) – Seo Road Traffic Analysis

Hour
7:00-8:00 86 102 TrafficAnalysisofSeoRoad
8:00-9:00 103 115 Date:5Ͳ7June2012
9:00-10:00 109 122
250
10:00-11:00 78 110
11:00-12:00 74 101
200
12:00-1300 69 101
1300-1400 93 173 150
1400-1500 81 153
1500-1600 111 143 100
1600-1700 96 118
1700-1800 134 195 50
1800-1900 75 194
1900-2000 47 99 0
4:00Ͳ5:00
5:00Ͳ6:00
6:00Ͳ7:00
7:00Ͳ8:00
8:00Ͳ9:00
9:00Ͳ10:00
10:00Ͳ11:00
11:00Ͳ12:00
12:00Ͳ1300
1300Ͳ1400
1400Ͳ1500
1500Ͳ1600
1600Ͳ1700
1700Ͳ1800
1800Ͳ1900
1900Ͳ2000
2000Ͳ2100
2100Ͳ2200
2200Ͳ2300
2300Ͳ00:00
00:00Ͳ1:00
1:00Ͳ2:00
2:00Ͳ3:00
3:00Ͳ4:00
2000-2100 35 40
2100-2200 25 28
2200-2300 9 21
2300-00:00 6 3
00:00-1:00 4 0 Time(Hours)
1:00-2:00 2 0
Vehicle(No)Average/Day Pedestrian+Livestock(No)Average/Day
2:00-3:00 2 0
3:00-4:00 2 5
4:00-5:00 19 16
5:00-6:00 20 26
6:00-7:00 43 55

Table 4.5.10: Traffic Count Statistics (Hourly Basis) – Jalkot Road Traffic Analysis

Hour
7:00-8:00 37 567 TrafficAnalysisofJalkotRoad
8:00-9:00 39 278 Date:8Ͳ10June2012
9:00-10:00 15 179
10:00-11:00 30 351 600
11:00-12:00 24 314 500
12:00-1300 27 265
1300-1400 23 180 400
1400-1500 19 196 300
1500-1600 27 246
1600-1700 21 288 200
1700-1800 30 416 100
1800-1900 23 385
1900-2000 32 231 0
2300Ͳ00:00
00:00Ͳ1:00
3:00Ͳ4:00
4:00Ͳ5:00
5:00Ͳ6:00
6:00Ͳ7:00
7:00Ͳ8:00
8:00Ͳ9:00
9:00Ͳ10:00
10:00Ͳ11:00
11:00Ͳ12:00
12:00Ͳ1300
1300Ͳ1400
1400Ͳ1500
1500Ͳ1600
1600Ͳ1700
1700Ͳ1800
1800Ͳ1900
1900Ͳ2000
2000Ͳ2100
2100Ͳ2200
2200Ͳ2300
1:00Ͳ2:00
2:00Ͳ3:00
2000-2100 21 37
2100-2200 11 18
2200-2300 4 12
2300-00:00 2 102
00:00-1:00 0 2 Time(Hours)
1:00-2:00 0 54
3:00-4:00 0 64
4:00-5:00 7 13
5:00-6:00 16 26
6:00-7:00 32 87

Table 4.5.11: Traffic Count Statistics (Hourly Basis) – Thakot Bridge Traffic Analysis
Date: 13 June 2012

Hour Total Vehicles
12:00-1300 142
1300-1400 136 TrafficCountAnalysisofThakot
1400-1500 205 13Ͳ06Ͳ2012
1500-1600 217
1600-1700 154 250
1700-1800 37
1800-1900 116 200
1900-2000 82
Vehicles(No)
2000-2100 95 150
2100-2200 66
2200-2300 92 100
2300-00:00 26
00:00-1:00 40 50
1:00-2:00 43
2:00-3:00 60 0
3:00-4:00 32
2300Ͳ00:00
1:00Ͳ2:00
2:00Ͳ3:00
3:00Ͳ4:00
4:00Ͳ5:00
5:00Ͳ6:00
6:00Ͳ7:00
7:00Ͳ8:00
8:00Ͳ9:00
9:00Ͳ10:00
10:00Ͳ11:00
11:00Ͳ12:00
12:00Ͳ1300
1300Ͳ1400
1400Ͳ1500
1500Ͳ1600
1600Ͳ1700
1700Ͳ1800
1800Ͳ1900
1900Ͳ2000
2000Ͳ2100
2100Ͳ2200
2200Ͳ2300
00:00Ͳ1:00
4:00-5:00 15
5:00-6:00 55
6:00-7:00 66
7:00-8:00 95 Time(Hrs)
8:00-9:00 76
9:00-10:00 124 TotalVehicle
10:00-11:00 125
11:00-12:00 107

Annex – 5.1
ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES FOR WATERWAYS
(INTAKE & TAILRACE TUNNELS)
Three alternatives were considered for waterways (intake and tail race tunnels) in
Feasibility Study and an alternative that produces significantly greater energy than the
other alternatives was recommended. However the feasibility study did not evaluate
the impact of Khoshe fault on the location of the power house and its stability – though
Khoshe fault which is crossing at the mid of the tailrace tunnel is not an active fault and
would not be seriously weak nor fractured. During detailed design, the feasibility study
alternative (Alternative 1) is further compared with 3 more possible alternatives. Plan
and profile of all these 3 alternatives are presented in Figure 1 (Alternative 1, feasibility
alignment), Figure 2 (Alternative 2); Figure 3 (Alternative 3) and Figure 4 (Alternative
4).
Figure 1: Waterway Plan and Profile of Alternative 1 (Feasibility Alignment)
Figure 2 : Waterway Plan and Profile of Alternative 2

Figure 3: Waterway Plan and Profile of Alternative 3
Figure 4: Waterway Plan and Profile of Alternative 4

The analysis of all four alternatives is presented in Table 1. Alternative 1 is a
recommendation of feasibility study, in which power house is located .on the upstream
side of the Khoshe fault and tail race tunnel crosses the fault. In Alternative 2, the
power house is located on the downstream of the fault. Alternative 3 completely avoids
crossing any facility through the fault. Alternative 4 is a slight modification of
Alternative 1, in which the tail race tunnels are straight without any bend.

Table 1: Alternatives for Waterways

Alternative 1
Alternative 2 Alternative 3 Alternative 4
(FS Alternative)
Location Recommended Intake location is Location of intake Similar to
with by Feasibility similar to and powerhouse Alternative 1 in
respect to Study. Alternative 1, but complex is terms of intake
Khoshe Intake and the power house identical to the location, but the
fault powerhouse is located on the above Alternative headrace tunnel
complex is downstream of I. However, the is extended to
located in the left Khoshe fault. tailrace tunnels 500. The tail race
abutment of dam Headrace tunnels are shortened to tunnels are
and its tailrace cross the fault the average straight and
tunnels are length of 1.4 km crosses Khoshe
extended in order to avoid fault
downstream by the tunnels
2.7 km from the crossing through
power cavern. the Khoshe fault.
The tail race Outlets of the
tunnels cross the tailrace tunnels
Khoshe fault are located
some 1.2 km immediate
downstream of upstream of the
the underground Khoshe fault on
powerhouse the left bank.
Length of 2..885 km 2.57 km 1.66 km 2.7 km
water ways (0.26 km (1.97 km (0.26 km (0.5km head race
headrace and headrace and 0.6 headrace and 1.4 and 2.2 km of tail
2.625 km tail km tail race) km tail race) race0
race)
Linearity of Have a 60o Have a bend. Curved Straight,
the horizontal bend waterway for
Waterways aiming at hydropower
avoiding sharp generation
angle crossing should be straight
with rock as much as
discontinuity possible to
planes. minimize head
loss in the
waterway,
provided that
rock conditions
along the tunnels
are good enough
for tunneling
Power 4320 MW Similar to 4070 MW Similar to
generation 195m (FSL is 950 Alternative 1 181 (FSL is 950 Alternative 1
capacity m and tunnel m and tunnel
(including outlet level is outlet level is
gross head) 755m) 769m)
Protection The tunnels cross The tailrace No protection is Similar to
against the Khoshe fault tunnels receiving required since Alternative 1.
Khoshe but water leak to internal water tunnels are not
fault the surrounding pressure of 100 crossing the fault Based on the
fault zone will not m head have to geological
occur because pass through surveys
internal water Khoshe fault conducted during
pressure will be where minimum detailed design, it
lower than depth of ground was found that is

Alternative 1
Alternative 2 Alternative 3 Alternative 4
(FS Alternative)
surrounding cover over the a normal contact
ground water tunnel is only 100 of rock types or
pressure which is m. To prevent an inactive fault
at least greater water leak to with limited
than water ground surface in displacement.
column pressure the fault zone, Hence Khoshe
measured below the tunnels need fault will not
the nearby river to be steel-lined affect any
water level. in a certain alternatives
section (say 100
m).
Surge No upstream Because of long No upstream Similar to
shafts surge shaft is pressure tunnel surge shaft is Alternative 1
required because between turbines required. On the
of short tunnel and intake, downstream side,
between turbine upstream surge Since tailrace
and intake. shaft is required tunnels are still
Tailrace surge to mitigate water not sufficiently
shafts or hammer pressure short, surge
chambers are and dampen chamber is
required to surge waves. required in
dampen surge tailrace but size
waves as the of the chamber
tailrace tunnels can be much
are long. smaller than Alt.
I.
Cost Less than Higher Lower Less than
Total Base Alternative 2 5462.7 (5% 4988.8 (4.1% Alternative 1
price of the 5204.6 higher than less than 5051 (3% less
Project Alternative 1) alternative 1) than Alternative 1
(million owing to shorter
dollars) length of the
water way
Conclusion Since Khoshe
fault is not active,
final alternative
was chosen
based on
economic
evaluation.
Alternative 4 is
preferable since it
is more
economical than
alternative 1 with
shorter and
straight tunnels.

Annex – 6.1
METHODOLOGY FOR CALCULATIONS OF GHG
EMISSIONS FROM DHP
GHG emissions are calculated in accordance with the revised 2006 Intergovernmental
Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) Guidelines for National GHG Inventories. These
Guidelines contain a description of inventory methodologies and comprehensive
emission factors for all major sources and interventions. The inventory is divided into
following four main categories and each of these categories is further subdivided within
the inventory.
x Energy
x Industrial Processes and Product Use
x Agriculture, Forestry and Other Land Use
x Waste
6.1.1 During Construction
The IPCC methodology breaks the calculation of emissions (e.g., for carbon dioxide)
from fuel combustion into 6 steps:
Step 1: Estimate Apparent Fuel Consumption in Original Units
Step 2: Convert to a Common Energy Unit
Step 3: Multiply by Emission Factors to Compute the Carbon Content
Step 4: Compute Carbon Stored
Step 5: Correct for Carbon Unoxidized
Step 6: Convert Carbon Oxidized to CO2 Emissions
A yearly inventory of the following direct and indirect GHGs is prepared up to 2019
when the dam construction will be completed and first stage of hydropower plant will
start commissioning.
x Carbon Dioxide (CO2)
x Methane (CH4)
x Nitrous Oxide (N2O)
x Non Methane Volatile Organic Compounds (NMVOC).
The data used for the estimation of emissions has been collected from the following
sources.
x Traffic counts data and traffic forecast
x Area of the asphalt pavement and the quantity of the bitumen
x Fuel consumption by type of vehicles
x Type, number and usage rate of construction vehicles and corresponding fuel
consumption.
As standard emission factors (EF) are not established for Pakistan, emission factors
for stationary and mobile combustion, fugitive emissions, in the inventory have been
developed using the default values given in IPCC guidelines.
6.1.2 During Operation
GHG emissions during operation stage are also calculated using methodology
proposed in ‘Agriculture, Forestry and other Land Use’ in IPCC 2006 Guidelines. In
Agriculture, Forestry, and Other Land use category, there are two appendices, which
cover, (a) Appendix 2: Possible Approach for Estimating CO2 Emissions from Lands
Converted to Permanently Flooded Lands: Basis for Future Methodological
Development (updated in November 2008) and (b) Appendix 3: CH4 Emissions from
Flooded Land: Basis for Future Methodological Development.
IPCC basis for Future Methodological Development indicates that flooded land may
emit CH4 in significant quantities, depending on a variety of characteristic such as age

and depth of reservoirs, land-use prior to flooding, climate, and management practices.
In contrast with CO2 emissions, CH4 emissions are highly variable spatially and
temporally. Current measurements of CH4 fluxes from Flooded Land are not
sufficiently comprehensive to support the development of accurate default emission
factors (especially for bubbles emissions and degassing emissions), however, there
are fairly good information for diffusive emissions.
IPCC basis for Post-flooded CH4 emissions can occur via the following pathways:
x Diffusive emissions, due to molecular diffusion across the air-water interface;
x Bubble emissions, or gas emissions from the sediment through the water
column via bubbles; this is a very important pathway for CH4 emissions,
especially in temperate and tropical regions;
x Degassing emissions, or emissions resulting from a sudden change in
hydrostatic pressure, as well as the increased air/water exchange surface after
reservoir waters flow through a turbine and/or a spillway; this is a very
important pathway for CH4 emissions from young tropical reservoirs.
Methane can be emitted from flooded lands through release of bubbles, by diffusion
and by degassing. A decision tree is normally used through the processes of selecting
an appropriate approach for CH4 emissions from Flooded Land. Tier selection and the
level of spatial and temporal disaggregation implemented by inventory compilers will
depend upon the availability of activity data and emission factors, as well as the
importance of reservoirs as contributors to national greenhouse gas emissions. Due to
the lack of sufficient data and information Tier 1 default data is used in this study
(which is also used for country-specific scientific evidence and data). In Tier 1
approach the following equation is used for estimating CH4 emission:
CH4EmissionWWflood= P*E(CH4)diff *Aflooded_ total_surface*10-6
Where,
CH4 emissionWWflood = total CH4 emissions from Flooded Land, Gg of CH4/year
P = ice-free period, days/year (usually 365 for annual inventory estimates, or
less in country with ice-cover period)
E(CH4)diff = averaged daily diffusive emissions, kg CH4/ha/day
Aflooded_total surface = total flooded surface area, including flooded land, lakes and
rivers, ha.
On the other hand IPCC basis for post-flooded carbon dioxide emissions from Land
Converted to Flooded Land can occur via the following pathways:
x Diffusive Emissions, due to molecular diffusion across the air-water interface;
this is the major pathway for CO2 emissions;
x Bubble Emissions, or gas emissions from the sediment through the water
column via bubbles; this is a very minor pathway for CO2 emissions;
x Degassing Emissions, or emissions resulting from a sudden change in
hydrostatic pressure, as well as the increased air/water exchange surface after
reservoir waters flow through a turbine and/or a spillway.
Evidence suggests that CO2 emissions for approximately the first ten years after
flooding are the results of decay of some of the organic matter on the land prior to
flooding. The easily degradable carbon and nutrients are made available to producer
organisms upon flooding and metabolized. Beyond this time period, CO2 emissions are
sustained by the input of organic material transferred into the flooded area from the
watershed. Three methods of increasing sophistication called Levels 1, 2 and 3 are
used to estimate CO2 emissions from flooded reservoir. In Levels 1 and 2 diffusive
emissions are estimated only. A level 3 method, based on detailed measurements,
includes all relevant fluxes of carbon dioxide emissions from flooded lands. Level 3
includes degassing emissions and considers the age, and the geographical location
and the water temperature of the reservoir. When using Level 3, all relevant emissions

from flooded lands should be estimated for the life-time of the reservoir. Due to the
lack of data, Level 2 estimate is used in this study for the CO2 emission from the
flooded reservoir created by the construction of the dam in the project. Under Level 2,
country-specific emission factors are used to estimate CO2 diffusive emissions. In
Level 2, CO2 emissions can be estimated from reservoirs following the approach
shown in the following Equation. The IPCC basis states that CO2 emissions from Land
Converted to Flooded Land should be estimated only for ten years after flooding when
using Level 2 method unless country-specific research indicates otherwise.
CO2 EmissionLWflood = [{Pf * Ef (CO2)diff + Pi * Ei (CO2)diff} * (Aflood.surface * fA * 10-6)]
Where:
CO2 EmissionLW flood = total CO2 emissions from Land Converted to Flooded
Landed, Gg CO2/yr
Pf = ice-free period, days/yr
Pi = period with ice cover, days/yr
Ef(CO2)diff = averaged daily diffusive emission from air water-interface during
the ice free period, kg CO2/ha/day
Aflood.surface = total reservoir surface area, including flooded land, lakes, and
rivers, ha
fA = fraction of the total area flooded within the last years

Annex – 7.1
EMISSION FACTORS FOR CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT
Emission Factors (lb/hr)

Equipment
ROG CO NOX SOX PM CO2 CH4 N2O
Concrete Mixer
Concrete Static Mixer 0.25 M3 0.0075 0.0386 0.0475 0.0001 0.0023 6.3 0.0007 0.0003048
Concrete Static Mixer 0.191 M3 0.0293 0.0852 0.1548 0.0002 0.0091 18 0.0026 0.0011914
Concrete Vibrator 0.0075 0.0386 0.0475 0.0001 0.0023 6 0.0007 0.0003048
Concrete Batching Plant (Computerized)
Concrete Batching Plant Capacity 30 M3 0.1927 0.5215 0.4545 0.0006 0.0462 44.0 0.0174 0.0078241
Concrete Batching Plant Capacity 50 M3 0.1927 0.5215 0.4545 0.0006 0.0462 44.0 0.0174 0.0078241
Batch/Mix RCC Plant 500 m3/hr 0.1525 0.5829 0.9172 0.0010 0.0851 83.1 0.0138 0.0061903
Asphalt Plant
Capacity 20 Ton 0.1927 0.5215 0.4545 0.0006 0.0462 44.0 0.0174 0.0078241
Capacity 80 Ton 0.1927 0.5215 0.4545 0.0006 0.0462 44.0 0.0174 0.0078241
Aggregate Plant & Sand Plant
Screening Plant 1500 ton/hr 0.1104 0.5320 0.7540 0.0009 0.0633 80.9 0.0100 0.0044826
Course Aggregate Crush/Screen Plant 650 0.2088 0.9654 1.6343 0.0019 0.0946 167 0.0188 0.0084765
ton/hr
Sand Plant 300 ton/hr 0.1525 0.5829 0.9172 0.0010 0.0851 83.1 0.0138 0.0061903
Coarse Precooling Plant 350 ton/Rfrg 0.0160 0.0544 0.1019 0.0002 0.0044 13.2 0.0014 0.0006508
Bull-Dozer
CAT D-7 0.2545 0.7124 2.1985 0.0021 0.0942 183.5 0.0230 0.0103347
CAT D-8 0.2545 0.7124 2.1985 0.0021 0.0942 183 0.0230 0.0103347
CAT D-9 0.2545 0.7124 2.1985 0.0021 0.0942 183 0.0230 0.0103347
Komatsu D-155 0.2545 0.7124 2.1985 0.0021 0.0942 183.5 0.0230 0.0103347
Komatsu D-85 0.2545 0.7124 2.1985 0.0021 0.0942 183 0.0230 0.0103347
Bull-Dozer 90 HP 0.2209 0.8528 1.6304 0.0015 0.0945 129 0.0199 0.0089691
Bull-Dozer 120 HP 0.2209 0.8528 1.6304 0.0015 0.0945 129.5 0.0199 0.0089691
Bull-Dozer 200 HP 0.2545 0.7124 2.1985 0.0021 0.0942 183 0.0230 0.0103347
Front End Loader


Equipment
Front End Loader 1.5 M3 0.1045 0.4187 0.6404 0.0007 0.0576 58.9 0.0094 0.0042419
Front End Loader 2.5 M3 0.1312 0.6288 1.0135 0.0012 0.0583 106 0.0118 0.0053287
Front End Loader 3.00 M3 0.1330 0.3838 1.3129 0.0017 0.0462 149 0.0120 0.0054
Grader
GAT G-140 0.1554 0.7363 1.1931 0.0014 0.0688 124 0.0140 0.0063098
GAT G-14 0.1554 0.7363 1.1931 0.0014 0.0688 124 0.0140 0.0063098
GAT G-120 0.1554 0.7363 1.1931 0.0014 0.0688 124 0.0140 0.0063098
Volvo 0.1554 0.7363 1.1931 0.0014 0.0688 124 0.0140 0.0063098
Komatsu GC 705 0.1554 0.7363 1.1931 0.0014 0.0688 124 0.0140 0.0063098
Komatsu GC 605 0.1554 0.7363 1.1931 0.0014 0.0688 124 0.0140 0.0063098
Motor Grader 140 HP 0.1348 0.5355 0.8223 0.0009 0.0740 75.0 0.0122 0.0054736
Motor Grader 165 HP 0.1554 0.7363 1.1931 0.0014 0.0688 124 0.0140 0.0063098
Welding Plant
Welding Plant Unit 0.1071 0.2854 0.2637 0.0003 0.0260 26.0 0.0097 0.004348
Local Welding Plant 0.1071 0.2854 0.2637 0.0003 0.0260 26.0 0.0097 0.004348
Road Roller
Tandem Roller (10 Ton to 12 Ton ) 0.0392 0.3801 0.2647 0.0007 0.0137 59.0 0.0035 0.0015925
Tandem Vibratory Roller 1.5 Ton 0.0392 0.3801 0.2647 0.0007 0.0137 59.0 0.0035 0.0015925
Tandem Vibratory Roller 6 Ton 0.0392 0.3801 0.2647 0.0007 0.0137 59.0 0.0035 0.0015925
Tandem Vibratory Roller 8 Ton 0.0392 0.3801 0.2647 0.0007 0.0137 59.0 0.0035 0.0015925
Static Tandem Roller 8 Ton 0.0392 0.3801 0.2647 0.0007 0.0137 59.0 0.0035 0.0015925
Static Tandem Roller 12 Ton 0.0553 0.6096 0.3030 0.0012 0.0156 108 0.0050 0.002245
Combination Roller 10-12 Ton 0.0553 0.6096 0.3030 0.0012 0.0156 108 0.0050 0.002245
Combination Roller 18 Ton 0.0553 0.6096 0.3030 0.0012 0.0156 108 0.0050 0.002245
Water Bouzers
Truck mounted (Capacity 10,000 Ltrs) 0.0087 0.0299 0.0555 0.0001 0.0022 7.1 0.0008 0.0003549
Water Tank Toe Type (Capacity 4000 Ltrs) 0.0052 0.0301 0.0368 0.0001 0.0015 4.9 0.0005 0.0002126
Dumpers/Trucks
Truck Mercedes 10W (500 ft³ (14.16 M³) 0.1533 0.7593 1.1072 0.0014 0.0666 125 0.0138 0.0062243
Capacity)
Truck Daewoo (500 ft³ (14.16 M³) Capacity) 0.1533 0.7593 1.1072 0.0014 0.0666 125 0.0138 0.0062243


Equipment
Truck Nissan (500 ft³ (14.16 M³) Capacity) 0.1533 0.7593 1.1072 0.0014 0.0666 125 0.0138 0.0062243
Truck Hino (500 ft³ (14.16 M³) Capacity) 0.1533 0.7593 1.1072 0.0014 0.0666 125 0.0138 0.0062243
Dumper 10 Ton Capacity 0.1533 0.7593 1.1072 0.0014 0.0666 125 0.0138 0.0062243
Dumper 18 Ton Capacity 0.1533 0.7593 1.1072 0.0014 0.0666 125 0.0138 0.0062243
Flat Body Truck 8 Ton Capacity 0.1533 0.7593 1.1072 0.0014 0.0666 125 0.0138 0.0062243
Excavator (Chain Excavator)
Hitachi 220 0.1183 0.5220 0.7300 0.0009 0.0657 73.6 0.0107 0.0048023
Hitachi 200 0.1183 0.5220 0.7300 0.0009 0.0657 73.6 0.0107 0.0048023
Hitachi UH09/083 0.1183 0.5220 0.7300 0.0009 0.0657 73.6 0.0107 0.0048023
Solar 120 0.1183 0.5220 0.7300 0.0009 0.0657 73.6 0.0107 0.0048023
Komatsu DC 200 0.1288 0.6678 0.9613 0.0013 0.0569 112 0.0116 0.0052314
Excavator (Tire Excavator)
Hitachi W-100 0.1183 0.5220 0.7300 0.0009 0.0657 73.6 0.0107 0.0048023
Hitachi DW-100 0.1183 0.5220 0.7300 0.0009 0.0657 73.6 0.0107 0.0048023
Hitachi EX120/130 0.1183 0.5220 0.7300 0.0009 0.0657 73.6 0.0107 0.0048023
Excavator (Track Type) 100 HP 0.1183 0.5220 0.7300 0.0009 0.0657 73.6 0.0107 0.0048023
Aggregate Spreading Machine
Aggregate Spreader Machine (4 M Wide) 0.1104 0.5320 0.7540 0.0009 0.0633 80.9 0.0100 0.0044826
Power Generators
150 KVA 0.0157 0.0698 0.1063 0.0002 0.0061 10.2 0.0014 0.0006363
250 KVA 0.0276 0.0951 0.1632 0.0002 0.0096 17.6 0.0025 0.0011217
Lift Machine 0.0175 0.0517 0.0957 0.0001 0.0055 11.0 0.0016 0.0007095
Tractors
Tractor 50 HP Capacity 0.1006 0.3305 0.3030 0.0004 0.0267 30.3 0.0091 0.004083
Tractor (Fiat-480) and Trolley with Jack 0.0760 0.3557 0.4910 0.0006 0.0432 51.7 0.0069 0.0030875
Capacity 7 M³
Tractor (Fiat-480) and Trolley without Jack 0.0760 0.3557 0.4910 0.0006 0.0432 51.7 0.0069 0.0030875
Capacity 7 M³
Tractor (Fiat 480) with rotator blade 0.0760 0.3557 0.4910 0.0006 0.0432 51.7 0.0069 0.0030875
Transit Mixers
Capacity 6 M³ 0.112 0.4448 1.3824 0.0016 0.0664 168.8184 0.0052 0.0048
Capacity 4 m³ 0.112 0.4448 1.3824 0.0016 0.0664 168.8184 0.0052 0.0048
Daff (4 m³ ) 0.112 0.4448 1.3824 0.0016 0.0664 168.8184 0.0052 0.0048


Equipment
Diesel Delivery Truck
Diesel Delivery Truck with 100 mm (4 “) 0.034 0.3304 0.0336 0.0004 0.0036 44.094 0.0032 0.002
diameter Pump, 6000 Liters
Diesel Delivery Truck with 100 mm (4") 0.034 0.3304 0.0336 0.0004 0.0036 44.094 0.0032 0.002
Diameter Pump, 10,000 Liters (Capacity)
Bitumen Distributor Truck
Capacity 2000 Ton 0.034 0.3304 0.0336 0.0004 0.0036 44.094 0.0032 0.002
Steel Bar Cutting and Bending Machine
Steel Bar Cutting Machine 0.0118 0.0617 0.0737 0.0002 0.0028 10.1 0.0011 0.0004777
Steel Bar Bending Machine 0.0118 0.0617 0.0737 0.0002 0.0028 10.1 0.0011 0.0004777
Steel Plate Cutter 0.0118 0.0617 0.0737 0.0002 0.0028 10.1 0.0011 0.0004777
Steel Moulding 0.0118 0.0617 0.0737 0.0002 0.0028 10.1 0.0011 0.0004777
Grinder Machine
Grinder Machine (7"- 9") 0.1927 0.5215 0.4545 0.0006 0.0462 44.0 0.0174 0.0078241
Floor Grinding Machine (Chemical) 0.1927 0.5215 0.4545 0.0006 0.0462 44.0 0.0174 0.0078241
Paver
2.5 M wide 0.1239 0.3124 0.2591 0.0003 0.0279 23.9 0.0112 0.0050299
4 M wide 0.1150 0.3997 0.6897 0.0006 0.0610 54.5 0.0104 0.0046677
Mobile Crane
3 Ton 0.1101 0.2979 0.2478 0.0003 0.0258 23.2 0.0099 0.0044723
10 Ton 0.0982 0.3650 0.5844 0.0006 0.0533 50.1 0.0089 0.0039868
20 Ton 0.1089 0.4838 0.8259 0.0009 0.0479 80.3 0.0098 0.0044196
45 Ton 0.1103 0.3103 1.0712 0.0013 0.0388 112 0.0100 0.0044785
Stressing Equipment
Stressing Equipment (Specs?) 0.1506 0.3950 0.3243 0.0004 0.0352 30.3 0.0136 0.0061143
Piling Rig
Piling Rig (Up to 1.5m Ø) 0.0194 0.0658 0.1233 0.0002 0.0054 16.0 0.0017 0.0007872
Piling Rig (above 1.5m Ø 0.0351 0.2335 0.2768 0.0004 0.0149 31.0 0.0032 0.0014249
Percussion boring winch (Diesel) with boring 0.0351 0.2335 0.2768 0.0004 0.0149 31.0 0.0032 0.0014249
Bailer 127 to 200 mm Ø
Percussion boring winch (Diesel) with boring 0.0351 0.2335 0.2768 0.0004 0.0149 31.0 0.0032 0.0014249
bailer 450 mm Ø or above


Equipment
Girder Launcher
Model No. H2Q ,Lifting capacity 900 ton and 0.1008 0.5880 0.8599 0.0012 0.0467 107 0.0091 0.0040931
maximum span range 30 M.
Concrete Pump
Mobile 80 M³ / Hour 0.0386 0.1051 0.1803 0.0002 0.0117 19.5 0.0035 0.0015671
Static 45 M³ / Hour 0.1155 0.3229 0.3362 0.0004 0.0299 34.3 0.0104 0.0046884
Power Broom
Power Broom 2.1 M wide 0.0118 0.0617 0.0737 0.0002 0.0028 10.1 0.0011 0.0004777
Dewatering Pump
Dewatering Pump with Delivery Pipe 4" Ø 0.0386 0.1051 0.1803 0.0002 0.0117 19.5 0.0035 0.0015671
(Diesel)
(Diesel)
(Petrol)
(Petrol)
Compressor
Capacity 300 CFM 0.0286 0.0779 0.1337 0.0002 0.0087 14.4 0.0026 0.0011617
Pneumatic Tire Roller
PTR 9 Wheeler 18 Ton Capacity 0.1320 0.6220 1.0725 0.0012 0.0591 108 0.0119 0.0053607
PTR 9 Wheeler 21 Ton Capacity 0.1347 0.4083 1.4103 0.0017 0.0498 153 0.0122 0.0054712
Asphalt Recycling & Cold Milling Machine
Asphalt Recycling Machine 0.0185 0.0632 0.1170 0.0002 0.0045 15.3 0.0017 0.0007518
Cold Milling Machine 1M width 0.0066 0.0391 0.0466 0.0001 0.0018 6.4 0.0006 0.0002693
Road Marking Machine
Model 15 DM 0.0118 0.0617 0.0737 0.0002 0.0028 10.1 0.0011 0.0004777
Jack Hammer
Jack Hammer HP-100 (Chain Type) 0.0160 0.0544 0.1019 0.0002 0.0044 13.2 0.0014 0.0006508
Jack Hammer HP-100 (Tyre Type) 0.0160 0.0544 0.1019 0.0002 0.0044 13.2 0.0014 0.0006508
Rock Driller
Model DM 041 w, Type wet and weight 26 to 30 0.0351 0.2335 0.2768 0.0004 0.0149 31.0 0.0032 0.0014249
Kg.


Equipment
Misc. Equipment
Plate Compactor 0.0153 0.0520 0.0974 0.0002 0.0042 12.6 0.0014 0.0006218
Saw / Wood Cutter Machine (Petrol) 45 cc 0.0199 0.0678 0.1261 0.0002 0.0050 16.5 0.0018 0.0008085
Pressing Machine for Door Shutter 0.0066 0.0391 0.0466 0.0001 0.0018 6.4 0.0006 0.0002693
Pump 4" delivery (Diesel) 0.0386 0.1051 0.1803 0.0002 0.0117 19.5 0.0035 0.0015671
Vibrator (Pocher 1.5") 0.0118 0.0617 0.0737 0.0002 0.0028 10.1 0.0011 0.0004777
Paint Spray Machine 0.0185 0.0632 0.1170 0.0002 0.0045 15.3 0.0017 0.0007518

Annex – 7.2
RESERVOIR LANDSLIDES
Potential locations of landslides are identified in the reservoir rim slopes are identified
for their management. Total fifty potential landslides, 37 and 13 along the left and right
reservoir slopes, respectively, were observed, as summarized in Table 7.2.1. Slope
instability with levels I (High), II (Medium) and III (Low) in the following assessment
criteria was only used to describe the degree of the possibility of future landslide
activity at present condition-before the impoundment of dam reservoir.
Table 7.2.1: Summary of Identified Reservoir Potential Landslides
Depth Length Width Volume Distance from Elevation (m) Present Effect of Hazard Severity of Landslide- Risk
No.
(m) (m) (m) 3
(m ) Damaxis (m) Toe Head Stability Impoundment Level related Consequence Level
R-01 80 730 350 20,440,000 DS 4,650 842 1,207 II s C(II-s) b L(C-b)

R-02 90 251 100 2,259,000 DS 5,200 785 950 III s C(III-s) b L(C-b)
R-05 20 275 220 1,210,000 US 2,250 771 1,002 II l B(II-l) b M(B-b)
R-06 12 147 106 186,984 US 8,250 811 915 II l B(II-l) b M(B-b)
R-07 70 330 350 8,085,000 US 10,450 721 922 III l B(II-l) b M(B-b)
R-08 30 283 120 1,018,800 US 12,300 845 1,045 III l B(II-l) b M(B-b)
R-09 30 247 110 815,100 US 16,750 861 1,085 II l B(II-l) b M(B-b)
R-10 40 292 200 2,336,000 US 19,700 854 1,097 II l B(II-l) b M(B-b)
R-11 55 241 54 715,770 US 44,150 994 1,079 II s C(II-s) b L(C-b)
R-12 52 466 125 3,029,000 US 47,050 968 1,308 III s C(II-s) b L(C-b)
R-13 80 199 80 1,273,600 US 49,550 1,059 1,185 II s C(II-s) b L(C-b)
L-01 53 145 50 384,250 US 5,700 820 930 II s C(II-s) b L(C-b)
L-02 53 239 46 582,682 US 5,300 775 890 III s C(III-s) b L(C-b)
L-03 40 443 173 3,065,560 US 5,850 812 1,142 II l B(II-l) b M(B-b)
L-04 200 800 350 56,000,000 US 6,800 827 1,777 II m B(II-m) b M(B-b)
L-05 20 243 120 583,200 US 6,700 1,055 1,205 III s C(II-s) b L(C-b)
L-06 55 313 115 1,979,725 US 8,250 920 1,100 II m B(II-m) b M(B-b)
L-07 15 120 80 144,000 US 11,350 865 945 III l C(II-l) b L(C-b)
L-08 125 565 307 21,681,875 US 16,150 873 1,298 II m B(II-m) b M(B-b)
L-09 70 828 380 22,024,800 US 16,670 950 1,570 III s C(II-s) b L(C-b)
L-10 115 615 270 19,095,750 US 17,000 940 1,270 III s C(II-s) b L(C-b)
L-11 40 381 300 4,572,000 US 17,300 1,112 1,442 III s C(II-s) b L(C-b)
L-12 30 417 110 1,376,100 US 17,950 836 1,156 III l C(II-l) b L(C-b)
L-13 30 254 150 1,143,000 US 18,850 896 1,136 III m C(II-m) b L(C-b)
L-16 15 132 75 148,500 US 21,000 941 1,061 II s C(II-s) b L(C-b)
L-17 20 339 280 1,898,400 US 21,200 880 1,120 II m B(II-m) b M(B-b)
L-18 20 203 70 284,200 US 22,300 1,038 1,198 II s C(II-s) b L(C-b)
L-19 15 180 90 243,000 US 22,200 1,075 1,200 II s C(II-s) b L(C-b)
L-20 21 115 27 65,205 US 27,600 1,140 1,228 II s C(II-s) c L(C-b)
L-21 60 465 175 4,882,500 US 27,850 949 1,249 II s C(II-s) b L(C-b)
L-22 63 244 115 1,767,780 US 32,150 950 1,115 II s C(II-s) b L(C-b)
L-23 10 127 60 76,200 US 33,000 961 1,051 II m B(II-m) c M(B-C)
L-24 71 385 115 3,143,525 US 33,250 900 1,175 II m B(II-m) b M(B-b)
L-25 85 340 142 4,103,800 US 33,950 915 1,170 II m B(II-m) b M(B-b)
L-26 30 318 550 5,247,000 US 35,650 845 1,070 II l B(II-l) b M(B-b)
L-27 15 574 210 1,808,100 US 36,850 878 1,318 II m B(II-m) b L(B-b)
L-28 60 298 46 822,480 US 37,850 975 1,192 II s C(II-s) b L(B-b)
L-29 30 105 38 119,700 US 40,300 919 1,058 II m B(II-m) b M(B-b)
L-30 38 105 73 291,270 US 42,700 945 1,018 III m C(II-m) b L(C-b)
L-31 20 322 60 386,400 US 44,150 1,016 1,201 II s C(II-s) b L(C-b)
L-32 25 260 100 650,000 US 45,150 961 1,161 II s C(II-s) b L(C-b)
L-33 34 280 100 952,000 US 47,350 940 1,150 II m B(II-m) b M(B-b)
L-34 57 290 65 1,074,450 US 47,550 940 1,140 II m B(II-m) b M(B-b)
L-35 76 247 96 1,802,112 US 48,550 1,000 1,200 II s C(II-s) b L(C-b)
L-36 100 375 200 7,500,000 US 51,350 1,018 1,331 III s C(II-s) b L(C-b)
L-37 45 250 150 1,687,500 US 51,550 1,094 1,220 II s C(II-s) b L(C-b)
Risk Assessment of Potential Landslides

Risk assessment of a potential landslide includes two steps, namely, 1) Hazard
assessment associated with impoundment and 2) Estimation of landslide-related
consequences.
Hazard level assessment of a landslide after impoundment or during reservoir
operation was carried out on the basis of the above-mentioned two criteria, slope
instability at present condition (Tables 7.2.2 and 7.2.3) and effect of impoundment on a
landslide (Table 4). A hazard level was defined as A to C from high to low as a result
of the hazard level assessment with impoundment, as shown in Table 7.2.4.

Table 7.2.2: Assessment criteria of slope instability at present conditions

Slope Instability at
Criteria for Judgments
Present Condition
I Highly 1) Over-steepened with surface movement, or
Unstable 2) Recent, active landslides, or
3) Slope adjacent to recent, active landslide with similar
characteristics, or
4) Pre-existing landslide areas with signs of recent activity
II Questionable 1) Over-steepened with no surface movement, or
(or Unstable) 2) Pre-existing landslide areas with no sign of recent instability
III Stable 1) Land not qualifying as questionable or highly unstable
Table 7.2.3: Assessment Criteria of Impoundment Effect on Slope Stability

Criteria for
Criteria for Judgments
Judgments
One third of a landslide is below the designed full supply level (El.
l Large
950m).
m Medium Less one third of landslide is below the designed full supply level
s Small Toe of a landslide is above the designed full supply level
Table 7.2.4: Hazard level of a landslide with impoundment
Slope Instability at Present Condition
Hazard Assessment
I II III
l A B C
Effect of
m B B C
Impoundment
s C C C
Risk assessment was carried out in consideration of (i) landslide hazard level (Table
7.2.4) and (ii) landslide-related consequences (Table 7.2.5) and defined as H, high risk
level to L, low risk level, as shown in Table 7.2.6.
Table 7.2.5: Assessment Criteria of Severity of Landslide-related Consequences
Severity of Landslide
Related Criteria for Judgments
Consequences
a Large 1) Directly damage to dam body and effect on stability of dam itself
b Medium 1) Directly or indirectly damage to facilities, or
2) Complete blockage of the river channel by landslide material
(more than 105 m3 in volume) with a resulting flood, or
3) High overtopping of a dam crest by water wave probably with
large damage to related facilities and downstream
c Small 1) Partial blockage of the river channel by landslide material (less
than 105 m3 in volume), or
2) Reduction of reservoir capacity by sedimentation of landslide
materials, or
3) Low overtopping of a dam crest by water wave probably with
small damage to related facilities and downstream
Table 7.2.6: Risk Rating of Landslide Areas

Severity of Landslide-related Consequence
Risk Assessment
a b c
A H M L
Hazard Level of a
B M M L
Landslide Area
C L L L
The assessment results, as summarized in Table 7.2.6 above, show that eighteen
landslides with moderate risk level would cause a considerable damage to the project

and were selected for further geotechnical investigations and probably structural
stabilization, as listed Table 7.2.7.
Table 7.2.7: Selected Landslides for Further Geotechnical Activity
Present Effect of Hazard Severity of Landslide-

㻺㼛㻚 Landslide No. Risk Level
Stability Impoundment Level related Consequence
㻝 R-05 II l B(II-l) b M(B-b)

㻞 R-06 II l B(II-l) b M(B-b)
㻟 R-07 III l B(II-l) b M(B-b)
㻠 R-08 III l B(II-l) b M(B-b)
㻡 R-09 II l B(II-l) b M(B-b)
㻢 R-10 II l B(II-l) b M(B-b)
㻣 L-03 II l B(II-l) b M(B-b)
㻤 L-04 II m B(II-m) b M(B-b)
㻥 L-06 II m B(II-m) b M(B-b)
㻝㻜 L-08 II m B(II-m) b M(B-b)
㻝㻝 L-17 II m B(II-m) b M(B-b)
㻝㻞 L-23 II m B(II-m) c M(B-C)
㻝㻟 L-24 II m B(II-m) b M(B-b)
㻝㻠 L-25 II m B(II-m) b M(B-b)
㻝㻡 L-26 II l B(II-l) b M(B-b)
㻝㻢 L-29 II m B(II-m) b M(B-b)
㻝㻣 L-33 II m B(II-m) b M(B-b)
㻝㻤 L-34 II m B(II-m) b M(B-b)
8.1.1 Management of Landslides

Further evaluate the hazard and risk of these landslides and their activity during the
reservoir operation, the following geological and geotechnical investigations for the
selected landslides were suggested:
- Topographical survey (1:2,000 scale)
- Detailed surface mapping
- Borehole investigations
- Installation of monitoring system (displacement and rainfall)
- Monitoring of landslide movement (each 5 years before and after
impoundment)
A detailed geological and geotechnical study will be studied on the basis of the above-
listed data to develop a geotechnical recommendation on the management of these
potential landslides, as listed below:
- Continuous monitoring of landslide movement, or
- Stabilization of landslides by structural measures such as removal of unstable
area, and anchoring works, etc.
- Control of drawdown rate of reservoir water level during reservoir operation
It is proposed that the reservoir to be filled initially with a rate of 1 m/day and carefully
monitor the slopes in in the landslide prone areas. During the sediment flushing, the fill
rate of 4 m/day and emptying rate of 3 m/day is recommended to minimize the
landslides. It is expected after few cycles of reservoir filling and releasing the slopes
will be stabilized.

Annex – 7.3
SEISMIC HAZARD ASSESSMENT1
1. Introduction
The site of Dasu Project is located in the Kohistan Island Arc physiographic province
and tectonically it is called an active region because it is “sandwiched” between the
converging Indian and Eurasian tectonic plates. According to the grouping of the
Geological Survey of Pakistan, the Project area belongs to the “Serious Seismic
Danger Zone”.
Among the planned project facilities, the dam, which is 242 m high, is a critical
component of the Project. Thus, the dam should be designed to be safe under strong
earthquake action. In order to obtain the seismic design parameters, the following
procedures have been undertaken for the seismic hazard assessment:
1) Estimate of peak ground acceleration (PGA) value by deterministic procedure;
2) Estimate of PGA value by probabilistic procedure;
3) Estimate of response spectra for design; and
4) Preparation of earthquake time histories.
In addition to the design parameters above, it is noted that reservoir-triggered
earthquake should be considered as one of seismic hazard assessment. It is sure that
the filling, drawdown, or the presence of the reservoir has caused earthquake(s)
although there are a limited number of documented cases. According to the ICOLD
guideline (Bulletin 72, 2010 Revision), the largest recorded magnitude was 6.3. DHC is
trying to find some evidence or a sign that would suggest potential earthquake not only
during the field investigation but also during construction. Careful attention should be
made during impounding. Therefore, no specific description is given in this section.
2. Definition of Design Parameters by ICOLD (2010)
The ICOLD guidelines (Bulletin 72, 2010 Revision) provide the following definitions:
Operating Basis Earthquake (OBE) represents the level of ground motion at the dam
site for which only minor damage is acceptable. The dam, appurtenant structures and
equipment should remain functional and damage should be easily repairable, from the
occurrence of earthquake shaking not exceeding the OBE. In theory the OBE can be
determined from an economic risk analysis but this is not always practical or feasible.
In many cases, it will be appropriate to choose a minimum return period of 145 years
(i.e., a 50% probability of not being exceeded in 100 years).
Safety Evaluation Earthquake (SEE) is the maximum level of ground motion for which
the dam should be designed or analyzed. For dams whose failure would present a
great social hazard the SEE will normally be characterized by a level of motion equal
to that expected at the dam site from the occurrence of a deterministically-evaluated
maximum credible earthquake or of the probabilistically-evaluated earthquake ground
motion with a very long return period, for example, 10,000 years.
A Maximum Credible Earthquake (MCE) is the largest reasonably conceivable
earthquake magnitude that is considered possible along a recognized fault or within a
geographically defined tectonic province, under the presently known or presumed
tectonic framework. The most severe ground motion affecting a dam site due to an
MCE scenario is referred to as the MCE ground motion. Evaluation of the MCE ground
motion is generally done using a deterministic approach, in which the MCE scenarios
for each identified fault and tectonic province are taken into account.
1
Extract from Detailed Design Engineering Report of Dasu Hydropower Project, 2012

3. Major Faults and Lineaments

Major faults and lineaments assessed and reviewed in this study are summarized in
Table 7.3.1 and shown in Figure 7.3.1 and Figure 7.3.2
Eleven faults and lineaments have been reviewed and seven out of 11 had been
considered in the FS in 2009. The following four faults and lineaments are additionally
listed because there is no clear evidence that these are not active faults:
- Spat Gah fault (East, West), interference type;
- Lineament No.14 delineated by Dr. Asif on LandSat imagery;
- Lineament No.18 delineated by Dr. Asif on LandSat imagery; and
- Lineament No. 9 delineated by Dr. Asif on LandSat imagery.
In the FS report, the Lineament No.14 is the branch of the Kamila strike slip fault and it
is stated, “Dr. Asif also marked this point on the LandSat image with two branches at
the northern terminus near the confluence of the Kandia River with the Indus River.
This fault passes at the closest distance of 10 km west of the project site. This is a
younger fault cutting the regional structure and should therefore be taken as active
structure capable of releasing regional stress in the form of earthquakes.”
As to Lineament No. 9 and No. 18, due to difficult access or covering by deep deposit,
the said lineaments could not be judged as inactive.
Matsuda et al. (2000) stated that the groups of faults formed of same strike keeping an
adjacent distance within 5 km should have characteristics common among associated
faults. Therefore, Spat Gah Fault (east, west) is incorporated into this study.
Table 7.3.1: Major Faults and Lineaments and their Magnitude Assessed in this Study
㻹㼍㼤㼕㼙㼡㼙㻌㻹㼍㼓㼚㼕㼠㼡㼐㼑㻌㻼㼛㼠㼑㼚㼠㼕㼍㼘
㻔㻹㼣㻕㻿㼑㼘㼑㼏㼠㼑㼐
㻲㼍㼡㼘㼠㻯㼘㼛㼟㼑㼟㼠㻹㼍㼓㼚㼕㼠㼡㼐㼑
㼀㼑㼏㼠㼛㼚㼕㼏
㻸㼑㼚㼓㼠㼔㻲㼍㼡㼘㼠㻌㼠㼥㼜㼑㼐㼕㼟㼠㼍㼚㼏㼑㻔㻹㼣㻕
㻲㼑㼍㼠㼡㼞㼑㼃㼑㼘㼘㼟㻌㻒㻿㼘㼑㼙㼙㼛㼚㼟㻌㼑㼠
㻔㻷㼙㻕㻔㼗㼙㻕㻺㼛㼣㼞㼛㼛㼦㼕
㻯㼛㼜㼜㼑㼞㼟㼙㼕㼠㼔㼍㼘㻚㻹㼍㼤㼕㼙㼡㼙
㻔㻝㻥㻤㻡㻕㻝㻕
㻔㻝㻥㻥㻠㻕㻔㻝㻥㻤㻞㻕㻝㻕㻘㻌㻞㻕
㻹㼍㼕㼚㻌㻹㼍㼚㼠㼘㼑㻌㼀㼔㼠㼡㼟㼠
㻲㼑㼍㼟㼕㼎㼕㼘㼕㼠㼥㻌㻾㼑㼜㼛㼠㻞㻜㻜㼞㼑㼢㼑㼞㼟㼑㻠㻡㻣㻚㻤㻣㻚㻥㻤㻚㻝㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻤㻚㻝
㻔㻹㻹㼀㻕
㻲㼑㼍㼟㼕㼎㼕㼘㼕㼠㼥㻌㻾㼑㼜㼛㼠㻷㼛㼔㼕㼟㼠㼍㼚㻌㻲㼍㼡㼘㼠㻝㻡㻜㼞㼑㼢㼑㼞㼟㼑㻟㻜㻣㻚㻣㻣㻚㻣㻣㻚㻥㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻣㻚㻥
㻿㼜㼍㼠㻌㻳㼍㼔㻌㻲㼍㼡㼘㼠
㻲㼑㼍㼟㼕㼎㼕㼘㼕㼠㼥㻌㻾㼑㼜㼛㼠㻝㻢㼟㼠㼞㼕㼗㼑㻙㼟㼘㼕㼜㻤㻢㻚㻡㻢㻚㻡㻢㻚㻟㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻢㻚㻡
㻔㻱㼍㼟㼠㻕
㻲㼑㼍㼟㼕㼎㼕㼘㼕㼠㼥㻌㻾㼑㼜㼛㼠㻝㻥㼟㼠㼞㼕㼗㼑㻙㼟㼘㼕㼜㻝㻜㻢㻚㻢㻢㻚㻢㻢㻚㻢㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻢㻚㻢
㻔㼃㼑㼟㼠㻕
㻯㼔㼕㼘㼍㼟㻌㻯㼛㼙㼜㼘㼑㼤㻌㻲㼍㼡㼘㼠
㻲㼑㼍㼟㼕㼎㼕㼘㼕㼠㼥㻌㻾㼑㼜㼛㼠㻝㻠㻜㼡㼚㼗㼚㼛㼣㼚㻝㻞㻣㻚㻢㻣㻚㻣㻣㻚㻣㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻣㻚㻣
㻔㻷㼍㼙㼕㼘㼍㻌㻿㼔㼑㼍㼞㻕
㻲㼑㼍㼟㼕㼎㼕㼘㼕㼠㼥㻌㻾㼑㼜㼛㼠㻷㼍㼙㼕㼘㼍㻌㻿㼠㼞㼕㼗㼑㻌㻿㼘㼕㼜㻌㻲㼍㼡㼘㼠㻡㻡㼟㼠㼞㼕㼗㼑㻙㼟㼘㼕㼜㻝㻜㻣㻚㻝㻣㻚㻞㻣㻚㻜㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻣㻚㻞
㻲㼑㼍㼟㼕㼎㼕㼘㼕㼠㼥㻌㻾㼑㼜㼛㼠㻲㼍㼡㼘㼠㻌㻺㼛㻚㻝㻟㻝㻞㼡㼚㼗㼚㼛㼣㼚㻤㻢㻚㻟㻢㻚㻠㻢㻚㻠㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻢㻚㻠
㼀㼔㼕㼟㻌㼟㼠㼡㼐㼥㻟㻡㼟㼠㼞㼕㼗㼑㻙㼟㼘㼕㼜㻤㻢㻚㻥㻢㻚㻥㻢㻚㻣㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻢㻚㻥
㻔㻱㼍㼟㼠㻗㼃㼑㼟㼠㻕
㼀㼔㼕㼟㻌㼟㼠㼡㼐㼥㻲㼍㼡㼘㼠㻌㻺㼛㻚㻝㻠㻝㻢㼡㼚㼗㼚㼛㼣㼚㻡㻢㻚㻡㻢㻚㻡㻢㻚㻡㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻢㻚㻡
㼀㼔㼕㼟㻌㼟㼠㼡㼐㼥㻲㼍㼡㼘㼠㻌㻺㼛㻚㻝㻤㻝㻜㻜㼡㼚㼗㼚㼛㼣㼚㻝㻢㻣㻚㻠㻣㻚㻡㻣㻚㻡㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻣㻚㻡
㼀㼔㼕㼟㻌㼟㼠㼡㼐㼥㻲㼍㼡㼘㼠㻌㻺㼛㻚㻥㻣㻺㼛㼙㼍㼘㻢㻢㻚㻜㻢㻚㻝㻢㻚㻜㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻢㻚㻝

㻝㻕㻌㻲㼞㼛㼙㻌㻹㼟㻌㼠㼛㻌㻹㼣㻌㼕㼟㻌㼍㼜㼜㼘㼕㼑㼐㻌㼕㼚㻌㻿㼏㼛㼞㼐㼕㼘㼕㼟㻔㻞㻜㻜㻢㻕
㻞㻕㻌㻵㼠㼍㼘㼕㼏㻌㼙㼑㼍㼚㼟㻌㼍㼢㼑㼞㼍㼓㼑㻌㼢㼍㼘㼡㼑㻌㼛㼒㻌㻿㼘㼑㼙㼙㼛㼚㼟㻌㼑㼠㻌㼍㼘㻚㻔㻝㻥㻤㻞㻕
㻟㻕㻌㼡㼚㼗㼚㼛㼣㼚㻌㼒㼍㼡㼘㼠㻌㼠㼥㼜㼑㻌㼍㼟㼟㼡㼙㼑㼐㻌㼍㼟㻌㼞㼑㼢㼑㼞㼟㼑㻌㼒㼍㼡㼘㼠
4. Examination of PGA
The magnitude was selected as the maximum value among the respective magnitudes
proposed by three research groups.
A. Wells and Coppersmith (1994):
The relationship between the length of an active fault (L, km) and the moment
magnitude (Mw) is as follows:
Reverse fault Mw=5+1.22*log(L)

Strike-slip fault Mw=5.16+1.12*log(L)

Normal fault Mw=4.86+1.32*log(L)
All Mw=5.08+1.16*log(L)
B. Nowroozi (1985):
The relationship between the length of an active fault (L, km) and the surface
wave magnitude (Ms) is as follows:
Average Ms=1.259+1.244logL
The conversion to the moment magnitude from the surface wave magnitude uses
the formula of Scordilis (2006). It is as follows:
Mw=0.99*Ms+0.08 for 6.2< MS < 8.2
C. Slemmons et al. (1982)

The relationship between the length of an active fault (L, km) and the surface
wave moment magnitude (Ms) is as follows:
Strike-slip fault Ms=1.404+1.169logL
Reverse fault Ms=2.021+1.142logL
Normal fault Ms=0.809+1.341logL
The conversion to the moment magnitude from the surface wave magnitude uses
the formula of Scordilis (2006). It is as follows:
Mw=0.99*Ms+0.08 for 6.2< MS < 8.2
The magnitudes of the faults of which type are unknown are taken as the average
values using the above three equations.
Furthermore, the information on the active faults around the Dasu Dam site for the
past five years have been checked through several journals and their results. The list
of journals is shown in Table 7.3.2. So far, new issues on the active faults have not
been reported yet.
Table 7.3.2: List of Journals on Issue of Active Faults and Lineaments
1) Tectonophysics
2) Physics of Earth and Planetary Interiors
3) Geophysical Journal International
4) Geophysical Research Letters
5) J. Geophys Res
6) Pure and Applied Geophysics
7) Geomorphology
8) Remote Sensing of Environment
9) Journal of Asian Earth Sciences
10) Journal of Geodynamics
11) Journal of Structural Geology
12) Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America

100km
Figure 7.3.1: Major Active Faults around the Dasu Dam site

Dasu dam site
Figure 7.3.2: Major Lineaments around the Dasu Dam site

In this study, the following five attenuation models were considered:

࣭Abrahamson and Silva 2008 NGA Model (referred to as “AS08”);
࣭Boore and Atkinson 2008 NGA Model (referred to as “BA08”);
࣭Campbell and Bozorgnia 2008 NGA Model (referred to as “CB08”);
࣭Chiou and Youngs 2008 NGA Model (referred to as “CY08”); and
࣭Idriss 2008 NGA Model (referred to as “I08”).
Note: NGA means the Next Generation Attenuation Project of Pacific Engineering
Research Center, University of California at Berkeley in the United States of America.
Table 7.3.3 shows the results of PGA calculation. Figure 7.3.3 also shows the same
results corresponding to each attenuation model. The results are summarized as
follows:
1) The maximum PGA was estimated at Fault No. 14 in all faults and lineaments.
The PGA (median plus one sigma) was 0.62 g as the maximum value of the five
attenuation models.
2) The next greatest PGA was estimated at Kamila Shear. The PGA (median plus
one sigma) was 0.52 g as the maximum value of the five attenuation models.
3) Abrahamson (2008) shows Figure 7.3.4 and indicates that formulas I08 and CY08
were likely to be high values compared with other models. For some cases, the
PGA values of I08 and CY08 were about 1.5 to 2 times more than other models if
the distance from the fault is short.
4) The PGA values of models AS08, BA08 and CB08 were very similar and seem to
be reliable.
As a result, the three models, AS08, BA08, and CB08, were used for the estimation of
PGA of MCE. The maximum PGA resulting from the three formulas (AS08, BA08, and
CB08) was estimated to be 0.54 g, which will occur along Fault No. 14.

Table 7.3.3: Estimated PGA Values for Major Faults and Lineaments around the Dasu Damsite (Unit: g)
㻹㼍㼤㼕㼙㼡㼙㻌㻹㼍㼓㼚㼕㼠㼡㼐㼑㻌㻼㼛㼠㼑㼚㼠㼕㼍㼘
㻿㼑㼘㼑㼏㼠㼑㼐㻭㻿㻜㻤㻮㻭㻜㻤㻯㻮㻜㻤㻯㼅㻜㻤㻵㻜㻤
㻔㻹㼣㻕
㻲㼍㼡㼘㼠㻯㼘㼛㼟㼑㼟㼠㻹㼍㼓㼚㼕㼠㼡㼐㼑
㼀㼑㼏㼠㼛㼚㼕㼏
㻸㼑㼚㼓㼠㼔㻲㼍㼡㼘㼠㻌㼠㼥㼜㼑㼐㼕㼟㼠㼍㼚㼏㼑㻔㻹㼣㻕
㻲㼑㼍㼠㼡㼞㼑㼃㼑㼘㼘㼟㻌㻒㻿㼘㼑㼙㼙㼛㼚㼟㻌㼑㼠
㻔㻷㼙㻕㻔㼗㼙㻕㻺㼛㼣㼞㼛㼛㼦㼕㻹㼑㼐㼕㼍㼚㻹㼑㼐㼕㼍㼚㻹㼑㼐㼕㼍㼚㻹㼑㼐㼕㼍㼚㻹㼑㼐㼕㼍㼚
㻯㼛㼜㼜㼑㼞㼟㼙㼕㼠㼔㼍㼘㻚㻹㼍㼤㼕㼙㼡㼙㻹㼑㼐㼕㼍㼚㻗㻝䃢㻹㼑㼐㼕㼍㼚㻗㻝䃢㻹㼑㼐㼕㼍㼚㻗㻝䃢㻹㼑㼐㼕㼍㼚㻗㻝䃢㻹㼑㼐㼕㼍㼚㻗㻝䃢
㻔㻝㻥㻥㻠㻕㻔㻝㻥㻤㻡㻕㻝㻕㻝㻕㻘㻞㻕
㻔㻝㻥㻤㻞㻕㻌
㻹㼍㼕㼚㻌㻹㼍㼚㼠㼘㼑㻌㼀㼔㼠㼡㼟㼠
㻲㼑㼍㼟㼕㼎㼕㼘㼕㼠㼥㻌㻾㼑㼜㼛㼠㻞㻜㻜㼞㼑㼢㼑㼞㼟㼑㻠㻡㻣㻚㻤㻣㻚㻥㻤㻚㻝㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻤㻚㻝㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻜㻥㻥㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻝㻣㻞㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻝㻞㻠㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻞㻝㻥㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻜㻥㻞㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻝㻡㻡㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻝㻟㻣㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻞㻟㻠㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻝㻞㻣㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻞㻜㻢
㻔㻹㻹㼀㻕
㻲㼑㼍㼟㼕㼎㼕㼘㼕㼠㼥㻌㻾㼑㼜㼛㼠㻷㼛㼔㼕㼟㼠㼍㼚㻌㻲㼍㼡㼘㼠㻝㻡㻜㼞㼑㼢㼑㼞㼟㼑㻟㻜㻣㻚㻣㻣㻚㻣㻣㻚㻥㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻣㻚㻥㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻝㻝㻟㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻝㻥㻣㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻝㻡㻜㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻞㻢㻟㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻝㻝㻢㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻝㻥㻢㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻝㻣㻜㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻞㻤㻥㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻝㻢㻟㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻞㻢㻤
㻲㼑㼍㼟㼕㼎㼕㼘㼕㼠㼥㻌㻾㼑㼜㼛㼠㻝㻢㼟㼠㼞㼕㼗㼑㻙㼟㼘㼕㼜㻤㻢㻚㻡㻢㻚㻡㻢㻚㻟㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻢㻚㻡㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻝㻢㻜㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻞㻥㻠㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻝㻣㻢㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻟㻜㻥㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻞㻠㻡㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻠㻝㻡㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻞㻞㻣㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻠㻜㻟㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻞㻞㻣㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻠㻝㻥
㻔㻱㼍㼟㼠㻕
㻲㼑㼍㼟㼕㼎㼕㼘㼕㼠㼥㻌㻾㼑㼜㼛㼠㻝㻥㼟㼠㼞㼕㼗㼑㻙㼟㼘㼕㼜㻝㻜㻢㻚㻢㻢㻚㻢㻢㻚㻢㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻢㻚㻢㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻝㻠㻝㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻞㻡㻢㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻝㻢㻣㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻞㻥㻟㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻞㻝㻝㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻟㻡㻣㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻞㻜㻞㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻟㻡㻡㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻞㻜㻣㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻟㻣㻣
㻔㼃㼑㼟㼠㻕
㻯㼔㼕㼘㼍㼟㻌㻯㼛㼙㼜㼘㼑㼤㻌㻲㼍㼡㼘㼠
㻲㼑㼍㼟㼕㼎㼕㼘㼕㼠㼥㻌㻾㼑㼜㼛㼠㻝㻠㻜㼡㼚㼗㼚㼛㼣㼚㻝㻞㻣㻚㻢㻣㻚㻣㻣㻚㻣㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻣㻚㻣㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻝㻤㻣㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻟㻞㻣㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻞㻝㻤㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻟㻤㻠㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻞㻝㻡㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻟㻢㻠㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻟㻜㻞㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻡㻝㻡㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻞㻥㻥㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻡㻜㻝
㻲㼑㼍㼟㼕㼎㼕㼘㼕㼠㼥㻌㻾㼑㼜㼛㼠㻷㼍㼙㼕㼘㼍㻌㻿㼠㼞㼕㼗㼑㻌㻿㼘㼕㼜㻌㻲㼍㼡㼘㼠㻡㻡㼟㼠㼞㼕㼗㼑㻙㼟㼘㼕㼜㻝㻜㻣㻚㻝㻣㻚㻞㻣㻚㻜㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻣㻚㻞㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻝㻣㻥㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻟㻝㻟㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻞㻜㻢㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻟㻢㻞㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻞㻞㻣㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻟㻤㻡㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻞㻡㻣㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻠㻟㻤㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻞㻡㻣㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻠㻠㻣
㻲㼑㼍㼟㼕㼎㼕㼘㼕㼠㼥㻌㻾㼑㼜㼛㼠㻲㼍㼡㼘㼠㻌㻺㼛㻚㻝㻟㻝㻞㼡㼚㼗㼚㼛㼣㼚㻤㻢㻚㻟㻢㻚㻠㻢㻚㻠㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻢㻚㻠㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻝㻡㻞㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻞㻤㻞㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻝㻢㻡㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻞㻤㻥㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻞㻟㻣㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻠㻜㻝㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻞㻠㻝㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻠㻟㻝㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻞㻠㻟㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻠㻡㻜
㼀㼔㼕㼟㻌㼟㼠㼡㼐㼥㻟㻡㼟㼠㼞㼕㼗㼑㻙㼟㼘㼕㼜㻤㻢㻚㻥㻢㻚㻥㻢㻚㻣㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻢㻚㻥㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻝㻥㻜㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻟㻟㻢㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻞㻝㻜㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻟㻢㻥㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻞㻡㻡㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻠㻟㻝㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻞㻢㻡㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻠㻡㻡㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻞㻣㻞㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻠㻤㻠
㼀㼔㼕㼟㻌㼟㼠㼡㼐㼥㻲㼍㼡㼘㼠㻌㻺㼛㻚㻝㻠㻝㻢㼡㼚㼗㼚㼛㼣㼚㻡㻢㻚㻡㻢㻚㻡㻢㻚㻡㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻢㻚㻡㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻞㻞㻝㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻠㻜㻢㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻞㻝㻤㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻟㻤㻠㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻟㻞㻜㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻡㻠㻞㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻟㻟㻞㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻡㻤㻤㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻟㻟㻠㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻢㻝㻢
㼀㼔㼕㼟㻌㼟㼠㼡㼐㼥㻲㼍㼡㼘㼠㻌㻺㼛㻚㻝㻤㻝㻜㻜㼡㼚㼗㼚㼛㼣㼚㻝㻢㻣㻚㻠㻣㻚㻡㻣㻚㻡㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻣㻚㻡㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻝㻠㻟㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻞㻡㻜㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻝㻤㻜㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻟㻝㻣㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻝㻣㻜㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻞㻤㻣㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻞㻟㻜㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻟㻥㻟㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻞㻞㻥㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻟㻥㻜
㼀㼔㼕㼟㻌㼟㼠㼡㼐㼥㻲㼍㼡㼘㼠㻌㻺㼛㻚㻥㻣㻺㼛㼙㼍㼘㻢㻢㻚㻜㻢㻚㻝㻢㻚㻜㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻢㻚㻝㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻝㻡㻠㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻞㻥㻠㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻝㻞㻠㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻞㻝㻤㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻞㻞㻤㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻟㻤㻡㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻝㻤㻝㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻟㻟㻝㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻞㻝㻥㻌㻌㻌㻜㻚㻠㻝㻢
Notes: The values highlighted in green indicate the maximum value at mean plus one standard deviation (84-percentile), and the values highlighted in yellow
indicate the maximum value at the median (50-percentile).

㻜㻚㻣㻜㻜
㻜㻚㻢㻜㻜
㻜㻚㻡㻜㻜
㻼㻳㻭㻙㻹㼑㼐㼕㼍㼚㻗䃢㻌㻔㻳㻕
㻭㻿㻜㻤
㻜㻚㻠㻜㻜㻮㻭㻜㻤
㻯㻮㻜㻤
㻜㻚㻟㻜㻜㻯㼅㻜㻤
㻵㻜㻤
㻜㻚㻞㻜㻜
㻜㻚㻝㻜㻜
㻯㼔㼕㼘㼍㼟㻌㻯㼛㼙㼜㼘㼑㼤
㻹㼍㼕㼚㻌㻹㼍㼚㼠㼘㼑
㻷㼍㼙㼕㼘㼍㻌㻿㼠㼞㼕㼗㼑㻌㻿㼘㼕㼜
㻲㼍㼡㼘㼠㻌㻺㼛㻚㻝㻟
㻲㼍㼡㼘㼠㻌㻺㼛㻚㻝㻠
㻲㼍㼡㼘㼠㻌㻺㼛㻚㻝㻤
㻲㼍㼡㼘㼠㻌㻺㼛㻚㻥
㻷㼛㼔㼕㼟㼠㼍㼚㻌㻲㼍㼡㼘㼠
㼀㼔㼠㼡㼟㼠
㻔㻹㻹㼀㻕
㻔㼃㼑㼟㼠㻕
㻔㻱㼍㼟㼠㻕
㻲㼍㼡㼘㼠
㻲㼍㼡㼘㼠
㻜㻚㻣㻜㻜
㻜㻚㻢㻜㻜
㻜㻚㻡㻜㻜
㻼㻳㻭㻙㻹㼑㼐㼕㼍㼚㻌㻔㻳㻕
㻭㻿㻜㻤
㻜㻚㻠㻜㻜㻮㻭㻜㻤
㻯㻮㻜㻤
㻜㻚㻟㻜㻜㻯㼅㻜㻤
㻵㻜㻤
㻜㻚㻞㻜㻜
㻜㻚㻝㻜㻜
㻙
㻷㼍㼙㼕㼘㼍㻌㻿㼠㼞㼕㼗㼑㻌㻿㼘㼕㼜
㻷㼛㼔㼕㼟㼠㼍㼚㻌㻲㼍㼡㼘㼠
㻯㼔㼕㼘㼍㼟㻌㻯㼛㼙㼜㼘㼑㼤
㻹㼍㼕㼚㻌㻹㼍㼚㼠㼘㼑
㻲㼍㼡㼘㼠㻌㻺㼛㻚㻝㻟
㻲㼍㼡㼘㼠㻌㻺㼛㻚㻝㻠
㻲㼍㼡㼘㼠㻌㻺㼛㻚㻝㻤
㻲㼍㼡㼘㼠㻌㻺㼛㻚㻥
㼀㼔㼠㼡㼟㼠
㻔㻹㻹㼀㻕
㻔㼃㼑㼟㼠㻕
㻔㻱㼍㼟㼠㻕
㻲㼍㼡㼘㼠
㻲㼍㼡㼘㼠
Figure 7.3.3: Estimated PGA Values for Major Faults and Lineaments around the Dasu
Dam Site (Unit: g) (Top: Median+ı, and Bottom: Median)
Reference:
Norman Abrahamson, Gail
Atkinson, David Boore, Yousef
Bozorgnia, Kenneth Campbell,
Brian Chiou, I.M. Idriss, Walter
Silver, and Robert Youngs
(2008), Comparisons of the NGA
Ground-Motion Relations,"
Earthquake Spectra, Vol. 24,
No.1, February, 2008, pp. 45-66.
Note: Ɣ indicates PGA using I08, and Ŷ indicates PGA using CY08
Figure 7.3.4: Comparison of the Median Values of PGA as Calculated Using the NGA
Relationships

5. Relation between Frequency of Exceeding and PGA

(1) Data used for analysis
The feasibility study collected data observed from 1828 to April 2008, while DHC
collected data after April 2008 up to 2011 as supplement from the following three
observing stations:
i) Earthquake data collected at Tarbela Dam and Mangla Dam;
ii) U.S. Geological Survey (USGS); and
iii) International Seismological Centre (ISC).
Seismicity of the Project region from 1828 to 2011 is shown in Figure 7.3.5. It shows
that the southern area of the Dasu Dam site has high seismicity. M5 class earthquakes
cluster in this area however, the Dasu Dam site is outside of this area. The epicenter
of the earthquake which occurred on October 8, 2005 (Mw=7.6) is shown in this figure.
The distance from the epicenter to the dam site is about 100 km.
37.5
37
Dasudam
36.5
36
㻸㻭㼀㻵㼀㼁㻰㻱㻔㻰㼑㼓㻕㻕
35.5
35
Mingaora Oct.08,2005EQ.
34.5
Mardan
34 Abottabad
Peshawar Nowshera
Wah Islamabad
Kohat Rawalpindi
33.5
㻱㻭㻾㼀㻴㻽㼁㻭㻷㻱
33 M<5.0
㻣㻝㻣㻞㻣㻟㻣㻠㻣㻡㻣㻢
5.0ӌ M䠘6.0
㻸㻻㻺㻳㻵㼀㼁㻰㻱㻔㻰㼑㼓㻚㻕
6.0ӌ M

Figure 7.3.5: Seismicity of the Project Region and Active Faults

Figure 7.3.6 and Figure 7.3.7 show the focal depth distribution of earthquakes (1828-
2011), and that most earthquakes occurred within a depth of 50 km. This means the
strong ground motion is likely to be expandable.
Oct.08,2005EQ
㻸㻻㻺㻳㻵㼀㼁㻰㻱㻔㻰㼑㼓㻚㻕
E 㻣㻝㻣㻝㻚㻡㻣㻞㻣㻞㻚㻡㻣㻟㻣㻟㻚㻡㻣㻠㻣㻠㻚㻡㻣㻡㻣㻡㻚㻡㻣㻢 W
㻙
㻡㻜㻚㻜㻌
㻝㻜㻜㻚㻜㻌
㻝㻡㻜㻚㻜㻌
㻞㻜㻜㻚㻜㻌
㻲㻻㻯㻭㻸㻌㻰㻱㻼㼀㻴㻔㼗㼙㻚㻕
㻞㻡㻜㻚㻜㻌
㻰㼍㼟㼡
㻟㻜㻜㻚㻜㻌
㻟㻡㻜㻚㻜㻌
㻱㻭㻾㼀㻴㻽㼁㻭㻷㻱
㻠㻜㻜㻚㻜㻌
㻹䠘㻡㻚㻜
㻡㻚㻜䍺㻹䠘㻢㻚㻜
㻠㻡㻜㻚㻜㻌
㻢㻚㻜䍺㻹
㻡㻜㻜㻚㻜㻌
Figure 7.3.6: Focal Depth Distribution of Earthquakes (EW Section)

Oct.08,2005EQ. 㻸㻭㼀㻵㼀㼁㻰㻱㻌㻔㻰㼑㼓㻚㻕
㻟㻟㻟㻟㻚㻡㻟㻠㻟㻠㻚㻡㻟㻡㻟㻡㻚㻡㻟㻢㻟㻢㻚㻡㻟㻣㻟㻣㻚㻡
S㻙 N
㻡㻜㻚㻜
㻝㻜㻜㻚㻜
㻝㻡㻜㻚㻜
㻞㻜㻜㻚㻜
㻲㻻㻯㻭㻸㻌㻰㻱㻼㼀㻴㻌㻔㼗㼙㻚㻕
㻞㻡㻜㻚㻜
㻟㻜㻜㻚㻜
㻟㻡㻜㻚㻜
䚷㻱㻭㻾㼀㻴㻽㼁㻭㻷㻱
㻠㻜㻜㻚㻜
㻹䠘㻡㻚㻜
㻡㻚㻜䍺㻹䠘㻢㻚㻜
㻠㻡㻜㻚㻜
㻢㻚㻜䍺㻹
㻡㻜㻜㻚㻜
Figure 7.3.7: Focal Depth Distribution of Earthquakes (NS Section)

(2) Analytical method

In accordance with the reference titled, “An online graphic computer program (ERSA-
G) and its application to seismic macro-zonation of Japan”, which has been developed
at the Institute of Industrial Science, the University of Tokyo, the following procedures
were applied:
i) Compute accumulative frequency distribution against the respective
earthquake intensity “M” related to the earthquake recorded, and compute the
annual earthquake intensity divided by the observation period.
ii) Plot the data, earthquake intensity in x-coordinates and accumulative
frequency per year in y-coordinates on both logarithm graphs.
iii) Get the equation of log Y=A+B*log X, where, A and B are coefficients.
The online graphic system takes into account the following models:
- AS08: Abrahamson and Silva 2008 NGA Model;
- BA08: Boore and Atkinson 2008 NGA Model;
- CB08: Campbell and Bozorgnia 2008 NGA Model; and
- I08: Idriss 2008 NGA Model.
If Chiou and Youngs 2008 NGA Model (CY08) is used, the PGA values will likely be
extremely high because this method is sensitive to earthquakes occurring at deep
(focal depth is over 100 km). Thus, the CY08 model is not used for this analysis.
(3) Results
The results of PGA versus the epicenter distance (km) at the Dasu Dam site using the
four models were plotted as shown in Figure 7.3.8.

2005/10/8 Kashimir earthquake

㻝㻚㻜㻱㻗㻜㻜㻝㻚㻜㻱㻗㻜㻜
㻭㻿㻜㻤㻮㻭㻜㻤
㻝㻚㻜㻱㻙㻜㻝㻝㻚㻜㻱㻙㻜㻝
㻝㻚㻜㻱㻙㻜㻞㻝㻚㻜㻱㻙㻜㻞
㻝㻚㻜㻱㻙㻜㻟㻝㻚㻜㻱㻙㻜㻟
㻼㻳㻭䠄㻳㻕
㻼㻳㻭䠄㻳㻕
㻝㻚㻜㻱㻙㻜㻠㻝㻚㻜㻱㻙㻜㻠
㻝㻚㻜㻱㻙㻜㻡㻝㻚㻜㻱㻙㻜㻡
㻝㻚㻜㻱㻙㻜㻢㻝㻚㻜㻱㻙㻜㻢
㻝㻤㻞㻤㻌㻙㻌㻞㻜㻝㻝㻚㻝㻞㻚㻟㻝㻝㻤㻞㻤㻙㻌㻞㻜㻝㻝㻚㻝㻞㻚㻟㻝
㻝㻚㻜㻱㻙㻜㻣㻝㻚㻜㻱㻙㻜㻣
㻝㻝㻜㻝㻜㻜㻝㻜㻜㻜㻝㻝㻜㻝㻜㻜㻝㻜㻜㻜
㼑㼜㼕㼏㼑㼚㼠㼞㼍㼘㻌㼐㼕㼟㼠㼍㼚㼏㼑㻌㻔㼗㼙㻕㼑㼜㼕㼏㼑㼚㼠㼞㼍㼘㻌㼐㼕㼟㼠㼍㼚㼏㼑㻌㻔㼗㼙㻕
㻝㻚㻜㻱㻗㻜㻜㻝㻚㻜㻱㻗㻜㻜
2011/4/7
㻯㻮㻜㻤㻵㻜㻤
㻝㻚㻜㻱㻙㻜㻝㻝㻚㻜㻱㻙㻜㻝
㻝㻚㻜㻱㻙㻜㻞㻝㻚㻜㻱㻙㻜㻞
㻝㻚㻜㻱㻙㻜㻟㻝㻚㻜㻱㻙㻜㻟
㻼㻳㻭䠄㻳㻕
㻼㻳㻭䠄㻳㻕
㻝㻚㻜㻱㻙㻜㻠㻝㻚㻜㻱㻙㻜㻠
㻝㻚㻜㻱㻙㻜㻡㻝㻚㻜㻱㻙㻜㻡
㻝㻚㻜㻱㻙㻜㻢㻝㻚㻜㻱㻙㻜㻢
㻝㻤㻞㻤㻌㻙㻌㻞㻜㻝㻝㻚㻝㻞㻚㻟㻝㻝㻤㻞㻤㻌㻙㻌㻞㻜㻝㻝㻚㻝㻞㻚㻟㻝
㻝㻚㻜㻱㻙㻜㻣㻝㻚㻜㻱㻙㻜㻣
㻝㻝㻜㻝㻜㻜㻝㻜㻜㻜㻝㻝㻜㻝㻜㻜㻝㻜㻜㻜
㼑㼜㼕㼏㼑㼚㼠㼞㼍㼘㻌㼐㼕㼟㼠㼍㼚㼏㼑㻌㻔㼗㼙㻕㼑㼜㼕㼏㼑㼚㼠㼞㼍㼘㻌㼐㼕㼟㼠㼍㼚㼏㼑㻌㻔㼗㼙㻕
Figure 7.3.8: Distributions of Maximum PGA at the Dasu Dam Site using the Four
Candidate Models (1828 to 2011)
As shown in Figure 7.3.8, it was confirmed that the relationship between the epicentral
distance (km) and the PGA (g) among the four models is almost same.
The maximum PGA during the observation period was 0.108 g as assessed by I08. It
was the earthquake which occurred on April 7, 2011 with the epicenter 4 km from the
Dasu Dam site. Furthermore, the PGA of 0.106 g as assessed by AS08 was based on
the Kashmir Earthquake which occurred on October 8, 2005.

The results of the seismic risk analysis by each attenuation model are shown below in
Figure 7.3.9 to Figure 7.3.12.
㻭㻿㻜㻤㻌㻼㻳㻭㻌㻔㼓㻕㻌㻹㼑㼐㼕㼍㼚
㻝㻜㻜
㼑㼝㼡㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚
㻝㻜㻜㻜
㻝㻜㻝㻜㻜㻜㻜
㻭㼚㼚㼡㼍㼘㻌㻲㼞㼑㼝㼡㼑㼚㼏㼥㻌㼛㼒㻌㻱㼤㼏㼑㼑㼐㼍㼚㼏㼑㻌㻔㻛㼥㼑㼍㼞㻕
㻞㻜㻜
㻜㻚㻝
㻜㻚㻜㻝
R㼑㼠㼡㼞㼚㻌㼜㼑㼞㼕㼛㼐䠄year䠅 PGA (g)
0.108
㻜㻚㻜㻜㻝
1000 0.224
10000 0.636
㻜㻚㻜㻜㻜㻝
㻜㻚㻜㻜㻜㻜㻝
㻜㻚㻜㻜㻝㻜㻚㻜㻝㻜㻚㻝㻝㻝㻜
㻼㻳㻭㻌㻔㼓㻕
Figure 7.3.9: Relationship between Annual Frequency of Exceeding (/year) and PGA (g)
(1828 to 2011) as Assessed by AS08
By plotting the annual frequency of exceeding (/year) and the PGA (g), the linear
recurrence formula to fit the upper bound was obtained.
It was assumed that the PGA at 10,000 years recurrence interval with a probability of
exceeding 1% in 100 years might correspond to MCE.
Figure 7.3.9 shows that the PGAs corresponding to 200-year, 1000-year, and 10,000-
year recurrence intervals are 0.108 g, 0.224 g, and 0.636 g, respectively.

㻮㻭㻜㻤㻌㻼㻳㻭㻌㻔㼓㻕㻌㻹㼑㼐㼕㼍㼚
㻝㻜㻜
㼑㼝㼡㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚
㻝㻜㻜㻜
㻞㻜㻜
㻜㻚㻝
㻜㻚㻜㻝
0.087
㻜㻚㻜㻜㻝 1000 0.166
10000 0.417
㻜㻚㻜㻜㻜㻝
(1828 to 2011) as Assessed by BA08
㻯㻮㻜㻤㻌㻼㻳㻭㻌㻔㼓㻕㻌㻹㼑㼐㼕㼍㼚
㻝㻜㻜㼑㼝㼡㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚
㻝㻜㻜㻜
㻞㻜㻜
㻜㻚㻝

㻜㻚㻜㻝 0.114
1000 0.219
㻜㻚㻜㻜㻝 10000 0.558
㻜㻚㻜㻜㻜㻝
(1828 to 2011) as Assessed by CB08

㻵㻜㻤㻌㻼㻳㻭㻌㻔㼓㻕㻌㻹㼑㼐㼕㼍㼚
㻝㻜㻜㼑㼝㼡㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚
㻝㻜㻜㻜
㻞㻜㻜
㻜㻚㻝
㻜㻚㻜㻝 0.140
1000 0.321
㻜㻚㻜㻜㻝 10000 1.057
㻜㻚㻜㻜㻜㻝
(1828 to 2011) as Assessed by I08
The evaluation results with respect to PGA by using the four models are summarized
in Table 7.3.4 below.
Table 7.3.4: Results of Return Period versus PGA
PGA (g) Median
㻾㼑㼠㼡㼞㼚㻌㼜㼑㼞㼕㼛㼐㻌㻔㼥㼑㼍㼞䠅 FS
AS08 BA08 CB08 I08 Max
200 0.11 0.09 0.11 0.14 0.14 0.18
1000 0.22 0.17 0.22 0.32 0.32 0.29
10000 0.64 0.42 0.56 1.06 1.06 䇷
As indicated in Section 2.6.4, except for the PGA assessed by I08, the PGA for a
return period of 10,000 years ranges within 0.4-0.6 g. It was confirmed that this figure
well coincides with that of MCE, which is 0.54 g as assessed from associated faults
and lineaments around the Dasu Dam site described in Section 2.6.4.
6. Examination of PGA for MCE and OBE
MCE:
In the deterministic approach using attenuation models, the maximum PGA of the
three formulas (AS08, BA08, and CB08) was 0.54 g at Fault No. 14. This value is
recommended as the PGA for MCE. In the probabilistic approach using the
seismic risk analysis, the average PGA in a return period of 10,000 years using
the above three models indicated 0.54 g.
Therefore, the value of 0.54 g is recommended as the PGA for MCE.
OBE:
Following the definition provided in the ICOLD guideline, the return period of 200
years was considered as OBE and that for 1000 years is attached for reference.
Following the results shown in Table 7.3.4, the value of 0.14 g is recommended as
the PGA for OBE.
Comparing with the values in the FS, MCE is greater while OBE is less. The main
reasons which caused such differences include the increase in the number of data for
analysis (from April 2008 to 2011) and the application of the latest probabilistic method
with respect to software and acceleration attenuation relationships. The FS used the

probabilistic analysis software EZ-FRISK (Risk Engineering Inc.), while in this study
the program based on ERSA-G analytical method was used. In both the FS and this
study, the acceleration attenuation relationships were used to adopt crustal earthquake
in the world, however, the FS adopted Idriss (2004), Abrahamson and Silva (2004),
Boore and Atkinson (2007), and Campbell and Bozorgnia (2008). On the other hand,
this study adopted the four latest available NGA models, AS08, BA08, CB08, and I08.
7. Design of Acceleration Response Spectra for MCE and OBE
(1) Design of horizontal acceleration response spectra
The acceleration response spectrum (5% damped) of MCE was examined at Fault No.
14. The response spectrum was calculated by the following attenuation models:
࣭Abrahamson and Silva 2008 NGA Model (AS08);
࣭Boore and Atkinson 2008 NGA Model (BA08); and
࣭Campbell and Bozorgnia 2008 NGA Model (CB08).
The acceleration response spectra (both the median and median+1ı were written
together) from the three attenuation models are shown in Figure 7.3.13. Moreover, the
design response spectrum of MCE and OBE (return period 975 years) in the FS is also
shown in this figure.
10
Fault No.14 Spectral Damping = 0.05
1
Spectral Acceleration - g
0.1
AS08-Median
AS08-Median+1ı
BA08-Median
BA08-Median+1ı
0.01
CB08-Median
CB08-Median+1ı
Spectra at MCE in FS
Spectra at OBE(975years) in FS
0.001
0.010 0.100 1.000 10.000
Period - sec
Figure 7.3.13: Response Spectra (5% Damped) Estimated at Fault No. 14

The acceleration response spectrum for MCE was set up by taking the maximum
envelope curve of each response spectrum. Figure 7.3.14 shows the designed
horizontal acceleration response spectrum for MCE.
10
Fault No.14 Spectral Damping = 0.05
1
0.1
Spectra at MCE(Fault No.14)

0.01
0.01 0.1 1 10
Period - sec
Figure 7.3.14: Designed Horizontal Acceleration Spectrum at Fault No. 14 for MCE (PGA
is Equivalent to 0.54 g)

The OBE response spectra (Figure 7.1.15 and 7.1.16) adopted for the design was
assessed through the following procedure:
i) Compute the response spectrum (median and mean plus one standard
deviation) for 11 major faults and lineaments near the Dasu Dam site as
summarized in Table 7.3.1 and further computed the average.
ii) Adjust the average spectrum at 0.01 s by multiplying the constant to be
consistent with the PGA for 200 years.

10.00
Spectral Damping = 0.05
1.00
0.10
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.01 0.10 1.00 10.00
Period - sec
Figure 7.3.15: Response Spectrum Estimated for Major Faults and Lineaments around
the Dasu Dam Site
10.00
1.00
0.10
Average spectra
0.01
0.01 0.10 1.00 10.00
Period - sec
Figure 7.3.16: Average Acceleration Response Spectrum (PGA is Equivalent to 0.25 g)

and Comparison with the Spectra in the FS (2009)
The horizontal response spectrum with a return period of 200 years is shown in Figure
7.3.17.

10.00
1.00
0.10
Spectrum at MCE in FS
0.01
Spectrum at OBE(975years) in FS
Spectrum at OBE(200years)
0.00
0.01 0.10 1.00 10.00
Period - sec
Figure 7.3.17: Design OBE Response Spectrum for Return Period of 200 Years
Corresponding to PGA of 0.14 g
(2) Design of vertical acceleration response spectra for MCE and OBE
Generally, vertical ground motion prediction was established together with horizontal
ground motion. Therefore, recent studies were reviewed by focusing on the ratio of
vertical to horizontal response spectral acceleration (V/H ratio).
Each of the listed literature below mentioned a relationship between horizontal and
vertical ground motion:
࣭ According to the ICOLD guideline (1989), vertical PGA may be conservatively
taken between two-thirds and one-half of horizontal PGA outside the near-field.
࣭ According to Newmark and Hall (1978), it is recommendable that the design
motions in the vertical direction are taken as two-thirds of the value in the
horizontal direction across the entire frequency range in the design of nuclear
power plants.
࣭ Several recent studies have mentioned the vertical to horizontal spectral ratio (V/H
ratio). The V/H ratio depends on the natural periods, hypocentral distance,
earthquake magnitude, and so on. Several designed V/H ratios were proposed.
࣭ Shown in Figure 7.3.18 is the V/H ratio in Boomer et. al. (2011). This figure shows
three V/H ratio models. The characteristics of the three models are as follows:
The V/H ratios for each model are less than 0.6 for period ranges longer than
0.1 s.
The V/H ratios are different for each model. They are 0.6-0.9 at period ranges
shorter than 0.1 s. Also, the values peak (V/H ratio over 1) at period ranges
around 0.05 s.
.

Figure 7.3.18: Comparisons of Selected V/H Ratios by Boomer et al. (2011)

࣭ The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (2007) also showed the methods for setting the
V/H ratio. There is a peak period in the vertical spectrum which is shorter than the
horizontal spectrum. The design vertical spectrum is taken as two-thirds of the
horizontal spectrum at periods longer than Tsv. Tsv indicates the peak period in the
vertical spectrum. At periods shorter than Tsv, the V/H ratio depends on the
hypocentral distance. It is taken as 1 if the hypocentral distance is shorter than 10
km, and is 0.67 if the distance is longer than 40 km. Then, it is taken as 0.84 if the
hypocentral distance is from 10 km to 40 km.
Figure 7.3.19: Construction of Vertical Spectrum by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
(2007)
Bozorgnia and Campbell (2004) proposed a simplified V/H ratio. They proposed two
models of rock sites at a hypocentral distance that is shorter than 20 km and 60 km.
Figure 7.3.20 shows the V/H ratio by Bozorgnia and Campbell (2004). In the case with
a distance shorter than 20 km, the V/H ratio is about 0.9 for periods of 0.1-0.4 s, and
0.5 for periods longer than 0.3 s. Then in the case with a distance longer than 60 km,
the V/H ratio is 0.67 for periods of 0.1-0.4 s, and 0.5 for periods longer than 0.3 s.

Figure 7.3.20: Simplified V/H Spectra by Y. Bozorgnia and K. W. Campbell (2004)

࣭ In the Guidelines for Seismic Performance Evaluation of Dams during Large
Earthquakes in Japan (2005), the lower limits of the horizontal and vertical
acceleration response spectra were constructed. The average V/H ratio is about
0.7 (ؒ2/3) qualitatively.
㻝
㻜㻚㻥
㻜㻚㻤
㻜㻚㻣
㼂㻛㻴㻌㼞㼍㼠㼕㼛
㻜㻚㻢
㻜㻚㻡
㻜㻚㻠
㻜㻚㻟
㻜㻚㻞
㻜㻚㻝
㻜
㻜㻚㻜㻝㻜㻚㻝㻝㻝㻜
㼜㼑㼞㼕㼛㼐㻔㼟㻕
Source: http://www.nilim.go.jp/lab/fdg/
Figure 7.3.21: Lower Limits of the Horizontal and Vertical Acceleration Response Spectra
in Japan (Left: Horizontal, and Right: Vertical)
Based on literature review, the V/H ratio was set as follows:

1) Recent several studies were mentioned that the V/H ratio depends on the
hypocentral distance, earthquake magnitude, and natural periods. The V/H ratio
is high in case of a short hypocentral distance and a short period range.

2) According to the ICOLD guideline (1989), the vertical PGA may be

conservatively taken between two-thirds and one-half of the horizontal PGA.
According to the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (2007), the V/H ratio is taken as
two-thirds at 40 km of the hypocentral distance.
3) In the Guidelines for Seismic Performance Evaluation of Dams during Large
Earthquakes in Japan (2005), the average V/H ratio is about 0.7 (ؒ2/3)
qualitatively.
4) However, the V/H ratios are different in each study. Several V/H ratio models
were proposed. Therefore, a uniform V/H ratio should be developed in the
future.
Based on the review results above, the vertical PGA is taken as two-thirds of the
horizontal PGA, and V/H ratio is taken as two-thirds of all the natural period range.
The horizontal and vertical PGA values for MCE and OBE are presented in Table 7.3.5
and the corresponding response spectra are shown in Figure 7.3.22 and Figure 7.3.23.
Table 7.3.5: Horizontal and Vertical PGA Values for MCE and OBE
Earthquake PGA (Horizontal) PGA (Vertical)
MCE 0.54 0.36
OBE (200 years) 0.14 0.09
10
1
0.1
0.01 Spectrum at MCE(Fault No.14)

Horizontal
Spectrum at MCE(Fault No.14)

Vertical
0.001
0.01 0.1 1 10
Period - sec
Figure 7.3.22: Horizontal and Vertical Response Spectra for MCE


10
1
0.1
0.01 Horizontal
Vertical
0.001
0.010 0.100 1.000 10.000
Period - sec
Figure 7.3.23: Horizontal and Vertical Response Spectra for OBE (200 Years)

8. Preparation of Earthquake Time Histories for MCE and OBE

In this section, the earthquake time histories for MCE and OBE for the dynamic
response analysis of dam are prepared. Following the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
(2003), the procedure for developing time histories for seismic analysis is shown in
Figure 7.3.24.
Seismic DesignParametersandConditions
SiteTectonicEnvironment
DesignEarthquakes:
ͲMagnitudes
ͲTypeofFaulting
ͲSourceͲtoͲSiteDistances
LocalSiteConditions
DesignGroundMotionCharacteristics:
ͲResponseSpectra
ͲStrongMotionDuration
ͲSpecialCharacteristics
TypeofStructure(S)andStructuralCharacteristics
㻮㼍㼟㼕㼏㻌㻿㼑㼘㼑㼏㼠㼕㼛㼚
㻌㼍㼚㼐
㻰㼑㼢㼑㼘㼛㼜㼙㼑㼚㼠
㻌㻼㼞㼛㼏㼑㼟㼟 InitialSelectionofTimeͲ Histories
RecordedTimeͲHistories
SimulatedͲRecordedTimeͲHistories
ModificationofTimeͲHistoriesforCompatibility
withDesignResponseSpectrum
SimpleScaling SpectrumMatching
Approach Approach
FurtherModificationofTimeͲHistories
forLocalConditions
㻭㼐㼐㼕㼠㼕㼛㼚㼍㼘
㻹㼛㼐㼕㼒㼕㼏㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚㼟
㼍㼟䚷㻾㼑㼝㼡㼕㼞㼑㼐
SiteResponse Topographic
Effects Effects
Source: U.S. Army Corps of Engineers(2003) Engineering and Design - Time History Dynamic
Analysis of Concrete Hydraulic Structures [EM 1110-2-6051]
Figure 7.3.24: Procedure for Developing Time Histories for Seismic Analysis
(1) Selection of earthquakes
According to the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (2003), it is important that the
designed earthquake and conditions are similar to the selected ones with regards to
the tectonic environment around the dam site, the earthquake magnitude, the
hypocentral distance, the type of faulting, and local site conditions (e.g., rock or soil).
Time histories that are similar to the design conditions should be selected from
available strong ground motion databases.
The criteria for the selection of time histories for the Dasu Dam site are as follows:
࣭Large and active tectonic lines or faults are distributed near the dam site. The
type of faulting is reverse or strike-slip. They are distributed within 50 km.
࣭The earthquake magnitude is assumed at about 6.0-8.0.
According to the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (2003, 2007), the seismic analysis for
concrete dam was shown using strong ground motion as observed from an earthquake

with a magnitude greater than 6.5. Table 7.3.6 shows the strong ground motions
observed by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (2003, 2007).
Table 7.3.6: List of Strong Ground Motions Observed by the U.S. Army Corps of
Engineers (2003, 2007)
㻯㼘㼛㼟㼑㼟㼠㻌㼐㼕㼟㼠㼍㼚㼏㼑㻌㼠㼛
㻱㼍㼞㼠㼔㼝㼡㼍㼗㼑㼀㼕㼙㼑㻾㼑㼓㼕㼛㼚㻰㼑㼜㼠㼔㻔㼗㼙㻕㻹㼑㼏㼔㼍㼚㼕㼟㼙㻹㼣㼟㼠㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚㻿㼕㼠㼑㻌㻳㼑㼛㼘㼛㼓㼥
㼒㼍㼡㼘㼠㻔㼗㼙㻕
㻼㼍㼞㼗㼒㼕㼑㼘㼐㻝㻥㻢㻢㻙㻜㻢㻙㻞㻤㻼㼍㼞㼗㼒㼕㼑㼘㼐㻘㻌㻯㻭
㻯㼍㼘㼕㼒㼛㼞㼚㼕㼍㻝㻜㻿㼠㼞㼕㼗㼑㻙㼟㼘㼕㼜㻢㻚㻝㻝㻝㻚㻞㼀㼔㼕㼚㻌㻭㼘㼘㼡㼢㼕㼡㼙㻧㻿㼍㼚㼐㼟㼠㼛㼚㼑
㻜㻠㻦㻞㻢㻦㻝㻠㻌㼁㼀㻯㻯㼔㼛㼘㼍㼙㼑㻌㻤㼃
㻝㻥㻣㻝㻙㻜㻞㻙㻜㻥
㻿㼍㼚㻌㻲㼑㼞㼚㼍㼚㼐㼛㻯㼍㼘㼕㼒㼛㼞㼚㼕㼍㻝㻟㻾㼑㼢㼑㼞㼟㼑㻢㻚㻢㻼㼍㼏㼛㼕㼙㼍㻌㻰㼍㼙㻘㻌㻯㻭㻟㻚㻡㻴㼕㼓㼔㼘㼥㻌㼖㼛㼕㼚㼠㼑㼐㻌㻰㼕㼛㼞㼕㼠㼑㻌㻳㼚㼑㼕㼟㼟
㻝㻠㻦㻜㻜㻦㻠㻝㻌㼁㼀㻯
㻯㼛㼥㼛㼠㼑㻌㻸㼍㼗㼑㻌㻰㼍㼙㻘
㻝㻥㻤㻠㻙㻜㻠㻙㻞㻠㻌
㻹㼛㼞㼓㼍㼚㻌㻴㼕㼘㼘㻌㻤㻚㻡㻿㼠㼞㼕㼗㼑㻙㼟㼘㼕㼜㻢㻚㻝㻯㻭㻌㻙㻌㻿㼍㼚㻌㻹㼍㼞㼠㼕㼚㻧㻝㻚㻡㻲㼕㼘㼘㻌㼛㼢㼑㼞㻌㼏㼍㼞㼎㼛㼚㼍㼠㼑㻌㼞㼛㼏㼗
㻞㻝㻦㻝㻡㻦㻝㻤㻌㼁㼀㻯㻯㼍㼘㼕㼒㼛㼞㼚㼕㼍
㻿㼠㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚㻌㻱
㻸㼛㼙㼍
㻼㼞㼕㼑㼠㼍㻛㻿㼍㼚㼠㼍
㻳㼕㼘㼞㼛㼥㻌㻭㼞㼞㼍㼥㻌㻿㼠㼍㻌㻝㻘
㻯㼞㼡㼦㻝㻥㻤㻥㻙㻝㻜㻙㻝㻤㻌㻾㼑㼢㼑㼞㼟㼑㻙
㻝㻣㻚㻠㻤㻣㻯㻭㻌㻙㻌㻳㼍㼢㼕㼘㼍㼚㻞㻚㻤㻾㼛㼏㼗
㻹㼛㼡㼚㼠㼍㼕㼚㼟㻜㻜㻦㻜㻠㻦㻝㻡㻌㼁㼀㻯㻯㼍㼘㼕㼒㼛㼞㼚㼕㼍㻻㼎㼘㼕㼝㼡㼑
㻯㼛㼘㼘㼑㼓㼑㻘
㻌㻝㻥㻥㻠㻙㻜㻝㻙㻝㻣㻺㼑㼣㼔㼍㼘㼘㻘㻌㻯㻭㻌㻙㻌㻿㼡㼚
㻺㼛㼞㼠㼔㼞㼕㼐㼓㼑㻌
㻝㻞㻦㻟㻜㻦㻡㻡㻌㼁㼀㻯㻝㻣㻚㻡㻾㼑㼢㼑㼞㼟㼑㻢㻚㻣㻻㼕㼘㻌㻯㼛㻌㻙㻌㼃㻌㻼㼕㼏㼛㻥㻚㻠㻺㼛㼚㼙㼍㼞㼕㼚㼑㻌㻰㼑㼜㼛㼟㼕㼠
㻯㼍㼘㼕㼒㼛㼞㼚㼕㼍
㻯㼍㼚㼥㼛㼚㻌㻮㼘㼢㼐
㻌㻝㻥㻥㻠㻙㻜㻝㻙㻝㻣
㻺㼛㼞㼠㼔㼞㼕㼐㼓㼑㻌
㻝㻞㻦㻟㻜㻦㻡㻡㻌㼁㼀㻯㻝㻣㻚㻡㻾㼑㼢㼑㼞㼟㼑㻢㻚㻣㻼㼍㼏㼛㼕㼙㼍㻌㻰㼍㼙㻘㻌㻯㻭㻝㻝㻚㻣㻴㼕㼓㼔㼘㼥㻌㼖㼛㼕㼚㼠㼑㼐㻌㻰㼕㼛㼞㼕㼠㼑㻌㻳㼚㼑㼕㼟㼟
㻯㼍㼘㼕㼒㼛㼞㼚㼕㼍
The observed strong ground motions listed in Table 7.3.6 have been caused by
earthquakes with magnitude greater than 6.5, and the types of faulting are reverse or
strike-slip. Moreover, the hypocentral distance is within 20 km. Therefore these site
conditions are similar to the Dasu Dam site.
Three time histories, observed at Pacoima Dam during the San Fernando Earthquake,
at Coyote Lake Dam during the Morgan Hill Earthquake, and at Gilroy Array Sta. 1
during the Loma Prieta Earthquake, were selected because their site geologies are of
rock and their hypocentral distances are close. These time histories were collected
from the website of the Consortium of Organizations for Strong-Motion Observation
Systems (COSMOS).
Table 7.3.7 shows the parameters (e.g., PGA, PGV) of selected time histories. Time
histories which observed the maximum PGA of two components were selected. Such
are highlighted in gray in Table 7.3.7.

Table 7.3.7: List of Parameters of Selected Time Histories

㻯㼘㼛㼟㼑㼟㼠
㻰㼑㼜㼠㼔
㻱㼍㼞㼠㼔㼝㼡㼍㼗㼑㼀㼕㼙㼑㻾㼑㼓㼕㼛㼚㻹㼑㼏㼔㼍㼚㼕㼟㼙㻹㼣㼟㼠㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚㼐㼕㼟㼠㼍㼚㼏㼑㻌㼠㼛㻿㼕㼠㼑㻌㻳㼑㼛㼘㼛㼓㼥㻯㼛㼙㼜㼛㼚㼑㼚㼠㻼㻳㻭㻔㼓㼍㼘㻕㻼㻳㻭㻔J㻕
㻔㼗㼙㻕
㻴㼛㼞㼕㼦㼛㼚㼠㼍㼘㻔㻝㻢㻠㻕㻝㻘㻝㻠㻤㻚㻝㻝㻚㻝㻣
㻝㻥㻣㻝㻙㻜㻞㻙
㻿㼍㼚㻼㼍㼏㼛㼕㼙㼍㻌㻰㼍㼙㻘㻴㼕㼓㼔㼘㼥㻌㼖㼛㼕㼚㼠㼑㼐
㻜㻥㻌㻝㻠㻦㻜㻜㻦㻠㻝㻯㼍㼘㼕㼒㼛㼞㼚㼕㼍㻝㻟㻾㼑㼢㼑㼞㼟㼑㻢㻚㻢㻟㻚㻡㻴㼛㼞㼕㼦㼛㼚㼠㼍㼘㻔㻞㻡㻠㻕㻝㻘㻜㻡㻡㻚㻜㻝㻚㻜㻤
㻲㼑㼞㼚㼍㼚㼐㼛㻯㻭㻰㼕㼛㼞㼕㼠㼑㻌㻳㼚㼑㼕㼟㼟
㼁㼀㻯
㼂㼑㼞㼠㼕㼏㼍㼘㻢㻥㻢㻚㻜㻜㻚㻣㻝
㻴㼛㼞㼕㼦㼛㼚㼠㼍㼘㻔㻥㻜㻕㻠㻟㻟㻚㻢㻜㻚㻠㻠
㻝㻥㻤㻥㻙㻝㻜㻙㻳㼕㼘㼞㼛㼥㻌㻭㼞㼞㼍㼥㻌㻿㼠㼍
㻸㼛㼙㼍㻾㼑㼢㼑㼞㼟㼑㻙
㻝㻤㻌㻜㻜㻦㻜㻠㻦㻝㻡㻯㼍㼘㼕㼒㼛㼞㼚㼕㼍㻝㻣㻚㻠㻤㻣㻝㻘㻌㻯㻭㻌㻙㻌㻳㼍㼢㼕㼘㼍㼚㻞㻚㻤㻾㼛㼏㼗㻴㼛㼞㼕㼦㼛㼚㼠㼍㼘㻔㻜㻕㻠㻞㻢㻚㻢㻜㻚㻠㻠
㻼㼞㼕㼑㼠㼍㻻㼎㼘㼕㼝㼡㼑
㼁㼀㻯㻯㼛㼘㼘㼑㼓㼑㻘
㼂㼑㼞㼠㼕㼏㼍㼘㻞㻜㻢㻚㻠㻜㻚㻞㻝
㻴㼛㼞㼕㼦㼛㼚㼠㼍㼘㻔㻺㻞㻤㻡㻕㻝㻘㻝㻟㻣㻚㻤㻝㻚㻝㻢
㻝㻥㻤㻠㻙㻜㻠㻙㻯㼛㼥㼛㼠㼑㻌㻸㼍㼗㼑
㻲㼕㼘㼘㻌㼛㼢㼑㼞
㻹㼛㼞㼓㼍㼚㻌㻴㼕㼘㼘㻞㻠㻌㻞㻝㻦㻝㻡㻦㻝㻤㻯㼍㼘㼕㼒㼛㼞㼚㼕㼍㻤㻚㻡㻿㼠㼞㼕㼗㼑㻙㼟㼘㼕㼜㻢㻚㻝㻰㼍㼙㻘㻌㻯㻭㻌㻙㻌㻿㼍㼚㻝㻚㻡㻴㼛㼞㼕㼦㼛㼚㼠㼍㼘㻔㻺㻝㻥㻡㻕㻢㻟㻥㻚㻤㻜㻚㻢㻡
㼏㼍㼞㼎㼛㼚㼍㼠㼑㻌㼞㼛㼏㼗
㼁㼀㻯㻹㼍㼞㼠㼕㼚㻧㻌㻿㼠㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚㻱
㼂㼑㼞㼠㼕㼏㼍㼘㻟㻣㻢㻚㻟㻜㻚㻟㻤
Figure 7.3.25 to Figure 7.3.27 show the waveforms of the three time histories selected.
㻴㼛㼞㼕㼦㼛㼚㼠㼍㼘㻔㻺㻞㻡㻠㻕
㻝㻚㻡
㻝
㼍㼏㼏㼑㼘㼑㼞㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚
㻜㻚㻡
㻜
(g)
㻙㻜㻚㻡
㻙㻝
㻙㻝㻚㻡
㻜㻞㻠㻢㻤㻝㻜㻝㻞㻝㻠㻝㻢㻝㻤㻞㻜
㻴㼛㼞㼕㼦㼛㼚㼠㼍㼘㻔㻺㻝㻢㻠㻕
㻝㻚㻡
㻝
㻜㻚㻡
㻜
(g)
㻙㻜㻚㻡
㻙㻝
㻙㻝㻚㻡
㼂㼑㼞㼠㼕㼏㼍㼘
㻝㻚㻡
㻝
㻜㻚㻡
㻜
(g)
㻙㻜㻚㻡
㻙㻝
㻙㻝㻚㻡
㼀㼕㼙㼑䠄㼟㼑㼏㻕
Note: The horizontal direction indicates the clockwise angle from the north at the
seismometer. N164 indicates 164° from north to south.
Figure 7.3.25: Recorded Acceleration Time Histories at Pacoima Dam during the 1971
San Fernando Earthquake

㻴㼛㼞㼕㼦㼛㼚㼠㼍㼘㻔㻺㻥㻜㻕
㻝
㻜㻚㻡
㼍㼏㼏㼑㼘㼑㼞㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚㻜
(g)
㻙㻜㻚㻡
㻙㻝
㻴㼛㼞㼕㼦㼛㼚㼠㼍㼘㻔㻺㻜㻕
㻝
㻜㻚㻡
㻜
(g)
㻙㻜㻚㻡
㻙㻝
㻝
㻜㻚㻡
㻜
(g)
㻙㻜㻚㻡
㻙㻝
Figure 7.3.26: Recorded Acceleration Time Histories at Gilroy Array Sta. 1 during the
1989 Loma Prieta Earthquake
㻴㼛㼞㼕㼦㼛㼚㼠㼍㼘㻔㻺㻞㻤㻡㻕
㻝㻚㻡
㻝
㻜㻚㻡
㻜
(g)
㻙㻜㻚㻡
㻙㻝
㻙㻝㻚㻡
㻴㼛㼞㼕㼦㼛㼚㼠㼍㼘㻔㻺㻝㻥㻡㻕
㻝㻚㻡
㻝
㻜㻚㻡
㻜
(g)
㻙㻜㻚㻡
㻙㻝
㻙㻝㻚㻡
㻝㻚㻡
㻝
㻜㻚㻡
㻜
(g)
㻙㻜㻚㻡
㻙㻝
㻙㻝㻚㻡
Figure 7.3.27: Recorded Acceleration Time Histories at Coyote Lake Dam during the 1984
Morgan Hill Earthquake

(2) Preparation of earthquake time histories for MCE and OBE

In preparing the time histories data, there are two approaches. The first is the
spectrum matching approach, and the other is the simple scaling approach. In this
study, the spectrum matching response spectra were selected because they are set by
the attenuation relationship based on the many observed earthquake time histories.
The software ARTEQ for Windows was used for the spectrum matching for
compatibility with the response spectra for design. A sample display of ARTEQ is
shown in Figure 7.3.28.
Figure 7.3.28: ARTEQ for Windows (KOZO KEIKAKU ENGINEERING Inc.)

The acceleration response spectra for design and the selected time histories are as
follows:
ŶAcceleration response spectra for design
࣭ MCE (Horizontal and vertical components)
࣭ OBE (200 years) (Horizontal and vertical components)
ŶSelected time histories

࣭ Records at Pacoima Dam during the 1971 San Fernando Earthquake
(Horizontal N164°and vertical components)
࣭ Records at Coyote Lake Dam during the 1984 Morgan Hill Earthquake
࣭ Records at Gilroy Array Sta. 1 during the 1989 Loma Prietra Earthquake

For MCE:
Table 7.3.8 shows the results of spectral matched time histories for MCE. Figure
7.3.29 shows the spectral matched time histories, the comparison with the design
(target) response spectrum, and the matched spectrum using ARTEQ. In the
spectrum’s figure, the lower limit of the natural period range is 0.04 s (25 Hz
frequency) at Nyquist frequency because the sampling period of each of the
selected time histories is 0.02 s (50 Hz frequency).
Duration is defined as the time required to build up from 5% to 95% of the
integral.
Table 7.3.8: Results of Spectral Matched Time Histories for MCE
㻯㼘㼛㼟㼑㼟㼠㻹㻯㻱
㻹㼑㼏㼔㼍㼚㼕㼟
㻱㼍㼞㼠㼔㼝㼡㼍㼗㼑㼀㼕㼙㼑㻾㼑㼓㼕㼛㼚㻰㼑㼜㼠㼔㻔㼗㼙㻕㻹㼣㼟㼠㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚㼐㼕㼟㼠㼍㼚㼏㼑㻌㼠㼛㻿㼕㼠㼑㻌㻳㼑㼛㼘㼛㼓㼥㻯㼛㼙㼜㼛㼚㼑㼚㼠
㼙㻼㻳㻭㻔㼓㼍㼘㻕㻼㻳㻭(g) 㻼㻳㼂㻔㼗㼕㼚㼑㻕㻰㼡㼞㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚㻔㼟㼑㼏㻕
㻴㼛㼞㼕㼦㼛㼚㼠㼍㼘㻡㻟㻝㻚㻞㻜㻚㻡㻠㻠㻡㻚㻜㻝㻝㻚㻞㻤

㻝㻥㻣㻝㻙㻜㻞㻙
㻿㼍㼚㻴㼕㼓㼔㼘㼥㻌㼖㼛㼕㼚㼠㼑㼐
㻜㻥㻌㻝㻠㻦㻜㻜㻦㻠㻝㻯㼍㼘㼕㼒㼛㼞㼚㼕㼍㻝㻟㻾㼑㼢㼑㼞㼟㼑㻣㻼㼍㼏㼛㼕㼙㼍㻌㻰㼍㼙㻘㻌㻯㻭㻟㻚㻡
㻲㼑㼞㼚㼍㼚㼐㼛㻰㼕㼛㼞㼕㼠㼑㻌㻳㼚㼑㼕㼟㼟
㼁㼀㻯
㼂㼑㼞㼠㼕㼏㼍㼘㻟㻡㻠㻚㻝㻜㻚㻟㻢㻞㻥㻚㻟㻝㻠㻚㻣㻞
㻴㼛㼞㼕㼦㼛㼚㼠㼍㼘㻡㻟㻝㻚㻜㻜㻚㻡㻠㻠㻝㻚㻤㻝㻜㻚㻤㻤

㻝㻥㻤㻥㻙㻝㻜㻙㻳㼕㼘㼞㼛㼥㻌㻭㼞㼞㼍㼥㻌㻿㼠㼍
㻸㼛㼙㼍㻾㼑㼢㼑㼞㼟㼑
㻝㻤㻌㻜㻜㻦㻜㻠㻦㻝㻡㻯㼍㼘㼕㼒㼛㼞㼚㼕㼍㻝㻣㻚㻠㻤㻣㻝㻘㻌㻯㻭㻌㻙㻌㻳㼍㼢㼕㼘㼍㼚㻞㻚㻤㻾㼛㼏㼗
㻼㼞㼕㼑㼠㼍㻙㻻㼎㼘㼕㼝㼡㼑
㼁㼀㻯㻯㼛㼘㼘㼑㼓㼑㻘
㼂㼑㼞㼠㼕㼏㼍㼘㻟㻡㻟㻚㻟㻜㻚㻟㻢㻞㻜㻚㻜㻝㻝㻚㻣㻠
㻴㼛㼞㼕㼦㼛㼚㼠㼍㼘㻡㻟㻜㻚㻢㻜㻚㻡㻠㻟㻣㻚㻜㻢㻚㻜㻤

㻝㻥㻤㻠㻙㻜㻠㻙㻯㼛㼥㼛㼠㼑㻌㻸㼍㼗㼑㻌㻰㼍㼙㻘
㻿㼠㼞㼕㼗㼑㻙㻲㼕㼘㼘㻌㼛㼢㼑㼞
㻹㼛㼞㼓㼍㼚㻌㻴㼕㼘㼘㻞㻠㻌㻞㻝㻦㻝㻡㻦㻝㻤㻯㼍㼘㼕㼒㼛㼞㼚㼕㼍㻤㻚㻡㻢㻯㻭㻌㻙㻌㻿㼍㼚㻌㻹㼍㼞㼠㼕㼚㻧㻝㻚㻡
㼟㼘㼕㼜㼏㼍㼞㼎㼛㼚㼍㼠㼑㻌㼞㼛㼏㼗
㼁㼀㻯㻿㼠㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚㻱
㼂㼑㼞㼠㼕㼏㼍㼘㻟㻡㻠㻚㻜㻜㻚㻟㻢㻝㻥㻚㻡㻣㻚㻥㻠
The three time histories (Figures 7.1.29, 7.1.30 and 7.1.31) showed the same
PGA value after being fit with the same acceleration spectrum. However, the PGV
and the duration were different among the time histories due to the different
phase characteristics (i.e., intervals between peaks and valleys of waveform). A
high PGV produced high stress in the dam body, and a long duration affected
structure stability. Therefore it is recommended that at least two time histories are
used for the dynamic analysis. These are as follows:
1) 1971 San Fernando Earthquake

2) 1989 Loma Prietra Earthquake

㻴㼛㼞㼕㼦㼛㼚㼠㼍㼘
㻝
㻜㻚㻡
(g)
㻙㻜㻚㻡
㻙㻝
㻝
㻜㻚㻡
㻜
(g)
㻙㻜㻚㻡
㻙㻝
㻴㼛㼞㼕㼦㼛㼚㼠㼍㼘㼂㼑㼞㼠㼕㼏㼍㼘
㻝㻜㻝㻜
㻌㻭㼏㼏㼑㼘㼑㼞㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚㻌㻾㼑㼟㼜㼛㼚㼟㼑㻌㻿㼜㼑㼏㼠㼞㼡㼙㻌(g)
㻝㻝
㻜㻚㻝㻜㻚㻝
㼀㼍㼞㼓㼑㼠㼀㼍㼞㼓㼑㼠
㻜㻚㻜㻝㻿㼜㼑㼏㼠㼞㼡㼙㻜㻚㻜㻝㻿㼜㼑㼏㼠㼞㼡㼙
㼟㼜㼑㼏㼠㼞㼍㼘㻌㼒㼕㼠㼟㼜㼑㼏㼠㼞㼍㼘㻌㼒㼕㼠
㻜㻚㻜㻜㻝㻜㻚㻜㻜㻝
㻜㻚㻜㻝㻜㻚㻝㻝㻝㻜㻜㻚㻜㻝㻜㻚㻝㻝㻝㻜
㻼㼑㼞㼕㼛㼐㻔㼟㼑㼏㻕㻼㼑㼞㼕㼛㼐㻔㼟㼑㼏㻕
Figure 7.3.29: Time Histories and Response Spectra for MCE Using Records at Pacoima
Dam during the 1971 San Fernando Earthquake (Horizontal N164° and Vertical
Components)

㻜㻚㻢
㻜㻚㻠
㻜㻚㻞
㻜
(g) 㻙㻜㻚㻞
㻙㻜㻚㻠
㻙㻜㻚㻢
㻜㻚㻢
㻜㻚㻠
㻜㻚㻞
㻜
(g)
㻙㻜㻚㻞
㻙㻜㻚㻠
㻙㻜㻚㻢
㻝㻜㻝㻜
㼀㼍㼞㼓㼑㼠
㻿㼜㼑㼏㼠㼞㼡㼙
㼟㼜㼑㼏㼠㼞㼍㼘㻌㼒㼕㼠
㻝㻝
㻜㻚㻝㻜㻚㻝㼀㼍㼞㼓㼑㼠

㻜㻚㻜㻝㻜㻚㻜㻝
Figure 7.3.30: Time Histories and Response Spectra for MCE Using Records at Coyote
Lake Dam during the 1984 Morgan Hill Earthquake (Horizontal N285° and Vertical
Components)

㻝
㻜㻚㻡
(g)
㻙㻜㻚㻡
㻙㻝
㻝
㻜㻚㻡
㻜
(g)
㻙㻜㻚㻡
㻙㻝
㻝㻜㻝㻜
㻝㻝
㻜㻚㻝㻜㻚㻝㼀㼍㼞㼓㼑㼠

㼀㼍㼞㼓㼑㼠㻿㼜㼑㼏㼠㼞㼡㼙
㻜㻚㻜㻝㻜㻚㻜㻝
Figure 7.3.31: Time Histories and Response Spectra for MCE Using Records at Gilroy
Array Sta. 1 during the 1989 Loma Prietra Earthquake (Horizontal N90° and Vertical
Components)

For OBE (200 years):

Table 7.3.9 shows the results of spectral matched time histories for OBE (200
years). Figure 7.3.32 to Figure 7.3.34 show the spectral matched time histories,
the comparison with the design (target) response spectrum and the matched
spectrum using ARTEQ.
Table 7.3.9: Results of the Spectral Matched Time Histories for OBE (200 Years)
Closest OBE 200years
Earthquake Time Region Depth(km) Mechanism Mw station distance to Site Geology Component
fault(km) PGA(gal) PGA(g) PGV(kine) Duration(sec)
Horizontal 137.2 0.14 16.5 8.20

San 1971-02-09 Highly jointed
California 13 Reverse 7 Pacoima Dam, CA 3.5
Fernando 14:00:41 UTC Diorite Gneiss
Vertical 91.5 0.09 11.4 15.08
Horizontal 137.2 0.14 13.9 9.16

1989-10-18 Reverse- Gilroy Array Sta 1,
Loma Prieta California 17.48 7 2.8 Rock
00:04:15 UTC Oblique CA - Gavilan College,
Vertical 91.5 0.09 6.9 10.00
Coyote Lake Dam, Horizontal 137.2 0.14 8.1 7.04

1984-04-24 Fill over carbonate
Morgan Hill California 8.5 Strike-slip 6 CA - San Martin; 1.5
21:15:18 UTC rock
StationE Vertical 91.6 0.09 5.7 13.86
The three time histories showed the same PGA value after being fit with the same
acceleration spectrum. However, the PGV and the duration were different among
the time histories due to the different phase characteristics (i.e., intervals
between peaks and valleys of waveform). A high PGV produced high stress in the
dam body, and a long duration affected the structure stability. Therefore, it is
recommended that at least two time histories are used for the dynamic analysis.
These are as follows:
1) 1971 San Fernando Earthquake

2) 1989 Loma Prietra Earthquake

Figure 7.3.32: Time Histories and Response Spectra for OBE (200 Years) by Spectral
Matching Approach Using Records at Pacoima Dam during the 1971 San Fernando
Earthquake (Horizontal N164° and Vertical Components)

Figure 7.3.33: Time Histories and Response Spectra for OBE (200 Years) by
Spectral Matching Approach Using Records at Coyote Lake Dam during the 1984
Morgan Hill Earthquake (Horizontal N285° and Vertical Components)

Figure 7.3.34: Time Histories and Response Spectra for OBE (200 Years) by Spectral
Matching Approach Using Records at Gilroy Array Sta. 1 during the 1989 Loma Prietra
Earthquake (Horizontal N90° and Vertical Components)

9. Conclusions and Recommendations

Referring to Table 7.3.10, which shows the comparison between the FS in 2009 and
the results obtained in the detailed design (DD), the conclusions and
recommendations are explained below.
Table 7.3.10: Summary of Seismic Hazard Assessment Results in the FS in 2009
and this Study
Descriptions FS 2009 DD 2012
Results Recommended Results Recommended
1) PGA by 0.72 g in max Order of 0.50 g 0.54 g (Fault 0.54 g for Fault No. 14
deterministic No. 14) fixed after
procedure identification as active
tectonics
2) PGA by
probabilistic
procedure
200 years 0.18 g 0.18 g 0.09-0.14 g 0.14 g
10,000 years - - 0.42-0.64 g Order of 0.5 g
3) Response
spectra
200 years - - 0.14 g
975 years 0.29 g 0.29 g -
MCE 0.50 g 0.50 g 0.54 g (Fault 0.54 g
No. 14)
4) Dynamic
Analysis for
Dam
MCE PGA 0.50 g 0.50 g 0.54 g (Fault 0.54g for Fault No.14
(Design) at No. 14) fixed after identification
rock surface as active tectonics
OBE PGA 0.18 g 0.18 g 0.14 g 0.14 g
(Design) at (200 year (200 year return (200 year
rock surface return period) period) return period)
SEE PGA - - 0.42-0.64 g Order of 0.5 g
(Design) at (10,000 year
rock surface return period)
5) Psedo-static
analysis for
Dam *3)
MCE, Horiz. 0.33g (2/3PGA) *1) 0.36g (2/3PGA)
Vertical 0.22 g(2/3horiz.) 0.24 g(2/3horiz.)
OBE, Horiz. 0.12g (2/3PGA) 0.09g (2/3PGA)
Vertical 0.08g’2/3horiz.) 0.06g (2/3horiz.)
6) Underground
complex
MCE, Horiz. 0.18g (1/2 of dam) *2)
Vertical 0.12g(1/2 of dam)
OBE, Horiz. 0.045g (1/2 of dam
Vertical 0.03g(1/2 of dam)
7) Ordinary
Facilities;
OBE, Horiz. 0.15g 0.14g 0.15g/0.3g
(200-year
period)
Note:
:*1) Refer to EM1110-2-6053, Page 7-2 (May2007)
*2) PGA in underground is a half of surface.
*3) Vertical earthquake component in pseudo-static analysis for a dam shall not be combined
with horizontal earthquake (ref to Article 4.2 of EM1110-2200).
- As summarized in Table 7.3.10, it is concluded that the maximum PGA at the Dasu
Dam site is 0.54 g, as estimated using deterministic procedures associated with

the assumed active faults and lineaments.

- Through the probabilistic procedure, the PGA at the return period of 10,000 years
corresponding to SEE was estimated to be in the order of 0.50 g. The PGA for
MCE (0.54 g) is higher than that of SEE (0.50 g). Therefore, the peak bedrock
acceleration to be applied for the dynamic analysis of the RCC main dam should
be consistent with that of the PGA for MCE (0.54 g).
- It was noted that the PGA for the return period of 200 years under the probabilistic
procedure is 0.14g. It is smaller than the 0.18 g obtained in the FS in 2009. This is
due to the period of earthquake data and application of a different probabilistic
method from that of the FS in 2009.
- The earthquake time histories for MCE and OBE for the dynamic analysis are
summarized in Table 7.3.11.
Table 7.3.11: Earthquake Time Histories for MCE and OBE
Type Recommended Spectral Matched Time Histories
MCE 1. 1971 San Fernando Earthquake
2. 1989 Loma Prietra Earthquake
OBE (200 years) 1. 1971 San Fernando Earthquake
2. 1989 Loma Prietra Earthquake
Three time histories were prepared for the stability analysis of the dam under both
MCE and OBE. They showed the same PGA value after being fit with the same
acceleration spectrum. The PGV and the duration were different among them due
to their different phase characteristics. A high PGV produced high stress in the
dam body, and a long duration affected the structure stability. The least two time
histories shown in Table 7.3.11 and having different phase characteristics are
recommended to be used for the dynamic analysis.

References
࣭ International Commission on Large Dams (ICOLD) (1989); Guidelines for selecting
Seismic Parameters for Large Dams, Paris.
࣭ Matsuda, T, Tsukazaki, T , Haginoya M (2000),Distribution of active faults and
historical shallow earthquakes of Japanese Islands with a catalog of on-land
seismogenic faults and earthquakes, Active Faults Research, No.19, pp.33-54. (in
Japanease)
࣭ Wells, D. L., and K. J. Coppersmith (1994), New empirical relationship among
magnitude, rupture length,rupture width, rupture area, and surface displacement,
Bull. Seismol. Soc. Am., 84, pp.974-1002.
࣭ Nowroozi, A.A. (1985), Empirical relations between magnitudes and fault
parameters for earthquakes in Iran. Bull. Seism.Soc. Amer., 75, pp.1327-1338.
࣭ Slemmons et al. (1982); Evaluation of active faulting and associated hazards, in
Studies in geophysics – active tectonics: National Academy Press, Washington,
DC, p.45-62.
࣭ Newmark, N. M., and Hall, W. J. (1978) Development of Criteria for Seismic
Review of Selected Nuclear Power Plants,” Report NUREG/ CR-0098, U.S.
Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Rockville, MD.
࣭ Bommer JJ, Akkar S, Kale O (2011), A Model for Vertical-to-Horizontal Response
Spectral Ratios for Europe and the Middle East, BULLETIN OF THE
SEISMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA, 2011, Vol:101, pp-1783-1806.
࣭ U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (2007) Earthquake Design and Evaluation of
Concrete Hydraulic Structures [EM 1110-2-6053], 2007, 247 pp.
࣭ Bozorgnia, Y., and K. W. Campbell (2004). The vertical-to-horizontal spectral ratio
and tentative procedures for developing simplified V/H and vertical design spectra,
J. Earthq. Eng. 4, no. 4
࣭ National Institute for Land and Infrastructure Management, MLIT, JAPAN, River
Department, Water Management and Dam Division (2005) Guidelines for Seismic
Performance Evaluation of Dams during Large Earthquakes.
http://www.nilim.go.jp/lab/fdg/l2/l2.html

Annex – 7.4
DAM SAFETY AND ITS MONITORING
Dam Safety
Dam safety is given utmost importance in the Project design. The detail treatment of
the subject is given in the design documents. A summary of safety parameters
adopted in the project design and operation is given below:
y Safety against hydraulic pressure from fully supply level (FSL at EL.950m)
and high flood level (SCF at EL.959.5m).
y Safety against combined pressure of water and soil (sediment); this is
structural part of the design. This condition will not develop on initial filling, but
may develop after years of reservoir operation if no sediment above flushing
facilities is removed.
y Safety against overturning: Each monolith layer is safe against overturning
with respect to the downstream toe of the dam. The resultant force acting on
the dam body falls within the middle-third of the foundation base for the normal
operating conditions and during construction and its distance from the
foundation edge falls within the base width under extreme loading conditions
(SCF/ PMF or earthquake). Therefore there is no tension over the allowable
stress in the concrete dam foundation under any construction or operational
state.
y Safety against flood inflow. Additional flood storage of 9.5m in height
(EL.950.0m - EL.959.5m) has been provided in the design to accommodate the
safety check flood (SCF/PMF).
y Safe against spill over due to extreme waves or flood events such as
GLOFs. The safety check flood (SCF) of the dam is designed to considering a
combined event of historical GLOFs and rainfall records and natural dam
failures. A flood surcharge of 9.5m in height has been provided to
accommodate flood water from GLOF.
y Safety against waves generated by landslides in reservoir. The chances of
landslides fill during and after reservoir filling cannot be ruled out. The land
slide wave may be absorbed by 9.5m provision in the dam design above FSL.
y Safety against hydrological surges from future upstream dams: According
to the design reports of Bunji hydropower project, at the downstream of Bunji,
for short-time, during peaking hours (4 hours daily from 18:00 to 22:00 in
summer) a surge wave with a maximum height of 5 to 6m will travel from the
tailrace channel along the river to Basha reservoir. This surge will not affect the
Dasu dam directly. However, the 9.5m flood storage incorporated in Dasu
project, will absorb any of such surges.
y Safety against scour in plunge pool scours depth. The discharge from
spillway will flip from the bucket into the air and fall in the pool of water below.
The formation of eddies will dissipate the energy. The process will scour the
river bed and depth of the water in the plunge pool will increase. This depth will
attain equilibrium and reach no scour no deposit. The foundation of the dam is
below the maximum scour depth is surety of the safety.
y Safety against Tilt or differential settlement: The foundation of the dam is on
firm fresh rock. There is no chance of differential settlement. The RCC dam
body also has no settlement.
y Safety against leakages. The dam design has provided inspection galleries
with drain holes. These will allow monitoring of the dam and allow releasing

uplifting after the fill. The high quality concrete will allow only very little
transmissibility, especially GEVR at the upstream surface of dam. Should the
inflow indicate an abnormal increase, the operator will have to investigate the
reason and eliminate it.
y Safety against land sliding during reservoir filling and drawdown. The
filling of the dam for the first time, and subsequently for operation will result in
increase of pore pressure. If the rock is poor, it may fail and result in landslide.
The pore pressure developed during filling will create reverse hydraulic
gradient. This can result in the failure of the slope and creating a landslide. The
fill and emptying the reservoir must be kept at low rate for safety of dam. The
first filling of the reservoir will be carried out at a rate of 1 m/day while
monitoring slope failures. During flushing operations a filling rate of 3 m/day
and drawdown rate of 4 m/day will be adopted in the first filling manual.
However, it is expected the landslide prone areas will be stabilized after a few
cycles of filling and drawdown.
y Safety during repeated drawdown cycles and fill cycles if used for
peaking power. It is important to keep surveillance during operation and keep
studying the slope movement. For this purpose the slopes have been mapped
and their movement recorded to forecast the landslides. This has to be part of
operation manual.
y Safety against fire: Fire protection system (comprising fire protection and fire
monitoring system, and firefighting system) will be established in the
underground powerhouse. Water distribution network with 50m3 storage tank
will be established for firefighting system. Common fire extinguishers of type A
(common combustion), B (flammable liquid and gas) and C (live electrical
equipment) will also be installed.
y Preparation of annual dam and reservoir safety report for review by dam
experts of WAPDA and World Bank. This has to be the part of operation
manual.
Dam Safety Monitoring
Monitoring is an important tool to ensure dam safety. A large number of
instrumentation sensors will be installed in the body and foundation of Dasu dam for
the purpose of monitoring various important aspects of behaviour during construction,
first filling and in operation. The total number of instruments installed makes an
allowance for the expected situation that some will be lost and cease to function during
construction and early operation. The instruments will include inclinometers,
piezometers, pendulums, leakage weirs, seismometers and surface temperature.
WAPDA looks after safety of its dams through Dam Safety Organization (DSO). After
completion of the construction, DSO will look after the safety of Dasu dam. The dam
safety Programme consists of Three Tiers:
y “The First Tier monitoring is carried out by the operation and maintenance
(O&M) staff of the project. This consists of observing the responses of the vast
network of instruments embedded in the various structures. The data collected
thus is compiled and analyzed to identify the areas of abnormal behavior and to
devise measures for immediate action.
y The Second Tier monitoring is carried out by DSO. It is done by keeping a
constant watch on the flow of instrument response data of the project
structures through Tier One, analyzing it using the latest interpretation
techniques, locating the areas of abnormal behavior and suggesting short term
and long term solutions. DSO also undertakes annual inspections to see the
physical condition of the works and to make on site appraisal of performance
data. At the end of the inspection, a comprehensive report is issued

commenting upon the physical condition of the works, abnormalities observed,

their likely causes and possible solutions. Its experts also visit projects,
whenever any abnormal situation is reported, to study the phenomenon in situ
and suggest corrective measures. In summary DSO's functions under Second
Tier are as below:
o Carrying out annual inspection and issuance of inspection report,
identifying physical inadequacies, erratic performances, possible
causes and the corrective measures.
o Compilation, tabulation and interpretation of performance data of project
structures and issue biannual safety evaluation reports.
o Paying site visits to study, diagnose and prescribe problems of
emergent natures.
y The Third Tier monitoring implies Periodic Inspections which are undertaken at
an interval of 2 to 5 years, depending upon the hazard value and age of the
dam. This is supposed to be carried out by an external team, who are not part
of WAPDA, DSO and O&M staff of Dasu dam. The external team will prepare a
comprehensive inspection reports reviewing the health of the structures,
identifying the areas of concern and suggesting short term and long term
corrective measures”.

Annex – 8.1
ELIGIBILITY AND ENTITLEMENT MATRIX
Loss Item 1: Loss of Agricultural Land Used in Terrace Cultivation
Unit of Entitlement Entitlements Application Guidelines Additional Services
Owner(s) of land identified by 1. Negotiated Value (NV) of agricultural 1. NV will be computed by the DRO based on Identified owners will be
District Revenue Officer (DRO) land agreed between PAPs and the the Unit Rates agreed upon at a Jirga assisted by the PRO to
through Land Acquisition Survey Government (project) comprising Village Committee (VC), District prepare legal documents in
2. Cultivable Plot (1/2 kanal) close to the Revenue Officer (DRO), District support of their ownership.
self-managed resettlement site; Coordination Officer (DCO) and Project
3. Dislocation Allowance of PKR 500/- Resettlement Office (PRO); and also unit
(Five hundred) per kanal but the total rates of Diamer-Basha Dam Project.
amount will not exceed PKR 20,000./- 2. The Project through DRO will pay cash
(Twenty thousand) compensation through crossed cheque with
assistance from PRO to confirm identity of
owner.
Implementation Issues:
1. Landowners will be informed of the details of the land acquisition and compensation process, resettlement package and payment procedure.
1. The VCs were established by the Assistant Coordination Officer (ACO) with recommendation of the village Malik in every affected village
2. The Unit Rates to be used in computing Negotiated Value (NV) for agricultural land will be determined at a Jirga including the Village Committee (VC), DRO
or representative, DCO or representative, and PRO established under the Project Director PD-DHP (called the Price Evaluation Committee, duly formed
and notified by PD-DHP). The valuation process will take into consideration the rates adopted by the Diamer-Basha Dam Project as this was a request of
the community presented during the Grand Jirga held in April and September, 201.
3. The community in the project has derived the right to use homestead, agricultural and other land, by virtue of traditional land tenure under their traditional
laws and customs. Therefore, formal land ownership documents as title deeds and cadastral maps have not been prepared for land in this area. Therefore,
the Land acquisition survey is conducted by the DRO to establish land ownership and boundaries as these details are required to issue notice under
Section 4 of LAA 1894.
Loss Item 2: Loss of Homestead and Commercial Land
Owner(s) identified by DRO 1. Negotiated Value (NV) of land. 1. NV will be computed by the DRO based Identified owners will be
through Land Acquisition Survey 2. Dislocation Allowance @ PKR 750/- on the Unit Rates agreed upon at a Jirga assisted by the Project to
(Seven hundred and fifty) per kanal comprising VC, DRO, DCO and PRO; prepare legal documents
but the total amount will not exceed and also unit rates of Diamer-Basha Dam in support of their
PKR 5,000/- (Five thousand). Project; ownership.
3. Affected owners will be entitled to a 2. Project through DRO will pay for the land.
free one Marla plot along the 3. Project will develop the
realignment of KKH for commercial resettlement sites with provision of basic
land and free 1/2 kanal plots for amenities as electricity, potable water,

residential structures. roads

4. Provision of basic infrastructures at 4. All the PAPs who will be relocated at the
new resettlement area such as access resettlement sites will receive a free plot
road, drinking water supply, sanitation, however, others will receive average price
schools, electricity, mosque, health of the plot (within the project area)
facility and commercial area free of computed by the DRO.
cost. 5. Those PAPs who will be relocated by
5. An additional allowance equal to the themselves collectively out of relocation
price of 1/2 kanal plot in project area sites developed by the project but within
for Affected PAPs who will not receive the project district will also be eligible for
a plot and will be relocated by the site development and basic amenities.
themselves. however PAPs who relocate outside the
district will not be eligible for site
development and basic amenities
1. Consultations with Project Affected Persons (PAPs) revealed that most of them did not want to move away from the valley where their present abodes are
located and preferred to relocate at a higher elevation within the same valley. This is mainly due to their seasonal migration to different elevations of the
valley where they have houses at these different elevations as described under subheading 2.1.4 in Section 2. Therefore, the PAPs elected to move to a
preferred self-managed site at a higher location in the same valley.
2. PAPs will be informed of the details of the compensation policy, resettlement package and payment procedure.
3. NV will be determined and approved for the project following the procedure as stated under Loss Item 1 above.
4. Land titling will be completed through the land acquisition survey conducted by the DRO before issuance of notice under section 4.
Loss Item 3: Loss of Communal Property and Resources
1. VC for communal property; 1. Negotiated Value (NV) of land will be 1. NV will be computed by the DRO based 1. VC will be assisted
2. All villagers losing access to paid to the VC on the Unit Rates agreed upon at a Jirga by the PRO to organize
common land areas for 2. A plot in the self-managed comprising VC, DRO, DCO and PRO; legal documents in
pasture and fuel wood resettlement site for each communal 2. Project/DRO will pay for the land of support of the
property as schools, mosque, burial common properties. compensation payments
ground, health center, community 3. The Project will construct the common for the common
center etc. properties at each resettlement site with properties.
3. The project will construct the planning inputs and monitoring by VC of Social and Resettlement
structures for common properties in each resettlement site. Unit with guidance from
the self-managed resettlement sites 4. WAPDA/Project will make arrangements an experienced
selected by the PAPs and the siting of with DCO and Forest Department for the organization in this field
the common properties will be decided community in each resettlement site to will assist and guide the
by the VC. use sustainably demarcated areas for community in utilizing the
4. Demarcated areas for pasture and pasture and fuel wood gathering common land area
fuel wood gathering sustainably.

1. NV will be determined and approved for the project following the procedure as stated under Loss Item 1.
2. The VC will be responsible for the relocation of community property sites.
3. Unallocated land which are not declared as, and not qualifying as, protected areas but suitable as pasture land, will be demarcated by the DCO (with
guidance from the Forest Department)as communal land for the community resettled in the site. PMU through WAPDA will make necessary inter agency
and legislative arrangements to facilitate the demarcation of the land before relocation.
Loss Item 4: Loss of Residential Structures
Owner(s) of the structures identified 1. Replacement Value (RV) of 1. Applicable to all structures located within Assistance in relocation and
by DRO through Land Acquisition residential structure. the acquisition areas. reconstruction.
Survey 2. Transfer/relocation Grant @ PKR 2. DRO with expertise from Communication
100/-(One hundred) per square and Works Department will determine the
meter of affected structure. RV based on the Unit Rate agreed at the
3. Reconstruction Grant @ PKR Jirga will compute the RV. When
250/-(Two hundred and fifty) per necessary, PRO will be employed to verify
square meter of affected structure. structures eligible for RV and other
4. Special Assistance of one-time assistance.
payment of PKR 5000/- (Five 3. Project/PMU will pay for structures
thousand) for each female, 4. The Project will provide other resettlement
disabled, elderly headed and very benefits directly with assistance from
poor households. Social and Resettlement Unit
5. Owner will be allowed to take
away all salvageable materials
free of cost.
6. The households moving and
settling outside the project district
will be eligible of getting a special
allowance for relocation @ Rs.
50,000/- in addition to their actual
compensation and other
allowances.
1. Land Acquisition Survey conducted by DRO and Detailed Measurement Survey by Communication and Works Department (C&W) will assess and
record details such as floor area and category of structure of to be demolished.
2. The Unit Rate for different types of residential structures will be computed by the Executive Engineer, C&W and approved at a Jirga comprising
representatives from all affected villages, DRO or representative, DCO or representative, and PRO with expertise from C&W. The valuation process will
take into consideration the rates adopted by the Diamer-Basha Dam Project.
3. Compensation must be paid before PAPs dismantles and removes the structures as per civil works requirement.
4. The date of service of notice under section 4 and/or Inventory Census will be the cut-off date for all structures to be removed.

Loss Item 5: Loss of Commercial Structures

Owners of commercial structures 1. RV of commercial structures. 1. Applicable to all structures located within Assistance in relocation and
identified by DRO through Land 2. Transfer Grant @ PKR 100/-(One the land acquisition area at cut-off date. re-construction.
Acquisition Survey hundred) per square meter of 2. Jirga of affected villagers and DRO with
affected structure. expertise from C&W will determine the
3. Reconstruction Grant @ PKR RV.
500/-(Five hundred) per square 3. When necessary, PRO will verify and
meter of affected structure. record structures eligible for RV and other
4. Owner will be allowed to take all assistance.
salvageable materials back free of 4. DRO will pay for structure.
cost. 5. The Project will provide other resettlement
benefits with assistance from SRU.
1. Land Acquisition Survey conducted by DRO and Detailed Measurement Survey by Communication and Works Department (C&W) will assess and record
details such as floor area and category of structure of to be demolished.
2. Replacement value (RV) of structure will be determined and approved in the process as stated in Loss Item 4.
3. Compensation must be paid before dismantling and removing the structures as per civil works requirement.
4. The cut-off date for titled owners and socially recognized owners as stated in Loss Item 4.
Loss Item 6: Loss of Physical Cultural Resources
Department of Archaeology and 1. Cost of dismantling, moving and 1. Applicable to the structures identified in The Project will support the
Museum (DOAM) of KPK, the Legal reconstruction of the 400 year the PCR Plan DOAM in procurement and
Custodian of the archaeological Mosque at Seer Gayal. 2. Project consultants (Dasu Hydropower protection of rock carvings
resources of the project affected 2. Cost of land to relocate the Consultants) has identified and recorded at Shatial.
area. Mosque structures for conservation.
3. Cost of protecting the submerged 3. The Project will support local community
graves with stone pitching. in performing religious ceremonies before
covering the graveyards.
Implementation Issues
1. The project consultant team has identified and assessed the cost of PCR to be conserved/relocated.
2. Cost of conservation and/or relocation will be paid to the Department of Archaeology and Museum (DOAM) of KPK before dam construction and the
DOAM is responsible for implementation before inundation.
Loss Item 7: Loss of Timber and Fruit Bearing Trees
1. Owner(s) identified by DRO 1. RV of Timber trees. 1. Applicable to all trees and plants located SRU to explain RAP
through Land Acquisition Survey 2. Fruit-bearing trees: if the tree is at in acquisition area at cut-off dates. policies regarding
2. Socially recognized (by or near fruit-bearing stage, the 2. DRO/Project will pay applicable compensation for the trees
Malik/Mullah and VC) owners of estimated current market values of compensation for trees/plants. of different categories and

trees grown on public or other the fruit produce for 3 seasons. 3. DRO with assistance from Department of size and make the Entitled
land, as identified by Census and 3. Fruit-bearing trees with timber: RV Forestry and Department of Agriculture Persons (EPs) aware that
verified by Land Acquisition for the timber and estimated will recommend RV of trees and fruits. they could take the timber
Survey. current market value of fruit 4. Development of new nurseries facilities for and fruits free of cost.
produce of the tree for 3 seasons. fruit and non-fruit treesin new resettlement
4. Owners will be allowed to fell trees sites
and take the timber, free of cost. 5. Replantation of 5 trees per affected tree in
the project area
1. Standard rates for trees of different species available with the Department of Forestry/Department of Agriculture will be considered by DRO in
calculating the RV.
2. DRO will determine the market price of trees with assistance from district Department of Forest/Department of Agriculture and enhance it by 50% to fix
compensation value.
3. The SRU will provide guidance in re-plantation and post-plantation care programs under Environmental Management Action Plan (EMAP).
Loss Item 8: Loss of Standing Crops
Cultivators identified by DRO 1. RV of standing crops. 1. Applicable for all crops standing on land SRU will assist EPs in the
through Land Acquisition Survey 2. Owners will be allowed to harvest within the acquisition area at the time of process of claiming
of standing crops prior to dispossession. compensation from DRO
inundation. 2. DRO with assistance from PRO will pay office for preparing
for crops. necessary documents.
3. DRO with assistance from Department of
Agriculture will recommend RV of crops at
harvest.
RV of crops will be recommended by DRO/Department of Agriculture (based on data obtained from District Agriculture Extension Office, Dasu) for those
identified through Land Acquisition Survey conducted by DRO.
Loss Item 9: Loss of Leased/Mortgaged Land
1. Identified recognized lessee or 1. RV of crops. 1. With customary tenancy agreements, 1. SRU will assist in
sharecropper, with informal 2. Outstanding lease money back to including socially-recognized verbal ensuring that the lessee
tenancy arrangements, including the lessee by the owner as per agreements, owner will receive receives all eligible
socially recognized verbal agreement. compensation payment from DRO. The payments.
agreements. 3. Dislocation allowance @ PKR owner will pay the outstanding liabilities to 2. SRU will facilitate the
1500/-per kanal for actual the lessee/mortgagee under the refund of outstanding
cultivator to cover the income loss conditions that: (i) all contractual liabilities lease money by the
from the land are already paid up; (ii) if not, the legal owner to the lessees.
owner will get the residual payment after
all liabilities are paid up.

2. DRO will ensure the payment of RV of

crops to the cultivator.
3. Dislocation Allowance will be paid to the
actual cultivator of the acquired land by
DRO/Project with assistance from SRU.
1. Land Acquisition Survey conducted by DRO will identify each land owner and any persons who presently have interest in the acquired land from
formal/informal agreement.
2. Any disputes over status of present interest in the land will be resolved through grievance redress procedure. Once resolved, SRU will assist in
processing payments of all outstanding liabilities on the land to the appropriate persons.
3. RV of crops will be determined by DRO/Department of Agriculture (based on data obtained from District Agriculture Office, Dasu).
4. Dislocation Allowance to cover loss of income will be paid to the tenant as per project-specific policy provisions.
Loss Item 10: Loss of Income from Displaced Commercial Premises
Any proprietor or businessman or 1. Grant for Loss of Business @ 10% 1. Business owners will be paid the EPs will be brought under
artisan operating in premises, at the of DRO’s payment for the entitlements after award of compensation income generation program.
time of issuance of Notice under structure. by DRO to the owner of premises.
section 4. 2. One time Moving Assistance of 2. The Project will directly pay the
PKR 5000/-(Five thousand) for entitlement to the eligible affected persons
tenants. with assistance from SRU.
3. Affected businesses to be
relocated to the new market area
to be established under
Management Plan for In migration
and Construction Workers
1. Primary eligibility to be based on businessmen identified by DHC Census and verified by Land Tenure Survey conducted by DRO.
2. All the business operators will be entitled for grant against loss of business and relocation to the new market area to be established under Management
Plan for In migration and Construction Workers (Volume 10 of Social and Resettlement Management Plan
3. The income-generating program will be implemented by the SRU with assistance from an organization experienced in rehabilitation and livelihood
generation activities of resettled persons in similar hydropower projects in the area.
Loss Item 11: Temporary loss of income (wage earners in agriculture, commerce & small business and industry)
Regular wage earners employed in 1. Grant to cover temporary loss of 1. EP must have been an employee of 1. EPs will be brought
agriculture, commerce & small regular wage income @ PKR 200/- landowner or business located in the under income and
business and industry in the affected (Two hundred) X 90 days for farm acquired lands for at least twelve months, livelihood restoration
area. labor; PKR 200/-(Two hundred)X as identified by the Census conducted by programs to be
90 days for Gujjers employed to the Consultants (DHC Census). implemented under RAP,
look after livestock; PKR 250/- 2. Special needs of vulnerable groups will be and training programs,

(Two hundred and fifty) X 90 days assessed further. including the current
for employees in timber 3. The resettlement benefits will be paid by technical and vocational
transportation; Project with assistance from SRU. training programs
2. A one-time grant of PKR sponsored by the Project.
150,000/= (one hundred and fifty 2. Involvement of trained
thousand) for Soniwal households EPs in construction work.
engaged in gold extraction in the 3. Involvement of trained
project affected area identified by EPs in tree plantation
the DHC Census and social afforestation
3. Female-headed households, programs under EMAP.
disabled, elderly and extremely
poor to be paid a one-time grant of
PKR 50,000/- (fifty thousand) as
Special Assistance.
4. Income and livelihood restoration
assistance from SRU Social
Development Fund, to be created
by the Project.
5. Rs.300 (Three hundred) X 90 days
for wage workers at hotels/shops
and restaurants
Primary eligibility to be based on wage earners identified by the DHC Census and further verified by PRO. Further claims and grievances, if any, will be
settled by the grievance redress committee and PRO.
Loss Item 12: Loss of Income from Rented-out and Access to rented-in residential/ commercial premises
1. Owner of the rented-out premises Dislocation Allowance of PKR Each renter of affected premises will be 1. EPs will be brought under
as identified by Census and 10,000./-(Ten thousand) for Renters entitled for the dislocation allowance. income and livelihood
verified by PRO. and PKR 5000/-(Five thousand) for The owners of rented out premises will be restoration program to be
2. Household/person rented-in any renter entitled for dislocation allowance for each implemented under RAP.
such structure as identified by unit of premises rented out to separate 2. Involvement of trained
Census and verified by PRO. families or persons. EPs in project
Dislocation Allowance will be paid by Project construction work.
with assistance from PRO/SRU. 3. Involvement of trained
EPs in tree plantation
and social afforestation
programs.

DHC Census and verification by PRO will establish the owner and renter of the residential and commercial premises.
Loss Item 13: Households losing more than 10% of their income (from agriculture or business) due to the project
Persons losing more than 10% of 1. One time Dislocation Allowance 1. The one time Dislocation Allowance 1. EPs will be brought under
their income from all sources as @ PKR 10,000/- (Ten thousand) will be paid by Project with assistance income and livelihood
identified by Census and verified by per household. from PRO. restoration program.
PRO. 2. EPs will also be included
in the current project
sponsored vocational
training program training
EPs for employment in
project construction
activities.
3. Involvement of trained
EPs in Project
construction work.
4. Involvement of trained
EPs in tree plantation and
social forestations
programs.
1. Loss of income will be assessed as per actual loss of productive resources (land and businesses) to the project and the total income of the affected
households from all sources through Census of all affected households.
2. PRO will verify the percentage of loss comparing the actual loss and the total income from all sources of the affected households.
3. Households becoming landless due to acquisition of agricultural land will be eligible for credit from the PRO Social Development Fund (SDF) for longer
duration.
Loss Item 14: Loss of Livelihood (Non-cash Entitlement)
Households/persons affected by loss 1. Free Vocational Training will be A pro-active program to this end has 1. PAPs will also be
of livelihood provided to the people of affected already been started by WAPDA: local included in the current
area. youths are receiving a six-month vocational project sponsored
training program in various lines of work to vocational training
2.Free horticulture training will be
prepare them for guaranteed jobs in the program training PAPs
provided to the people of affected
project construction work. for employment in
area.
project construction
3. Training in fish hatchery operations Priority will be given to affected households
activities.
for working in project construction activities.

and sustainable fishery will be

provided to the people of affected
area.
4.Jobs in the project will be provided
to the people of affected area
5. Inclusion in area development
programs implemented with SDF and
project benefit sharing mechanism
Implementation Issues: Area development programs including sustainable income generation activities and training, micro credit and entrepreneurial
training etc will be planned and implemented by Assistant Director, Training and Livelihood, in the long term, with funding from SDF and Benefit Sharing
Mechanism
Loss Item 15: Public Structures
Concerned Department Replacement of affected structures WAPDA and concerned department with After the construction of the
the help of DCO will be responsible for the affected public structure, the
replacement of the affected public said structure will be handed
structures with the financial assistance of over to the concerned
the project at appropriate site. department who will be
responsible for the further
maintenance and operation.
Loss Item 16: Unforeseen Adverse Impacts
Households/persons affected by any Entitlements will be determined as The unforeseen impacts will be identified APs affected by unforeseen
unforeseen impact identified during per the resettlement policy framework through special survey by the PRO/SRU. impacts as additional
RAP implementation The entitlements will be approved by relocation due to blasting
PMU/WAPDA and concurred by the World and dust, construction
Bank associated activities will be
accommodated by this
compensation by SRU with
facilitation by PRO
The unforeseen impacts and affected persons will be identified with due care as per policy framework and proposed to WAPDA and World Bank for approval
including details as quantity of losses, their owners and the entitlements.

Annex – 8.2
LAND ACQUISITION AND RESETTLEMENT BUDGET
Sr. Unit Rate Total Cost Total Cost
COST ITEMS Unit Quantity
No. (PKR) (MPKR) (MUS$)
1 - COMPENSATION & ALLOWANCES
1.1 LAND
COMPENSATION
1.1.1 Grazing/ Rakh Kanal* 262,000 6,253 1,638.30 17.25
Barren (GhairMumkin Stone) Kanal 100,000 47,582 4,758.16 50.09
1.1.2
Barren (GhairMumkin ) Kanal 190,000 21,652 4,113.96 43.30
1.1.3 Agriculture Kanal 760,000 3,138 2,385.11 25.11
1.1.4 Residential Kanal 325,000 603.8 196.25 2.07
1.1.5 Commercial Kanal 325,000 112.2 36.47 0.38
Sub-total (Basic Compensation) 13,128.23 138.19
Escalation of 2 Years at 6.5% for
1,762.14 18.55
2013 Rates
Tax (@2%) 262.56 2.76
Service Charges (@15%) 1,969.24 20.73
Sub-total (1.1) 17,122.17 180.23
1.2 STRUCTURES
1.2.1 Katcha Sq. ft. 1,500 740,526 1,110.79 11.69
1.2.2 Pacca Sq. ft. 2,500 87,659 219.15 2.31
1.2.3 Semi Pacca Sq. ft. 2,000 481,413 962.83 10.14
1.2.4 Wood Sq. ft. 1,500 11,326 16.99 0.18
Sub-total (1.2) 2,309.75 24.31
1.3 TREES
1.3.1 Non Fruit Tree No. 20,000 18,317 366.34 3.86
1.3.2 Fruit Tree No. 57,000 2,982 169.97 1.79
Sub-total (1.3) 536.31 5.65
1.4 CROPS
Per 40
1.4.1 Maize 1,500 22,724 34.09 0.36
kg
Per 40
1.4.2 Wheat 1,600 18,592 29.75 0.31
kg
Sub-total (1.4) 63.83 0.67
1.5 Relocation Cost (Based on Entitlement Matrix)
Dislocation Allowance against loss
1.5.1 Kanal 20,000 2,827 56.54 0.60
of agri. Land
Reconstruction Grant for Residential 2
1.5.2 m 250 127,906 31.98 0.34
Structure
Sub-total (1.5) 88.52 0.93
1.6 Rehabilitation Assistance
1.6.1 Special Assistance For Vulnerable HHs
Soniwals No. 200,000 13 2.60 0.03
Others No. 150,000 42 6.30 0.07
Assistance against income loss by
1.6.2 owners operated commercial setups Person 30,000 76 2.28 0.02
for three months.
APs for
Assistance for Affected wage
1.6.3 3 27,000 137 3.70 0.04
earners
months
Transfer Grant for relocation of 2
1.6.4 m 100 7113.8 0.71 0.01
business structures
Sub-total (1.6) 15.59 0.16
Sum of Sub-totals of 1 20,136.18 211.96
2 - RESETTLEMENT SITES DEVELOPMENT
2.1 Land


2.1.1 Land Leveling Kanal 350,000 2070 724.50 7.63
Sub-total (2.1) 724.50 7.63
2.2 Resettlement sites Infrastructure development
Access Roads construction and land
2.2.1 Km 10,000,000 51 510.00 5.37
compensation
2.2.2 Mosque No. 7,360,000 4 29.44 0.31
2.2.3 Water supply Tank(30 Village) Cu. ft. 2,850 57,120 162.79 1.71
2.2.4 Water Supply Channel(30 Village) per km 695,000 100 69.50 0.73
School (Middle) No. 12,720,000 2 25.44 0.27
2.2.5
School(Primary) No. 6,360,000 4 25.44 0.27
per G.
2.2.6 Boundary wall for Graveyard 1,170,000 30 35.10 0.37
Yard
per
2.2.7 Dispensary(3 Structures) 920,000 3 2.76 0.03
structure
Sub-total (2.2) 860.47 9.06
Sum of Sub-totals of 2 1,210.47 12.74
3 - LIVELIHOOD SUPPORT
Skill Development for Affected per
3.1 100,000,000 15 1,500.00 15.79
Communities year
Sub-total of 3 1,500.00 15.79
4 - LOCAL AREA DEVELOPMENT
4.1 Infrastructure 1,235.00 13.00
4.2 Entrepreneur Support 10 Years 475.00 5.00
Capacity Building of Local
4.3 237.50 2.50
Government
Training & extension support 10
4.4 Years 47,500,000 10 475.00 5.00
Years (Services and facilities)
Education Fund 10 Years (Literacy
4.5 427.50 4.50
Promotion, Scholarship, etc.)
Sub-total of 4 2,850.00 30.00
5 - INSTITUTION & MANAGEMENT
5.1 Building Sq. ft. 2,000 8,160 16.32 0.17
5.2 Fixtures and Furnishing Lump sum 20.00 0.21
(a) PMU Staff Salaries Years 36,100,000 10 361.00 3.80
5.3
(b) PMU Costs during O&M Years 45,600,000 5 228.00 2.40
5.4 Vehicles No 4,200,000 10 42.00 0.44
5.5 R&M of vehicles Years 10,000,000 15 150.00 1.58
5.6 Office Equipment Lump Sum 10.00 0.11
5.7 Operation & Maintenance Cost Years 250,000 15 3.75 0.04
Sub-total of 5 831.07 8.75
6 - PLANNING AND DESIGNING
Resettlement Implementation Lump
6.1 28.50 0.30
Design Sum
Resettlement Site Development Lump
6.2 28.50 0.30
Design Sum
Livelihood Support Design and
6.3 Year 28,500,000 15 427.50 4.50
Implementation
Sub-total of 6 484.50 5.10
7 - ADMINISTRATIVE OVERHEADS
Administrative Overhead: Land
7.1 Lump Sum 10.00 0.11
Acquisition By DRO
Sub-total of 7 10.00 0.11
8 - MONITORING & EVALUATION
Independent Monitor (2 times a
8.1 Year 30,000,000 8 240.00 2.53
year)
8.2 Internal Monitoring month 250,000 84 21.00 0.22
8.3 IPOE Per visit 3,000,000 14 42.00 0.44


One time
8.4 MIS Development Lump Sum 2.65 0.03
cost
8.5 MIS Staff Lump sum 24.78 0.26
Sub-total of 8 330.43 3.48
9 - TRAINING & CAPACITY BUILDING
Consulting Service Cost (Sub
9.1 Lump sum 25.00 0.26
Projects) / Outsourcing, (If any)
9.2 Research Year 15,000,000 10 150.00 1.58
9.2.1 National Year 2,500,000 7 17.50 0.18
9.2.2 International Year 7,000,000 7 49.00 0.52
9.3 Trainings Year 30,000,000 10 300.00 3.16
Sub-total of 9 541.50 5.70
Total (1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9) 28,268.65 297.56
10 - CONTINGENCY
10.1 Physical Contingency (@25%) 7,067.16 74.39
10.2 Price Contingency (@9 %) 2,544.18 26.78
Sub-total of 10 9,611.53 101.17
GRAND TOTAL (Total of 1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9+10) 37,880.74 398.74
2
* 1 Kanal = 506m or o.125 Acre or 0.05ha, 1$=95 PKR as per 2012 rates

Annex – 9.1
TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR THE DHP
ENVIRONMENTAL UNIT STAFF
Note: All the following positions are based in Dasu in Kohistan District of KP.
TOR FOR DIRECTOR ENVIRONMENT

Designation:
Director Environment
Qualification:
At least Master degree in Environmental Engineering/Environmental sciences from the
university recognized by PEC/HEC. Ph.D. is preferred.
Experience:
x 15 years’ experience in the field of environment in public/private sector
including two years’ experience in project coordination.
x Experience in working with water related mega projects specifically in
implementation of EMP in hydropower projects. Experience in working with
World Bank or other donor funded projects is preferable.
x Fluent in English Language
x Knowledge of computer operating system
Job Description:
Director of Environment heads the Environmental Unit of Dasu Hydropower Project.
The unit consists of 3 sub-units: Environment, Ecology and Occupational Health and
Safety. Each of the sub-units will be headed by Assistant Director. The position is
based in WAPDA’s Project Office at Dasu. The responsibilities of Director includes, but
not limited to
x To ensure that environmental requirements of the project are implemented in
the whole cycle of project implementation.
x To implement the environment management plan as per design of consultants.
x To ensure the implementation of mitigation measures as per design of
consultants.
x To communicate specific problems/constraints faced by environment expert of
contractor to implement good practices.
x To co-ordinate with provincial and district governments to obtain necessary
clearances, such as tree cutting, land clearance, quarry operation etc.
x To co-ordinate with DOR in implementing environmental conditions attached to
the environmental clearance.
x Traffic management and co-ordination meetings.
x To co-ordinate with World Bank missions, WEC and DG-EPA KP
x To identify any impact not forecasted in EIA report and find an acceptable
mitigation.
x Monitoring environments (water, air, noise, vibration, health issues) and issue
reports.
x Issue corrective action plan.
x To liaison with consultants.
x To prepare the monthly and quarterly progress report.
x Responsible for planning, execution/carrying out other related assignments.

TOR FOR DEPUTY DIRECTOR ENVIRONMENT

Designation:
Deputy Director Environment
Qualification:
Master degree in Environmental Engineering/Environmental sciences from the
university recognized by PEC/HEC.
Experience:
x 8 years’ experience in the field of environment in public/private sector including
two years’ experience in project coordination.
Job Description:
The responsibilities of Deputy Director includes, but not limited to:
x To assist Director Environment in implementing the environment management
plan as per design of consultants.
x To assist director environment in the implementation of mitigation measures as
per design of consultants.
x To assist director environment in co-coordinating with provincial and district
governments to obtain necessary clearances, such as tree cutting, land
clearance, quarry operation etc
x To assist DOR in implementing environmental conditions attached to the
environmental clearance.
x To co-ordinate with World Bank missions.
x To co-ordinate with WEC.
x To co-ordinate with DG-EPA KP.
mitigation.
reports.
x Issue corrective action plan.
x To assist in preparation of monthly progress report.
x To assist in preparation of bi annual progress report.

TOR FOR ASSISTANT DIRECTOR ENVIRONMENT
Designation:
Assistant Director Environment
Qualification:
B.Sc/Master degree in Environmental Engineering/Environmental sciences from the
university recognized by PEC/HEC.
Experience:
Job Description:
The responsibilities of Assistant Director includes, but not limited to
x To assist deputy director environment in implementing the environment
management plan as per design of consultants.
x To assist deputy director environment in the implementation of mitigation
measures as per design of consultants.
x To collect data regarding the environment from the field.
x To manage the record of the data collected from the field.
mitigation.
reports.
x To assist deputy director in Issuing corrective action plan.

TOR FOR ASSISTANT DIRECTOR ECOLOGY
Designation:
Assistant Director Ecology
Qualification:
Master degree in Botany/Zoology from recognized university along with computer
skills.
Experience:
x 5 years’ experience in the field of botany/zoology in public/private sector
including two years’ experience in project coordination.
Job Description:
The responsibilities of Assistant Director Ecology includes, but not limited to
x To conduct field surveys to collect information about the numbers and
distribution of flora and fauna.
x To carry out survey to collect baseline ecological data
x To analyze and interpret the collected data,
x To liaison with and advising site managers, engineers, planners and others
associated with a survey;
x To build relationships with stakeholders, including members of the public;
x To co-ordinate with DG-EPA KP.
mitigation.
x To monitor birds, wild life and aquatic life and issue reports.
x To prepare monthly progress reports.
x To prepare bi annual progress reports.

TOR FOR FISH EXPERT
Designation:
Fish Expert
Qualification:
M. Phil / Master Degree in Animal Sciences with specialization in fish/fishery biology
from recognized university.
Experience:
x 5 years’ experience in the field of aquatic biology/fishery research,
management and teaching.
x Experience in preparation of project reports will be an asset.
Job Description:
The responsibilities of fish expert includes, but not limited to
x To conduct field surveys to collect information about the numbers and
distribution of fishes.
x To carry out fishery baseline survey.
x To liaison with the fishery department KP.
x Plan for reservoir fishery and implement fishery landing facilities and marketing.
x Fish hatchery implementation.
x To propose and execute research on biological species of indigenous species
in the project area.
x To liaison with consultants
x Responsible for planning, execution/carrying out other related assignments

TOR FOR ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OHS
Designation:
Assistant Director OHS
Qualification:
B.Sc/Master degree in Environmental Engineering/Environmental sciences with
specialization in occupational health and safety from the university recognized by
PEC/HEC.
Experience:
Job Description:
The responsibilities of Assistant Director OHS includes, but not limited to
x To conduct field surveys to collect information about the health and safety
situation in the project area.
x To carry out health and nutritional survey to identify the health conditions of
directly and indirectly affected villages of project area.
x To liaison with the concerned department KP.
x To monitor clean environment of the offices and living areas.
x To implement the Environment management plan as described in the design
report.

TOR FOR HEALTH AND SAFETY SPECIALIST

Designation:
Health and Safety Specialist
Qualification:
B.Sc./Master degree in Environmental Engineering/Environmental sciences with

specialization in occupational health and safety from the university recognized by
PEC/HEC.
Experience:
Job Description:
The responsibilities of health and safety specialist includes, but not limited to
x To conduct field surveys to collect information about the health and safety
situation in the project area.
x To carry out health and nutritional survey to identify the health conditions of
directly and indirectly affected villages of project area.
x To liaison with the concerned department KP.
x To monitor clean environment of the offices and living areas.
x To implement the Environment management plan as described in the design
report.
x To conduct awareness programs with the help of health department to educate
people about their health.

TOR FOR SITE ENGINEER

Designation:
Site Engineer
Qualification:
B.Sc./Master degree in Environmental Engineering/Environmental sciences with

specialization in the field of environment from the university recognized by PEC/HEC.
Experience:
Job Description:
The responsibilities of site engineer includes, but not limited to

x To monitor the implementation of the environment management plan as per
design of consultants.
x To implement mitigation measures as per design of consultants.
x To collect data regarding the environment from the field.
mitigation.
reports.
x To conduct spot monitoring for air, water and noise quality.

TOR FOR PLANTATION EXPERT

Designation:
Plantation Expert
Qualification:
B.Sc./Master degree in Horticulture/Agriculture sciences with specialization in the field

of horticulture from the recognized university.
Experience:
x 3 years’ experience in the field of horticulture in public/private sector including
Job Description:
The responsibilities of plantation expert includes, but not limited to

x To monitor the implementation of the environment management plan as per
design of consultants.
x To establish the sapling sites.
x To monitor the sapling sites.
x To implement the plantation plan.
x To monitor the plantation plan.
x To collect data regarding the Plants from the field.
x To build the capacity of implementing partners and other stakeholders on
horticulture practices.
x To compile and collect information on local input suppliers.
x and techniques

TOR FOR ARCHAEOLOGIST

Designation:
Archaeologist
Qualification:
At least master degree in Archaeology/Museology from recognized university along
with computer skills.
Experience:
5 years’ experience in the field of archaeology and museums. At least one research
papers should be published about archaeology and museology in national/international
journal or national/international seminars/symposiums.
Job Description:
General
x To conserve/preserve the cultural heritage and develop it to have healthy share
in economic growth of Khyber Pakhtoonkhwah (KP) and Pakistan.
x To develop and promote tourism in Pakistan and attract tourists to historical
and cultural heritage, provide entertainment and recreational facilities to
people.
x The ultimate aim is to contribute to regional and national economic growth.
Project Specific
x To establish a museum at Shatial.
x To preserve rock carvings at Shatial.
x To look after the operation and maintenance of museum and tourist facilities.
x To preserve Seo Mosque at Seo.
x To look after the preserved mosque.
x To dismantle Seer Gayal Mosque, its transportation and supervision to new
site.
x To re-establish Seer Gayal mosque at a new place.
x To maintain preservation of any new chance find in the area.
x To maintain the record of various visitor groups and individuals.
x To maintain the remarks of high level visitors (national and foreigners)
x To co-ordinate with Archaeology department KP.

Annex – 9.2
EMP COST ESTIMATES
A. Contractors Bills of Quantities
Table A1- Environmental Staff of Contractors

Amount,
S.No. Description Year Unit Quantity Rate. USD
USD
1 Development and 2014- Lumpsum 1% of civil 24,285,000
implementation of 2025 works (1780
management plans million USD)
(CEAP) in accordance with and 0.5% of
Project's EMP and mechanical or
WorldBank Group EHS electro-
guidelines mechanical
2 Environmental staff of works (1297
contractors (Environmental million USD)
Specialist, OHS specialist,
and other necessary staff
to carryout the above
activites)
Total 24,285,000
Table A2- Water Quality Laboratory

Sr. Rate. Amount,
Description Year Unit Quantity
No. USD USD
1 Water Quality Lab for 2015-2022 Lump 1 200,000 200,000
testing of Key NEQS sum
parameters for Water
and Waste Water
Quality
2 Chemicals and 2015-2022 Years 10 10,000 100,000
maintenance
3 Technician 2015-2022 Months 120 2,000 240,000
Total 540,000
Table A3 - Portable Air, Noise, Vibration and Water Quality Meters

Sr. Rate. Amount,
No. USD USD
I Air Quality Meters 2015-2022
1 PM Numbers 10 2,500 25,000
2 SO2 Numbers 10 2,500 25,000
3 Nox Numbers 10 2,500 25,000
4 CO Numbers 10 2,500 25,000
5 CO2 Numbers 10 2,500 25,000
II Noise Quality Meters
1 Noise Meter Numbers 10 1,000 10,000
2 Vibration Meter (air) Numbers 10 2,500 25,000
3 Vibration Meter Numbers 10 1,000 10,000
(Ground)
III Water Quality Meters
1 Turbidity Numbers 10 1,000 10,000
2 Conductivity Numbers 10 500 5,000
3 pH Numbers 10 500 5,000

Sr. Rate. Amount,

No. USD USD
4 Temperature Numbers 10 100 1,000
5 DO Numbers 10 1,000 10,000
IV Technicians 2015-2022 Months 120 2,000 240,000
Total 441,000
B. PMU Budget on Environmental Staff and Consultants
Table B1- Environmental Staff of EU-DHP (Project Management Unit of WAPDA at Dasu)
Sr. Rate. Amount,
No. USD USD
1 Deputy Project Director 2014-2025 Month 120 600 72,000
2 Director 2014-2025 Month 120 2,400 288,000
3 Deputy Director 2014-2025 Month 120 2,000 240,000
4 Asst. Director - 2014-2025 Month 120 1,700 204,000
Environment
5 Site Engineer 2 2014-2025 Month 240 1,500 720,000
6 Asst. Director Ecology 2014-2025 Month 120 1,700 204,000
7 Fish expert 2014-2025 Month 120 1,500 180,000
8 Plantation expert 2014-2019 Month 72 1,500 108,000
9 Assistant director OHS 2014-2025 Month 120 1,700 204,000
10 Health and safety 2014-2025 Month 120 1,500 180,000
specialist
11 Equipment/ office 2014-2015 250,000
facilities
12 Vehicles 2014-2015 250,000
Total 2,900,000
Note: The remuneration rates are double the regular WAPDA wages
Table B2- Environmental Staff of EU-CSC (Construction Supervision Consultant)

Sr. Rate. Amount,
No. USD USD
1 International 2015-2022 Month 36 30,000 1.080.000
Environmental Specialist
- Lead (intermittent for 3
years)
2 International 2015-2022 Month 26 30,000 780,000
Environmental Specialist
- OHS(intermittent)
3 International Ecologist - 2015-2022 Month 16 30,000 480,000
Intermittent
4 Environment Specialist 2015-2022 Month 204 4,000 816000
(Nat) (2 persons for 7
years)
5 Ecologist (nat) (one 2015-2022 Month 84 4,000 624,000
person for 6 years)
6 Occupational Health and 2015-2022 Month 120 4,000 480,000
Safety Specialist (Nat) (1
person for 7 years
7 Surveyors (Nat) (2 2015-2022 Month 156 500 78,000
persons for 5 years each)

Sr. Rate. Amount,

No. USD USD
Total
4,338,000
Table B3- Panel of Experts

Sr. Rate. Amount,
No. USD USD
1 POE - Environmental 2014-2025 Month 10 25,000 250,000
Specialist (2 weeks for
every 6 months)
2 POE - Social and 2014-2016 Month 3 25,000 75,000
Resettlement Specialist
(2 weeks for every 6
months)
3 Travel Expenses 100,000
Total 425,000
Table B4- External Auditing (Third Party) Consultants

Sr. Rate. Amount,
No. USD USD
1 Air Quality Monitoring 2014-2025 20 10 15,000 150,000
Sites/yr
2 Water Quality Monitoring 2014-2025 20 10 15,000 150,000
Sites/yr
3 Noise and Vibration 2014-2025 20 10 5,000 50,000
Monitoring Sites/yr
4 Auditing of Work 2014-2025 Months 10 15,000 150,000
Practices and EMP
Compliance Issues
Total 500,000
Table B5 - Internal Auditing (by WEC)

Sr. Rate. Amount,
No. USD USD
1 Travel and Field 2014-2025 Quarterly 40 5,000 200,000
Expenses
Total 200,000

C. Aquatic Ecology
Table C1: Fish Studies and Monitoring

Rate. Amount,
USD USD
I. Fish Biological Study
Team Leader 2014-2015 Months 12 5000 60000
Sr Survey Officer 2014-2015 Months 12 3000 36000
Data Collector 2014-2015 Months 12 2000 24000
Technical Assistant 1 2014-2015 Months 12 1500 18000
Technical Assistant 2 2014-2015 Months 12 1500 18000
Field work (25 months) 2014-2015 days per 10 100 12,000
month
Water Quality Testing (25 months) Samples 50 100 60,000
/ month
Consultations and meetings 5,000
Sub Total 233,000
II- Seasonal Fish Habitat use
Team Leader 2015-2019 month 20 5000 100,000
Sr Survey Officer 2015-2019 month 20 3000 60,000
Technical Assistant 1 2015-2019 month 20 1500 30,000
Technical Assistant 2 2015-2019 month 20 1500 30,000
Field work 2015-2019 days per 10 200 40,000
month
Laboratory 2015-2019 Samples 50 75 75,000
/ month
Sub Total 335,000
III. Downstream Reservoir Fish
Monitoring
Team Leader 2020-2025 Month 25 5000 125000
Fish Expert 1 2020-2025 Month 25 4000 100000
Fish Expert 2 2020-2025 Month 25 3000 75000
Field work 2020-2025 days per 10 150 37,500
month
Laboratory 2020-2025 Samples 50 50 62500
/ month
Sub Total 400,000
Grand Total 968,000
Table C2: Design and implementation of fish capture and stocking

Rate. Amount,
USD USD
Capture and handling 2015-2019 130,000
equipment
Fish containers 20,000
Oxygen cylinders 20,000
Vehicles 30,000
Operation cost of fish 2020-2030 Year 10 50,000 500,000
Total 700,000

Table C3: Installation of fish deterrent devices or exclusion screens.

Rate. Amount,
USD USD
Installation of fish 2015-2019 400,000 400,000
deterrent or exclusion
screens.
Total 400,000
Table C4: Fish Hatchery and R&D facility

Rate.
Description Year Unit Quantity Amount, USD
USD
Land cost 2018-2025 acres 10 60000 600,000
Civil works 2018-2025 Lump sum 300,000
laboratory 2018-2025 Lump sum 200,000
Operation costs 2018-2025 Year 5 147240 736,200
Fish landing facilities 2018-2025 198,600
Total 2,034,800
Supporting Table for Table C4: Operating cost of hatchery

Amount,
Description Year Unit Quantity Rate. USD
USD
Asst. Director year 5 1,700 102,000
Fisheries Asst. 2 year 5 1,400 168,000
Supervisor 1 year 5 270 16,200
Fishermen 4 year 5 250 60,000
Guard 6 year 5 250 90,000
Watchers 3 year 5 200 36,000
Sweeper 1 year 5 150 9,000
Electricity bill year 5 1,500 90,000
Driver year 5 200 12,000
Vehicle maintenance year 5 500 30,000
lab operations year 5 250 15,000
Fish feed year 5 500 30,000
breeder fish year 5 50 3,000
Miscellaneous year 5 1,000 60,000
maintenance year 5 250 15,000
Total 736,200
Supporting Table for Table C4: Construction of fish landing facilities

Amount,
Description Year Unit Quantity Rate. USD
USD
Office No 1 50,000
Store No 1 50,000
Guards 2 No 2 150 3,600
Guard room No 1 20,000
Gettie for boat 50,000
anchoring No 1
Maintenance 25,000
Total 198,600

Table C5: Enhancement measures for Fish Habitat Near the Tributaries
Description Year Unit Quantity Rate. USD Amount, USD

construction of 2020- No 6 15,000 90,000
pools/riffles in 2025
tributaries
staff for collection of 2020- No 6 150 10,800
brooders and leaving 2025
them in pools
Total 100,800
Table C6 : Capacity building of KP Fisheries Department

Capacity building for 2020- 50,000 50,000
assisting with field 2025
studies and biodiversity
management
Capacity building for 2020- 50,000 50,000
reservoir fisheries 2025
management
Total 100,000
D. Terrestrial Ecology
Table D1-Tree plantation and forest management plan
Sapling 2014-2016 No 300,000 0.4 120,000
Tree plantation and 2016-2020 No 100,000 15 1,500,000
maintenance for 3 years
Total 1,620,000
E. Physical Cultural Resources

Table E1: Physical Cultural Resources
Amount,
Item Unit Quantity Rate. PKR USD
PKR
I Procurement and Protection of Shatial Rock Carvings
1 Land Acquisition Ha 10(25) According to 125,800,000 1,258,000
(Acres) agreement
between
Director
Revenue
office and
DOAM KP
2 Fencing meters 1250 100 125,000 1,250
(including
charges)
3 Poles 417 (with 500 208,500 2,085
poles for
every
3m)

Amount,
PKR
4 Gate Number 1 Lump sum 50,000 500
5 Facilities for office Square 5,000 5,000 25,000,000 250,000
and tourists (office, meters
information centre,
visitors’ toilet, visitors
pavilion, etc.)
6 Cleaning of Carvings Number 46 30,000 1,380,000 13,800
with chemicals and
providing fibreglass
facilities
7 Training of 3 local Number 3 100,000 300,000 3,000
persons for 6 months (including
as guides at Tourism tuition fees,
Dept., Shadman accommo-
Lahore dation and
stipend)
8 Salaries for 2 security Year 3 360,000 1,080,000 10,800
staff for 3 years by (15,000 per
WAPDA (later will be month / staff)
by KP DOAM)
Sub Total I 153,943,500 1,539,435
II Seo Mosque
1 Anti-termite Litres 62 4,000 248,000 2,480
chemicals for
protection of timber
(2640 square meters
of timber and 1217
square meters of
ground)
Rental charges (12 Days 12 20,0000 (incl. 240,000 2,400
days) for Tools for daily rental
injection (injector charge for
machine and spray machine/day
machine), their is 5,000)
transport from Lahore
and labour charges
2 Firefighting 100,000 1,000
equipment
(fire extinguishers)
3 Timber Lump 1,000,000 10,000
Precision/Polish sum
4 Water supply, Lump 1,000,000 10,000
sanitation facilities sum
and ablution facilities
Sub Total II 2,588,000 25,880
III Seer Gayal Mosque
1 Dismantling mosque Lump 400,000 4,000
structure and sum
transporting to new
site
2 Land acquisition of Lump 500,000 5,000
505 square meter (1 sum
canal) for relocation
site of mosque

Amount,
PKR
3 Foundation and Lump 2,000,000 20,000
reassembling and sum
new material
provision, water
supply, sanitation,
etc.
Sub-Total III 2,900,000 29,000
I Protection of
V Graveyards
1 Provision of mud, and Grave 320 700 224,000 2,240
mud pitching graves in
16
graveyar
ds
2 Religious ceremony Gravey 16 25,000 400,000 4,000
at each graveyard ard
(including food for
100 people and
bringing of religious
leaders for Quran
recitation)
Sub-Total IV 624,000 6,240
V Chance Finds
1 Services of an Month 12 400,000 4,800,000 48,000
archaeological expert
over a period of one
year (spread over 6
year of constructions
phase)
Grand Total 164,855,500 1,648,555

F. KKH Traffic Management

Table F1 – KKH Traffic Management
Sr. Rate. Amount,
No. USD USD
1 Traffic Manager 2015-2022 Month 72 600 43,200
2 Traffic Clerk 2015-2022 Month 72 300 21,600
3 Guards 2 2015-2022 Month 72 150 10,800
4 Sub Offices on rent 2015-2022 Monthly 432 400 172,800
Dasu, Pattan, Besham,
Thakot, Abbotabad,
Haripur. (6 years at 6
offices)
5 Furniture 2015-2022 Set 6 1000 12,000
6 Utility Bills 2015-2022 Month 72 400 28,800
7 Stationary 2015-2022 Lump 100,000
sum
Total 389,200
G. Climate Change, GLOFs and Sedimentation in UIB

Table G1: Flood Telemetry Network
Rate. Amount,
USD USD
Telemetric Equipment (Procurement
of Radio Telemetric equipment
complete including sensors, spares, Set 20 75,000 1,500,000
towers, field testing and servicing
equipment etc.)
Training (Foreign Training of
electronics staff for installation and Number
4 25,000 100,000
maintenance of telemetric of Staff
equipment.)
Installation of 18 nos. telemetric
Set 18 17,000 306,000
stations.
Vehicles ( 4x4 D/C P/U vehicles) Number 2 50,000 100,000
Staff (Remuneration of staff and

operation expenses for about 10 Number 4 120,000 480,000
years)
Weather Station (Rain Gauge,
Snow Gauge, Evaporation Pan,
Wind velocity and direction, Set 1 25000 25,000
sunshine, humidity and temperature
recorder)
Staff ( remuneration of
Meteorologist and operational Number 1 120000 120,000
expenses for 10 years)
Total 2,631,000

J. Environmental Management and Enhancement of Resettlement Villages
Table J1. Environmental management and Enhancement of the Resettlement

Villages
Rate. Amount,
Description Year Unit Quantity Remarks
USD USD
Operation and 10 Villages 14 6000 840,000 500 USD per
management of solid month for the
waste and liquid waste period of 10
facilities in the village, years for 14
and also at schools and villages.
BHU
Water supply treatment 10 Villages 14 1200 168,000 100 USD per
and maintenance month for the
period of 10
years for 14
villages.
Environmental Officer at 10 Villages 14 3000 420,000 250 USD per
each village month for the
period of 10
years for 14
villages.
Water supply and 10 Villages 14 2400 336,000 200 USD per
sanitation operator at month for the
each village period of 10
years for 14
villages.
Sanitation and hygiene 10 14 1 1000 10,000 1000 USD per
promotion activities villages year for the
period of 10
years for 14
villages.
Cleaner/Sweeper/Garde 10 Villages 14 2400 336,000 200 USD per
ner month for the
period of 10
years for 14
villages.
Total 2,110,000

Annex – 9.3
ENVIRONMENTAL CODE OF PRACTICES
Introduction
The objective of the Environmental Code of Practices (ECPs) is to address all potential
and general construction related impacts during implementation of the Dasu
Hydropower Project (the Project or DHP). The ECPs will provide guidelines for best
operating practices and environmental management guidelines to be followed by the
contractors for sustainable management of all environmental issues. These ECPs shall
be annexed to the general conditions of all the contracts, including subcontracts,
carried out under the Project.
The list of ECPs prepared for the DHP is given below:
x ECP 1: Waste Management

x ECP 2: Fuels and Hazardous Goods Management
x ECP 3: Water Resources Management
x ECP 4: Drainage Management
x ECP 5: Soil Quality Management
x ECP 6: Erosion and Sediment Control
x ECP 7: Top Soil Management
x ECP 8: Topography and Landscaping
x ECP 9: Quarry Areas Development & Operation
x ECP 10: Air Quality Management
x ECP 11: Noise and Vibration Management
x ECP 12: Protection of Flora
x ECP 13: Protection of Fauna
x ECP 14: Protection of Fisheries
x ECP 15: Road Transport and Road Traffic Management
x ECP 16: Construction Camp Management
x ECP 17: Cultural and Religious Issues
x ECP 18: Workers Health and Safety
The ECPs will form the part of the contract documents and will be used as monitoring
tool for compliance. It is mandatory for the main contractors procured directly by the
project to include these ECPs in their subcontracts. Violation of the compliance
requirements will be treated as non-compliance leading to the corrections or otherwise
imposing penalty on the contractors. Contractors and subcontractors are requested to
refer the Environmental Management Plan given in the EIA report of the Project for
further information on corrective actions, performance indicators, and monitoring,
auditing and reporting protocols.

ECP 1: Waste Management

Project Activity/ Environmental
Mitigation Measures/ Management Guidelines
Impact Source Impacts
General Waste Soil and water The Contractor shall
pollution from the x Develop waste management plan for various
improper specific waste streams (e.g., reusable waste,
management of flammable waste, construction debris, food waste
wastes and excess etc.) prior to commencing of construction and
materials from the submit to supervision consultant for approval.
construction sites. x Organize disposal of all wastes generated during
construction in the designated disposal sites
approved by the Project.
x Minimize the production of waste materials by 3R
(Reduce, Recycle and Reuse) approach.
x Segregate and reuse or recycle all the wastes,
wherever practical.
x Vehicles transporting solid waste shall be
covered with tarps or nets to prevent spilling
waste along the route.
x Train and instruct all personnel in waste
management practices and procedures as a
component of the environmental induction
process.
x Provide refuse containers at each worksite.
x Request suppliers to minimize packaging where
practicable.
x Place a high emphasis on good housekeeping
practices.
x Maintain all construction sites in a cleaner, tidy
and safe condition and provide and maintain
appropriate facilities as temporary storage of all
wastes before transportation and final disposal.
x Potable water should be supplied in bulk
containers to reduce the quantity of plastic waste
(plastic bottles). Plastic bag use should be
avoided.
Hazardous Health hazards and The Contractor shall
Waste environmental x Collect chemical wastes in 200 liter drums (or
impacts due to similar sealed container), appropriately labeled
improper waste for safe transport to an approved chemical waste
management depot.
practices x Store, transport and handle all chemicals
avoiding potential environmental pollution.
x Store all hazardous wastes appropriately in
bunded areas away from water courses.
x Make available Material Safety Data Sheets
(MSDS) for hazardous materials on-site during
construction.
x Collect hydrocarbon wastes, including lube oils,
for safe transport off-site for reuse, recycling,
treatment or disposal at approved locations.
x Construct concrete or other impermeable flooring
to prevent seepage in case of spills.

ECP 2: Fuels and Hazardous Goods Management

Fuels and Materials used in The Contractor shall
hazardous construction have a x Prepare spill control procedures and submit
goods. potential to be a the plan for supervision consultant approval.
source of x Train the relevant construction personnel in
contamination. handling of fuels and spill control procedures.
Improper storage
and handling of x Store dangerous goods in bunded areas on
fuels, lubricants, top of a sealed plastic sheet away from
chemicals and watercourses.
hazardous x Refueling shall occur only within bunded
goods/materials on- areas.
site, and potential x Store and use fuels in accordance with
spills from these material safety data sheets (MSDS). Make
goods may harm available MSDS for chemicals and dangerous
the environment or goods on-site.
health of
construction x Transport waste of dangerous goods, which
workers. cannot be recycled, to a designated disposal
site.
x Provide absorbent and containment material
(e.g., absorbent matting) where hazardous
material are used and stored; and ensure
personnel trained in the correct use.
x Provide protective clothing, safety boots,
helmets, masks, gloves, goggles, to the
construction personnel, appropriate to
materials in use.
x Make sure all containers, drums, and tanks
that are used for storage are in good condition
and are labeled with expiry date. Any
container, drum, or tank that is dented,
cracked, or rusted might eventually leak.
Check for leakage regularly to identify
potential problems before they occur.
x Store and use fuels in accordance with
material safety data sheets (MSDSs).
x Store all liquid fuels in fully bunded storage
containers, with appropriate volumes, a roof, a
collection point and appropriate
filling/decanting point.
x Store hazardous materials above flood level
considered for construction purposes
x Put containers and drums in temporary
storages in clearly marked areas, where they
will not be run over by vehicles or heavy
machinery. The area shall preferably slope
or drain to a safe collection area in the
event of a spill.
x Take all precautionary measures when
handling and storing fuels and lubricants,
avoiding environmental pollution.
x Avoid the use of material with greater
potential for contamination by substituting
them with more environmentally friendly
materials.

ECP 3: Water Resources Management

Hazardous Water pollution The Contractor shall
material and from the storage, x Follow the management guidelines proposed
Waste handling and in ECPs 1 and 2.
disposal of x Minimize the generation of sediment, oil and
hazardous grease, excess nutrients, organic matter, litter,
materials and debris and any form of waste (particularly
general petroleum and chemical wastes). These
construction waste, substances must not enter waterways or
and accidental storm water systems.
spillage
Discharge from Construction The Contractor shall
construction activities, x Install temporary drainage works (channels
sites sewerages from and bunds) in areas required for sediment and
construction sites erosion control and around storage areas for
and work camps construction materials.
may affect the x Install temporary sediment basins, where
surface water appropriate, to capture sediment-laden run-off
quality. The from site.
construction works
will modify x Divert runoff from undisturbed areas around
groundcover and the construction site.
topography x Stockpile materials away from drainage lines
changing the x Prevent all solid and liquid wastes entering
surface water waterways by collecting solid waste, oils,
drainage patterns chemicals, bitumen spray waste and
of the area. These wastewaters from brick, concrete and asphalt
changes in cutting where possible and transport to a
hydrological regime approved waste disposal site or recycling
lead to increased depot.
rate of runoff,
increase in x Wash out ready-mix concrete agitators and
sediment and concrete handling equipment at washing
contaminant facilities off site or into approved bunded
loading, increased areas on site. Ensure that tires of construction
flooding, and effect vehicles are cleaned in the washing bay
habitat of fish and (constructed at the entrance of the
other aquatic construction site) to remove the mud from the
biology. wheels. This should be done in every exit of
each construction vehicle to ensure the local
roads are kept clean.
Soil erosion and Soil erosion and The Contractor shall
siltation dust from the x Stabilize the cleared areas not used for
material stockpiles construction activities with vegetation or
will increase the appropriate surface water treatments as soon
sediment and as practicable following earthwork to minimize
contaminant erosion.
loading of surface x Ensure that roads used by construction
water bodies. vehicles are swept regularly to remove dust
and sediment.
x Water the loose material stockpiles, access
roads and bare soils on an as required basis
to minimize dust. Increase the watering
frequency during periods of high risk (e.g.
high winds).
Construction Construction works The Contractor Shall
activities in in the water bodies x Dewater sites by pumping water to a sediment
water bodies will increase basin prior to release off site – do not pump


sediment and directly off site.
contaminant x Monitor the water quality in the runoff from the
loading, and effect site or areas affected by dredge/excavation
habitat of fish and plumes, and improve work practices as
other aquatic necessary.
biology.
x Protect water bodies from sediment loads by
silt screen or other barriers.
x Minimize the generation of sediment, oil and
grease, excess nutrients, organic matter, litter,
debris and any form of waste (particularly
petroleum and chemical wastes). These
substances must not enter waterways or
storm water systems.
x Do not discharge cement and water curing
used for cement concrete directly into water
courses and drainage inlets.
Drinking water Untreated surface The Contractor Shall

water is not x Provide the drinking water that meets NEQS
suitable for drinking standards. Drinking water to be chlorinated at
purposes due to source, and ensure presence of residual
presence of chlorine 0.1 ~ 0.25 ppm as minimum after 30
suspended solids minutes of chlorine contact time.
and ecoli.
ECP 4: Drainage Management

Excavation and Lack of proper The Contractor shall
earth works, and drainage for x Prepare a program to prevent/avoid standing
construction rainwater/liquid waters, which supervision consultant will
yards waste or verify in advance and confirm during
wastewater owing implementation.
to the construction x Provide alternative drainage for rainwater if
activities harms the construction works/earth-fillings cut the
environment in established drainage line.
terms of water and
soil contamination, x Establish local drainage line with appropriate
and mosquito silt collector and silt screen for rainwater or
growth. wastewater connecting to the existing
established drainage lines already there.
x Rehabilitate road drainage structures
immediately if damaged by contractors’ road
transports.
x Build new drainage lines as appropriate and
required for wastewater from construction
yards connecting to the available nearby
recipient water bodies. Ensure wastewater
quality conforms to NEQS, before it is being
discharged into the recipient water bodies.
x Ensure that there will be no water stagnation
at the construction sites and camps.
x Provide appropriate silt collector and silt
screen at the inlet and manholes and
periodically clean the drainage system to


avoid drainage congestion.
x Protect natural slopes of drainage channels to
ensure adequate storm water drains.
x Regularly inspect and maintain all drainage
channels to assess and alleviate any drainage
congestion problem.
Ponding of water Health hazards due x Do not allow ponding of water especially near
to mosquito the waste storage areas and construction
breeding camps.
x Discard all the storage containers that are
capable of storing of water, after use or store
them in inverted position.
ECP 5: Soil Quality Management

Storage of Spillage of The Contractor shall
hazardous and hazardous and x Strictly manage the wastes management
toxic chemicals toxic chemicals will plans proposed in ECP1 and storage of
contaminate the materials in ECP2.
soils x Construct appropriate spill contaminant
facilities for all fuel storage areas.
x Establish and maintain a hazardous material
register detailing the location and quantities of
hazardous substances including the storage,
and their disposals.
x Train personnel and implement safe work
practices for minimizing the risk of spillage.
x Identify the cause of contamination, if it is
reported, and contain the area of
contamination. The impact may be contained
by isolating the source or implementing
controls around the affected site.
x Remediate the contaminated land using the
most appropriate available method.
Construction Erosion from The Contractor shall
material stock construction x Protect the toe of all stockpiles, where erosion
piles material stockpiles is likely to occur, with silt fences, straw bales
may contaminate or bunds.
the soils
ECP 6: Erosion and Sediment Control

Clearing of Cleared areas and The Contractor shall
construction slopes are x Reinstate and protect cleared areas as soon
sites susceptible for as possible.
erosion of top soils,
which affects the x Cover unused area of disturbed or exposed
growth of surfaces immediately with mulch/grass
vegetation and turf/tree plantations.


causes ecological
imbalance.
Construction The impact of soil The Contractor shall
activities and erosion are (i) x Locate stockpiles away from drainage lines.
material Increased run off x Protect the toe of all stockpiles, where erosion
stockpiles and sedimentation is likely to occur, with silt fences, straw bales
causing a greater or bunds.
flood hazard to the
downstream, and x Remove debris from drainage paths and
(ii) destruction of sediment control structures.
aquatic x Cover the loose sediments of construction
environment by material and water them if required.
erosion and/or x Divert natural runoff around construction
deposition of areas prior to any site disturbance.
sediment damaging
the spawning x Install protective measures on site prior to
grounds of fish construction, for example, sediment traps.
x Install ‘cut off drains’ on large cut/fill batter
slopes to control water runoff speed and
hence erosion.
x Observe the performance of drainage
structures and erosion controls during rain
and modify as required.
Soil erosion and Soil erosion and The Contractor shall
siltation dust from the x Stabilize the cleared areas not used for
material stockpiles construction activities with vegetation or
will increase the appropriate surface water treatments as soon
sediment and as practicable following earthwork to minimize
contaminant erosion.
loading of surface x Ensure that roads used by construction
water bodies. vehicles are swept regularly to remove
sediment.
x Water the material stockpiles, access roads
and bare soils on an as required basis to
minimize dust. Increase the watering
frequency during periods of high risk (e.g.
high winds).
ECP 7: Top Soil Management

Land clearing Earthworks will The Contractor shall
and earth works impact the fertile x Strip the top soil to a depth of 15 cm and store
top soils that are in stock piles of height not exceeding 2m.
enriched with x Remove unwanted materials from top soil like
nutrients required grass, roots of trees and similar others.
for plant growth or
agricultural x The stockpiles will be done in slopes of 2:1 to
development. reduce surface runoff and enhance
percolation through the mass of stored soil.
x Locate topsoil stockpiles in areas outside
drainage lines and protect from erosion.
x Construct diversion channels and silt fences
around the topsoil stockpiles to prevent
erosion and loss of topsoil.
x Spread the topsoil to maintain the physico-


chemical and biological activity of the soil.
The stored top soil will be utilized for covering
all disturbed area and along the proposed
plantation sites.
x Prior to the re-spreading of topsoil, the ground
surface will be ripped to assist the bunding of
the soil layers, water penetration and
revegetation
Transport Vehicular x Limit equipment and vehicular movements to
movement outside within the approved construction zone.
ROW or temporary x Plan construction access to make use, if
access roads will possible, of the final road alignment.
affect the soil
fertility of the
agricultural lands
ECP 8: Topography and Landscaping

Land clearing Construction The Contractor shall
and earth works activities especially x Ensure the topography of the final surface of
earthworks will all raised lands (construction yards, approach
change topography roads and rails, access roads, etc.) are
and disturb the conducive to enhance natural draining of
natural rainwater/flood water.
rainwater/flood x Keep the final or finished surface of all the
water drainage as raised lands free from any kind of depression
well as will change that causes water logging.
the local landscape.
x Undertake mitigation measures for erosion
control/prevention by grass-turfing and tree
plantation, where there is a possibility of rain-
cut that will change the shape of topography.
x Cover immediately the uncovered open
surface that has no use of construction
activities with grass-cover and tree plantation
to prevent soil erosion and bring improved
landscaping.
x Reinstate the natural landscape of the
ancillary construction sites after completion of
works.
ECP 9: Quarry Areas Development & Operation

Development Borrow areas will The Contractor shall
and operation of have impacts on x Use only approved quarry and borrow sites
borrow areas local topography, x Identify new borrow and quarry areas in
landscaping and consultation with Project Director, if required.
natural drainage.
x Reuse excavated or disposed material
available in the project to the maximum extent
possible.
x Store top soil for reinstatement and
landscaping.


x Develop surface water collection and
drainage systems, anti-erosion measures
(berms, revegetation etc.) and retaining walls
and gabions where required. Implement
mitigation measures in ECP 3: Water
Resources Management, ECP 6: Erosion and
Sediment Control
x The use of explosive should be used in as
much minimum quantity as possible to reduce
noise, vibration and dust.
x Control dust and air quality deterioration by
application of watering and implementing
mitigation measures proposed in ECP 10: Air
Quality Management
x Noise and vibration control by ECP 11: Noise
and Vibration Management.
ECP 10: Air Quality Management

Construction Air quality can be The Contractor shall
vehicular traffic adversely affected x Fit vehicles with appropriate exhaust systems
by vehicle exhaust and emission control devices. Maintain these
emissions and devices in good working condition.
combustion of x Operate the vehicles in a fuel efficient
fuels. manner.
x Cover hauls vehicles carrying dusty materials
moving outside the construction site.
x Impose speed limits on all vehicle movement
at the worksite to reduce dust emissions.
x Control the movement of construction traffic.
x Water construction materials prior to loading
and transport.
x Service all vehicles regularly to minimize
emissions.
x Limit the idling time of vehicles not more than
2 minutes.
Construction Air quality can be The Contractor shall
machinery adversely affected x Fit machinery with appropriate exhaust
by emissions from systems and emission control devices.
machinery and Maintain these devices in good working
combustion of condition in accordance with the
fuels. specifications defined by their manufacturers
to maximize combustion efficiency and
minimize the contaminant emissions. Proof or
maintenance register shall be required by the
equipment suppliers and
contractors/subcontractors.
x Focus special attention on containing the
emissions from generators.
x Machinery causing excess pollution (e.g.
visible smoke) will be banned from
construction sites.


x Service all equipment regularly to minimize
emissions.
x Provide filtering systems, duct collectors or
humidification or other techniques (as
applicable) to the concrete batching and
mixing plant to control the particle emissions
in all its stages, including unloading,
collection, aggregate handling, cement
dumping, circulation of trucks and machinery
inside the installations.
Construction Dust generation The Contractor shall
activities from construction x Water the material stockpiles, access roads
sites, material and bare soils on an as required basis to
stockpiles and minimize the potential for environmental
access roads is a nuisance due to dust. Increase the watering
nuisance in the frequency during periods of high risk (e.g.
environment and high winds). Stored materials such as gravel
can be a health and sand shall be covered and confined to
hazard, and also avoid their being wind-drifted.
can affect the local
crops; x Minimize the extent and period of exposure of
the bare surfaces.
x Restore disturbed areas as soon as
practicable by vegetation/grass-turfing.
x Store the cement in silos and minimize the
emissions from silos by equipping them with
filters.
x Establish adequate locations for storage,
mixing and loading of construction materials,
in a way that dust dispersion is prevented
because of such operations.
x Not water as dust suppression on potentially
contaminated areas so that a liquid waste
stream will be generated.
x Crushing of rocky and aggregate materials
shall be wet-crushed, or performed with
particle emission control systems.
x Not permit the burning of solid waste.
ECP 11: Noise and Vibration Management

Construction Noise quality will The Contractor shall
vehicular traffic be deteriorated due x Maintain all vehicles in order to keep it in
to vehicular traffic good working order in accordance with
manufactures maintenance procedures.
x Make sure all drivers will comply with the
traffic codes concerning maximum speed
limit, driving hours, etc.
x Organize the loading and unloading of trucks,
and handling operations for the purpose of
minimizing construction noise on the work
site.
Construction Noise and vibration The Contractor shall


machinery may have an x Appropriately site all noise generating
impact on people, activities to avoid noise pollution to local
property, fauna, residents.
livestock and the x Use the quietest available plant and
natural equipment.
environment.
x Maintain all equipment in order to keep it in
good working order in accordance with
manufactures maintenance procedures.
Equipment suppliers and contractors shall
present proof of maintenance register of their
equipment.
x Install acoustic enclosures around generators
to reduce noise levels.
x Fit high efficiency mufflers to appropriate
construction equipment.
x Avoid the unnecessary use of alarms, horns
and sirens.
Construction Noise and vibration The Contractor shall
activity may have an x Notify adjacent landholders prior any typical
impact on people, noise events outside of daylight hours.
property, fauna, x Educate the operators of construction
livestock and the equipment on potential noise problems and
natural the techniques to minimize noise emissions.
environment.
x Employ best available work practices on-site
to minimize occupational noise levels.
x Install temporary noise control barriers where
appropriate.
x Notify affected people if major noisy activities
will be undertaken, e.g. blasting.
x Plan activities on site and deliveries to and
from site to minimize impact.
x Monitor and analyze noise and vibration
results and adjust construction practices as
required.
x Avoid undertaking the noisiest activities,
where possible, when working at night near
the residential areas.
ECP 12: Protection of Flora

Vegetation Local flora are The Contractor shall
clearance important to provide x Minimize disturbance to surrounding
shelters for the vegetation.
birds, offer fruits x Use appropriate type and minimum size of
and/or timber/fire machine to avoid disturbance to adjacent
wood, protect soil vegetations.
erosion and overall
keep the x Get approval from supervision consultant for
environment very clearance of vegetation.
friendly to human- x Make selective and careful pruning of trees
living. As such where possible to reduce need of tree
damage to flora has removal.


wide range of x Control noxious weeds by disposing of at
adverse designated dump site or burn on site.
environmental x Clear only the vegetation that needs to be
impacts. cleared in accordance with the engineering
plans and designs. These measures are
applicable to both the construction areas as
well as to any associated activities such as
sites for stockpiles, disposal of fill a, etc.
x Not burn off cleared vegetation – where
feasible, chip or mulch and reuse it for the
rehabilitation of affected areas, temporary
access tracks or landscaping. Mulch provides
a seed source, can limit embankment erosion,
retains soil moisture and nutrients, and
encourages re-growth and protection from
weeds.
x Return topsoil and mulched vegetation (in
areas of native vegetation) to approximately
the same area of the roadside it came from.
x Avoid work within the drip-line of trees to
prevent damage to the tree roots and
compacting the soil.
x Minimize the length of time the ground is
exposed or excavation left open by clearing
and re-vegetate the area at the earliest
practically possible.
x Ensure excavation works occur progressively
and re-vegetation done at the earliest
x Provide adequate knowledge to the workers
regarding nature protection and the need of
avoid felling trees during construction
x Supply appropriate fuel in the work camps to
prevent fuel wood collection.
ECP 13: Protection of Fauna

Construction The location of The Contractor shall
activities construction x Limit the construction works within the
activities can result designated sites allocated to the contractors.
in the loss of wild x check the site for animals trapped in, or in
life habitat and danger from site works and use a qualified
habitat quality, person to relocate the animal.
Impact on migratory The Contractor shall
birds, its habitat x Not be permitted to destruct active nests or
and its active nests eggs of migratory birds.
x Minimize the tree removal during the bird
breeding season. If works must be continued
during the bird breeding season, a nest
survey will be conducted by a qualified
biologist prior to commence of works to
identify and locate active nests.
x If bird nests are located/ detected within the


ledges and roadside embankments then
those areas should be avoided.
x Petroleum products should not come in
contact with the natural and sensitive
ecosystems. Contractor must minimize the
release of oil, oil wastes or any other
substances harmful to migratory birds’
habitats, to any waters, wetlands or any areas
frequented by migratory birds.
Vegetation Clearance of The Contractor shall
clearance vegetation may x Restrict the tree removal to the minimum
impact shelter, numbers required.
feeding and/or x Relocate hollows, where appropriate.
breeding and/or
physical destruction x Fell the hollow bearing trees in a manner
and severing of which reduces the potential for fauna
habitat areas mortality. Felled trees will be inspected after
felling for fauna and if identified and readily
accessible will be removed and relocated or
rendered assistance if injured. After felling,
hollow bearing trees will remain unmoved
overnight to allow animals to move of their
own volition.
Night time Lighting from The Contractor shall
lighting construction sites x Use lower wattage flat lens fixtures that direct
and construction light down and reduce glare, thus reducing
camps may affect light pollution,
the visibility of night
time migratory birds x Avoid flood lights unless they are absolutely
that use the moon required.
and stars for x Use motion sensitive lighting to minimize
navigation during unneeded lighting.
their migrations. x Use, if possible, green lights that are
considered as bird’s friendly lighting instead of
white or red colored lights.
x Install light shades or plan the direction of
lights to reduce light spilling outside the
construction area.
Construction Illegal poaching The Contractor shall
camps x Provide adequate knowledge to the workers
regarding protection of flora and fauna, and
relevant government regulations and
punishments for illegal poaching.
x Ensure that staff and Subcontractors are
trained and empowered to identify, address
and report potential environmental problems.
ECP 14: Protection of Fish

Construction The main potential The Contractor shall
activities in River impacts to fisheries x Ensure the construction equipment used in
are hydrocarbon the river are well maintained and do not have
spills and leaks oil leakage to contaminate river water.
from riverine x Contain oil immediately on river in case of


transport and accidental spillage from equipment; make an
disposal of wastes emergency oil spill containment plan to be
into the river supported with enough equipments, materials
and human resources.
x Do not dump wastes, be it hazardous or non-
hazardous into the nearby water bodies or in
the river.
Construction The main potential The Contractor shall
activities on the impacts to aquatic x follow mitigation measures proposed in ECP 3
land flora and fauna : Water Resources Management and EC4:
River are increased Drainage Management.
suspended solids
from earthworks
erosion, sanitary
discharge from
work camps, and
hydrocarbon spills
ECP 15: Road Transport and Road Traffic Management

Construction Increased traffic The Contractor shall
vehicular traffic use of road by x Strictly follow the Project’s ‘Traffic
construction Management Plan’ and work with close
vehicles will affect coordination with the Traffic Management
the movement of Unit.
normal road traffics x Prepare and submit additional traffic plan, if
and the safety of any of his traffic routes are not covered in the
the road-users. Project’s Traffic Management Plan, and
requires traffic diversion and management.
x Include in the traffic plan to ensure
uninterrupted traffic movement during
construction: detailed drawings of traffic
arrangements showing all detours,
temporary road, temporary bridges
temporary diversions, necessary barricades,
warning signs / lights, road signs etc.
x Provide signs at strategic locations of the
roads complying with the schedules of
signs contained in the Pakistan Traffic
Regulations.
Accidents and The Contractor shall
spillage of fuels and x Restrict truck deliveries, where practicable, to
chemicals day time working hours.
x Restrict the transport of oversize loads.
x Operate vehicles, if possible, to non-peak
periods to minimize traffic disruptions.
x Enforce on-site speed limit.

ECP 16: Construction Camp Management

Project Activity/ Environmental Mitigation Measures/ Management Guidelines
Siting and Campsites for The Contractor shall
Location of construction x Locate the construction camps with in the
construction workers are the designed sites or at areas which are
camps important locations acceptable from environmental, cultural or
that have significant social point of view; and approved by the
impacts such as supervision consultant.
health and safety x Consider the location of construction camps
hazards on local away from communities in order to avoid
resources and social conflict in using the natural resources
infrastructure of such as water or to avoid the possible
nearby adverse impacts of the construction camps on
communities. the surrounding communities.
x Submit to the supervision consultant for
approval a detailed layout plan for the
development of the construction camp
showing the relative locations of all
temporary buildings and facilities that are to
be constructed together with the location of
site roads, fuel storage areas (for use in
power supply generators), solid waste
management and dumping locations, and
drainage facilities, prior to the development of
the construction camps.
x Local authorities responsible for health,
religious and security shall be duly informed
on the set up of camp facilities so as to
maintain effective surveillance over public
health, social and security matters.
Construction Lack of proper Contractor shall provide the following facilities in the
Camp Facilities infrastructure campsites
facilities , such as x Adequate housing for all workers.
housing, water x Safe and reliable water supply, which should
supply and meet NEQS. Drinking water to be chlorinated
sanitation facilities at source, and ensure presence of residual
will increase chlorine 0.1 ~ 0.25 ppm as minimum after 30
pressure on the minutes of chlorine contact time (WHO
local services and guideline).
generate
substandard living x Hygienic sanitary facilities and sewerage
standards and system. The toilets and domestic waste water
health hazards. will be collected through a common
sewerage. Provide separate latrines and
bathing places for males and females with
total isolation by location. The minimum
number of toilet facilities required is one toilet
for every ten persons.
x Treatment facilities for sewerage of toilet and
domestic wastes.
x Storm water drainage facilities.
x Paved internal roads.
x Provide child crèches for women working
construction site. The crèche should have
facilities for dormitory, kitchen, indoor and
outdoor play area. Schools should be
attached to these crèches so that children are


not deprived of education whose mothers are
construction workers.
x Provide in-house community/common
entertainment facilities. Dependence of local
entertainment outlets by the construction
camps to be discouraged/prohibited to the
extent possible.
Disposal of Management of The Contractor shall
waste wastes is crucial to x Ensure proper collection and disposal of solid
minimize impacts wastes within the construction camps.
on the environment x Insist waste separation by source; organic
wastes in one container and inorganic wastes
in another container at household level.
x Store inorganic wastes in a safe place within
the household and clear organic wastes on
daily basis to waste collector. Establish waste
collection, transportation and disposal
systems with the manpower and
equipments/vehicles needed.
x Do not establish site specific landfill sites. All
solid waste will be collected and removed
from the work camps and disposed in
approval waste disposal sites.
Fuel supplies for Illegal sourcing of The Contractor shall

cooking fuel wood by x Provide fuel to the construction camps for
purposes construction their domestic purpose, in order to discourage
workers will impact them to use fuel wood or other biomass.
the natural flora x Made available alternative fuels like natural
and fauna gas or kerosene on ration to the workforce to
prevent them using biomass for cooking.
x Conduct awareness campaigns to educate
workers on preserving the protecting the
biodiversity and wildlife of the project area,
and relevant government regulations and
punishments on wildlife protection.
Health and There will be a The Contractor shall
Hygiene potential for x Provide adequate health care facilities within
diseases to be construction sites.
transmitted x Provide first aid facility round the clock.
including malaria, Maintain stock of medicines in the facility and
exacerbated by appoint fulltime designated first aider or
inadequate health nurse.
and safety
practices. There will x Provide ambulance facility for the laborers
be an increased during emergency to be transported to
risk of work crews nearest hospitals.
spreading sexually x Initial health screening of the laborers coming
transmitted from outside areas.
infections and x Train all construction workers in basic
HIV/AIDS. sanitation and health care issues and safety
matters, and on the specific hazards of their
work.
x Provide HIV awareness programming,
including STI (sexually transmitted infections)


and HIV information, education and
communication for all workers on regular
basis.
x Provide adequate drainage facilities
throughout the camps to ensure that disease
vectors such as stagnant water bodies and
puddles do not form. Regular mosquito
repellant sprays during rainy season in offices
and construction camps and yards.
x Not dispose food waste openly as that will
attract rats and stray dogs.
x Carryout short training sessions on best
hygiene practices to be mandatorily
participated by all workers. Place display
boards at strategic locations within the camps
containing messages on best hygienic
practices.
Safety In adequate safety The Contractor shall
facilities to the x Provide appropriate security personnel (police
construction camps or private security guards) and enclosures to
may create security prevent unauthorized entry in to the camp
problems and fire area.
hazards x Maintain register to keep a track on a head
count of persons present in the camp at any
given time.
x Encourage use of flameproof material for the
construction of labor housing / site office.
Also, ensure that these houses/rooms are of
sound construction and capable of
withstanding wind storms/cyclones.
x Provide appropriate type of fire fighting
equipments suitable for the construction
camps
x Display emergency contact numbers clearly
and prominently at strategic places in camps.
x Communicate the roles and responsibilities of
laborers in case of emergency in the monthly
meetings with contractors.
Site Restoration Restoration of the The Contractor shall
construction camps x Dismantle and remove from the site all
to original condition facilities established within the construction
requires demolition camp including the perimeter fence and
of construction lockable gates at the completion of the
camps. construction work.
x Dismantle camps in phases and as the work
gets decreased and not wait for the entire
work to be completed.
x Give prior notice to the laborers before
demolishing their camps/units.
x Maintain the noise levels within the national
standards during demolition activities.
x Different contractors should be hired to
demolish different structures to promote
recycling or reuse of demolished material.


x Reuse the demolition debris to a maximum
extent. Dispose remaining debris at the
designated waste disposal site.
x Handover the construction camps with all built
facilities as it is if agreement between both
parties (contactor and land-owner) has been
made so.
x Restore the site to its condition prior to
commencement of the works or to an agreed
condition with the landowner.
ECP 17: Cultural and Religious Issues

Construction Disturbance from The Contractor shall
activities near construction works x Communicate to the public through
religious and to the cultural and community consultation regarding the scope
cultural sites religious sites, and and schedule of construction, as well as
contractors lack of certain construction activities causing
knowledge on disruptions or access restriction.
cultural issues x Not block access to cultural and religious
cause social sites, wherever possible.
disturbances.
x Restrict all construction activities within the
foot prints of the construction sites.
x Stop construction works that produce noise
(particularly during prayer time) should there
be any mosque/religious/educational
institutions close to the construction sites and
users make objections.
x Take special care and use appropriate
equipment when working next to a
cultural/religious institution.
x Stop work immediately and notify the site
manager if, during construction, an
archaeological or burial site is discovered. It is
an offence to recommence work in the vicinity
of the site until approval to continue is given.
x Provide separate prayer facilities to the
construction workers.
x Show appropriate behavior with all
construction workers especially women and
elderly people.
x Allow the workers to participate in praying
during construction time.
x Resolve cultural issues in consultation with
local leaders and supervision consultants.
x Establish a mechanism that allows local
people to raise grievances arising from the
construction process.
x Inform the local authorities responsible for
health, religious and security duly informed
before commencement of civil works so as to

ECP 18: Worker Health and Safety

Best practices Construction works The Contractor shall
may pose health x Implement suitable safety standards for all
and safety risks to workers and site visitors which should not be
the construction less than those laid down on the international
workers and site standards (e.g. International Labor Office
visitors leading to guideline on ‘Safety and Health in
severe injuries and Construction; World Bank Group’s
deaths. The ‘Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines’)
population in the and contractor’s own national standards or
proximity of the statutory regulations, in addition to complying
construction site with Pakistan standards.
and the x Provide the workers with a safe and healthy
construction work environment, taking into account
workers will be inherent risks in its particular construction
exposed to a activity and specific classes of hazards in the
number of (i) work areas.
biophysical health
risk factors, (e.g. x Provide personal protection equipment (PPE)
noise, dust, for workers, such as safety boots, helmets,
chemicals, masks, gloves, protective clothing, goggles,
construction full-face eye shields, and ear protection.
material, solid Maintain the PPE properly by cleaning dirty
waste, waste water, ones and replacing them with the damaged
vector transmitted ones.
diseases etc), (ii) x Safety procedures include provision of
risk factors information, training and protective clothing to
resulting from workers involved in hazardous operations and
human behavior proper performance of their job.
(e.g. STD, HIV etc) x Appoint an environment, health and safety
and (iii) road manager to look after the health and safety of
accidents from the workers.
construction traffic.
x Inform the local authorities responsible for
health, religious and security duly informed
before commencement of civil works and
establishment of construction camps so as to
Child and pregnant The Contractor shall
labor x not hire children of less than 14 years of age
and pregnant women or women who
delivered a child within 8 preceding weeks.
Accidents Lack of first aid The Contractor shall
facilities and health x Ensure health care facilities and first aid
care facilities in the facilities are readily available. Appropriately
immediate vicinity equipped first-aid stations should be easily
will aggravate the accessible throughout the place of work.
health conditions of
the victims x Document and report occupational accidents,
diseases, and incidents.
x Prevent accidents, injury, and disease arising
from, associated with, or occurring in the
course of work by minimizing, so far as
reasonably practicable, the causes of
hazards, in a manner consistent with good
international industry practice.
x Identify potential hazards to workers,


particularly those that may be life-threatening
and provide necessary preventive and
protective measures.
x Provide awareness to the construction drivers
to strictly follow the driving rules.
x Provide adequate lighting in the construction
area, inside the tunnels, inside the
powerhouse cavern and along the roads.
Construction Lack of proper The Contractor shall provide the following facilities
Camps infrastructure in the campsites to improve health and hygienic
facilities, such as conditions as mentioned in ECP 16 Construction
housing, water Camp Management
supply and x Adequate ventilation facilities
sanitation facilities x Safe and reliable water supply.
will increase
pressure on the x Hygienic sanitary facilities and sewerage
local services and system.
generate x Treatment facilities for sewerage of toilet and
substandard living domestic wastes
standards and x Storm water drainage facilities.
health hazards.
x Recreational and social facilities
x Safe storage facilities for petroleum and other
chemicals in accordance with ECP 2
x Solid waste collection and disposal system in
accordance with ECP1.
x Arrangement for trainings
x Paved internal roads.
x Security fence at least 2 m height.
x Sick bay and first aid facilities
Water and Lack of Water The contractor shall
sanitation sanitation facilities x Provide portable toilets at the construction
facilities at the at construction sites sites, if about 25 people are working the
construction cause whole day for a month. Location of portable
sites inconvenience to facilities should be at least 6 m away from
the construction storm drain system and surface waters.
workers and affect These portable toilets should be cleaned once
their personal a day and all the sewerage should be pumped
hygiene. from the collection tank once a day and
should be brought to the common septic tank
for further treatment.
x Provide safe drinking water facilities to the
construction workers at all the construction
sites.
Other ECPs Potential risks on The Contractor shall follow the following ECPs to
health and hygiene reduce health risks to the construction workers and
of construction nearby community
workers and x ECP 2: Fuels and Hazardous Goods
general public Management
x ECP 4: Drainage Management
x ECP 10: Air Quality Management
x ECP 11: Noise and Vibration Management
x ECP 15: Road Transport and Road Traffic
Management


Trainings Lack of awareness The Contractor shall
and basic x Train all construction workers in basic
knowledge in health sanitation and health care issues (e.g., how to
care among the avoid malaria and transmission of sexually
construction transmitted infections (STI) HIV/AIDS.
workforce, make x Train all construction workers in general
them susceptible to health and safety matters, and on the specific
potential diseases. hazards of their work. Training should consist
of basic hazard awareness, site specific
hazards, safe work practices, and emergency
procedures for fire, evacuation, and natural
disaster, as appropriate.
x Implement malaria, HIV/AIDS and STI
education campaign targeting all workers
hired, international and national, female and
male, skilled, semi- and unskilled
occupations, at the time of recruitment and
thereafter pursued throughout the
construction phase on ongoing and regular
basis. This should be complemented by easy
access to condoms at the workplace as well
as to voluntary counseling and testing.

Annex – 10.1
MACHINERY USED IN CONSTRUCTION OF KKH
Construction Number Number
No Description
Machinery (for KKH1) (for KKH2)
1 Road way Excavation Bull Dozer (200 Hp) 2 6
Front End Loader 1 3
Dump Truck 2 6
2 Formation of Grader (165 Hp) 2 3
Embankment
Combination of Rollers 1 3
Water Tanker 1 3
3 Base Course (WBM) Power Broom 2 4
Dumper 2 6
Combination of Rollers 2 6
4 Asphaltic Base Power Broom 2 3
Course/Wearing Course
Plant Mix
Asphalt Plant 1 1
Paver (4m wide) 1 3
Dumper (10-18 t) 3 6
P.T.R. (9 wheeler) 1 3
Tandem Vibration 1 3
Roller (10-12 T)
5 Bituminuous Prime Power Broom 1 1
Coat/Tack Coat
Engine Opertaed 1 1
Bitumen Pressure
Distributor
6 Concrete Production Concrete Batching 1 2
Plant (30 cubic
meter/H)
Concrete Transit 1 2
Mixeer
Vibrator 1 2
7 Pre=stressed Concrete Pre-stressting 1 2
Structures Equipment
Equipment for 1 1
Launching Beams

Annex – 10.2
CONSTRUCTION OF KKH: POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS, MITIGATION AND
MONITORING MEASURES
Table 1: Impacts and Mitigation Measures of KKH Relocation
Activity/Issue/ Institutional Responsibilities

Environmental Impacts Mitigation Measures/ Management Guidelines
Impact Source Implementation Supervision
A. Pre-Construction
Land acquisition Acquisition of 11 ha of land and Compensation in accordance with the Projects Social Unit -DHP CSC
and resettlement relocation of 24 households Resettlement Action Plan
(excluding the area acquired for
reservoir)
Contractors Environmental impacts from the Contractor will prepare the following plans and submit to Contractor EU-DHP/EU-
Environmental construction activities EU-DHP for approval CSC
Action Plan x Site specific sediment and erosion control plan for
each construction site;
x Site specific camps management plan for each camp
x Site specific spoil management and disposal plan for
each construction site
x Site specific waste management plan for each
construction site;
x Site specific pollution control (air, noise) plan for each
construction site;
x Site specific traffic management plan for each
construction site;
x Site specific decommissioning and landscaping plans
for spoil disposal sites, temporary roads and other
disturbed areas;
x Complaints logging system and response plan;
x Standard Operating Procedures for blasting operations
x Standard Operating Procedures for pollution spills


x Demobilization plan after completion of works
B. Construction
Landslides Excavation activities may trigger x EMP Sub-Plan 3: Physiography and Geology Contractor EU-DHP/EU-
potential landslides x Monitor landslides areas for displacement CSC
x Surface water management for prevention of
landslides by construction of temporary drainage
systems.
x Implement slope stabilization techniques to prevent
erosion and further triggering of landslides
x
Spoils x Minimize generation of the spoil by reusing the Contractor EU-DHP/EU-
excavated rock as road fill and aggregates for cement CSC
x Contractors management plans on spoil management
and disposal
Soil Soil erosion and soil pollution from x Implement ECPs 5, 6, and 7 on Soil Quality Contractor EU-DHP/EU-
the construction sites Management, Erosion and Sediment Control and Top CSC
Soil Management
Topography Construction activities especially x Ensure the topography of the final surface of all raised Contractor EU-DHP/EU-
/Landscape earthworks will change topography lands are conducive to enhance natural draining of CSC
and disturb the natural rainwater/flood water;
rainwater/flood water drainage as x Reinstate the natural landscape of the ancillary
well as will change the local construction sites after completion of works
landscape.
Borrow areas Degradation of borrow areas x Only approved borrow and quarry sites will be used by Contractor EU-DHP/EU-
the contractors and produce copy of necessary CSC
government licenses to the DHP before procurement.
x Implement mitigation measures in ECP 9: Quarry Area
Development and Restoration
Water Quality Water pollution from discharges of x Implement mitigation measures proposed in the Contractor EU-DHP/EU-
construction sites, fuel and material following ECPs: CSC
storage sites, soil erosion, workers o ECP 2: Fuels and Hazardous Goods


camps, etc. Management
o ECP 3: Water Resources Management
o ECP 4: Drainage Management
o ECP 6: Erosion and Sediment Control
x Any discharges to the river or streams should meet the
NEQS
Air Quality Air quality can be adversely x Vehicle exhaust emissions should comply with NEQS Contractor EU-DHP/EU-
affected by vehicle/machinery x Maintenance of vehicle/equipment in accordance with CSC
exhaust emissions manufacturer’s recommendation
x Implement mitigation measures ECP10: Air Quality
Management
x Asphalt plant should be located minimum 1 km away
from the settlement areas
x Water the unpaved roads and material storage sites to
control the dust
Noise and Vibration High noise and vibration levels due x Noise from vehicle exhausts should comply with Contractor EU-DHP/EU-
to construction traffic, equipment NEQS CSC
use and blasting activities x Implement noise control measures given in ECP11:
Noise and vibration management
x No construction activities during night time within 500
m from the settlement areas
x Notify adjacent landholders prior any typical noise
events such as blasting
x Install temporary noise control barriers where
appropriate
Waste Soil and water pollution from x Implement mitigation measures proposed in ECP 1: Contractor EU-DHP/EU-
improper management of waste Waste Management CSC
and excess material from the x Collect and transport waste to project’s landfill site.
construction sites
Hazardous Potential spills from improper x Implement mitigation measures in ECP 2: Fuels and Contractor EU-DHP/EU-
Substances storage and handling of asphalt and Hazardous Goods Management CSC
fuels. x Trained personal with appropriate spill control
mechanism shall be available at the site


Vegetation Cutting of about 700 trees and x Implement mitigation measures proposed in ECP12: Contractor EU-DHP/EU-
clearance shrubs Protection of Flora CSC
x Tree plantation to compensate the loss of trees with
a target to develop about 5 trees for each tree cut.
x Provide fuel to the construction camps for their
domestic purpose, in order to discourage them to use
fuel wood
Birds Impact on migratory birds, its x Implement mitigation measures proposed in ECP13: Contractor EU-DHP/EU-
habitat and its active nests. Protection of Fauna CSC
Noise impacts from construction x Implementation of noise and dust control measures
activities x Training of workers in protection of wildlife
Wildlife Noise and vibration impacts on the x Noise and vibration measurements at Kaigah CCA Contractor EU-DHP/EU-
wildlife in Kaigah conservation area should not exceed NEQS CSC
x Training of workers in protection of wildlife
x Implement mitigation measures proposed in ECP13:
Protection of Fauna
Fish Pollution of water by concrete and x Implement mitigation measures provided in ECP 14: Contractor EU-DHP/EU-
discharges from construction areas Protection of Fisheries. CSC
will affect the fish and other aquatic x All necessary measures will be taken to prevent
species earthworks related to the road and bridges from
impeding cross drainage at tributaries / streams
x Waste water discharges should meet NEQS
Traffic Increased traffic use of road by x Contractor will prepare his traffic management plan Contractor EU-DHP/EU-
construction vehicles will affect the for approval of DHP CSC
movement of normal road traffics x Work in coordination with the DHP’s Traffic
and the safety of the road-users Management Unit
x Implement the mitigation measures proposed in ECP
15: Road Transport and Road Traffic Management
Physical and Chance finds of archeological sites x Chance find procedures are included in the contract Contractor EU-DHP/EU-
Cultural Resources documents CSC
x Stop work immediately and notify the site manager if,
during construction an archaeological site is
discovered. DHP will communicate with KP DOAM.


Resume the work after instructions received from KP
DOAM
Workers Health and Construction works may pose x Implement suitable safety standards for all workers Contractor EU-DHP/EU-
Safety health and safety risks to the and site visitors which should not be less than those CSC
construction workers and site laid down on the international standards,
visitors leading to severe injuries x Provide personal protection equipment (PPE) for
and deaths. workers, such as safety boots, helmets, masks,
gloves, protective clothing, goggles, full-face eye
shields, and ear protection. Maintain the PPE properly
by cleaning dirty ones and replacing them with the
damaged ones.
x Implement mitigation measures in ECP 18: Workers
Health and Safety
x Provide adequate water supply and sanitation
facilities at the construction sites and camps
Construction camps Campsites for construction workers x The Contractor shall provide adequate housing for all Contractor EU-DHP/EU-
are the important locations that workers with all necessary basic facilities such as CSC
have significant impacts such as water supply and sanitation facilities, sewage
health and safety hazards on local treatment, in-house entertainment facilities
resources and infrastructure of x Train all construction workers in basic sanitation and
nearby communities. health care issues (e.g., how to avoid malaria and
transmission of sexually transmitted infections (STI)
HIV/AIDS).
x Implement mitigation measures proposed in ECP 16:
Construction Camp Management
Demobilisation of Pollution of construction sites with x Clean up and restoration of temporary construction Contractor EU-DHP/EU-
Contractor oil spills areas CSC
x Disposal of waste material at the construction site.
C. Operation and Maintenance Phase
Landslides Construction of the road can trigger x Permanent monitoring using crack gauges, where NHA EU-DHP
development of the landslides in applicable
the landslide prone areas x Maintenance of surface water drainage systems,


and retaining walls installed for minimizing landslides
x Employment of road gangs for immediate
clearance of landslides
Erosion Erosion from hill slopes, road cuts x Develop plans and designs such as mechanical EU-DHP through PD - DHP
and spoil disposal sites. means and landscaping for control of erosion a follow up study
Table 2: Environmental Monitoring Plan during Construction and Operation
Responsible Agency
Parameter Location Means of Monitoring Frequency
Implementation Supervision
During Construction
Landslide Identified potential Visual inspection and displacement monitoring Monthly Contractor EU-DHP/
landslide areas EU-CSC
Erosion Cut slopes, Visual inspection of erosion prevention measures and Monthly Contractor EU-DHP/
embankments and occurrence of erosion
rock disposal sites
Borrow areas Borrow sites Visual inspection Monthly Contractor EU-CSC
Surface water At all tributaries and Sampling and analysis of surface water quality and Quarterly Contractor EU-DHP/
quality sites near down stream waste water quality (during bridge
construction)
Air Quality (dust, Construction sites Visual inspection to ensure good standard equipment Daily Contractor EU-CSC
smoke) is in use and dust suppression measures (spraying of
waters) are in place; asphalt plant is located more than
1 km from residential areas
Air Quality (PM, Near the sensitive sites Air quality monitoring Quarterly Contractor EU-DHP/
NO2, SO2, CO) and settlements (as
directed by CSC)
Noise Construction sites Visual inspection to ensure good standard equipment Weekly Contractor EU-CSC
are in use
Construction sites Ensure work restriction between 21:00-06:00 close to Weekly Contractor EU-DHP/
the sensitive locations

Responsible Agency
Parameter Location Means of Monitoring Frequency
Implementation Supervision
Nose measurement Hourly, day and night time noise levels (dB) monitoring Quarterly Contractor EU-CSC
using noise meters
Waste Construction camps Visual inspection that solid waste is disposed at Monthly Contractor EU-DHP/
Management and construction sites designated site
Hydrocarbon and Construction camps Visual Inspection of storage facilities Monthly Contractor EU-CSC
chemical storage
Traffic Safety Haul Roads Visual inspection to see whether proper traffic signs Monthly Contractor EU-DHP/
are placed and flagmen for traffic management are
engaged
Drinking water In construction sites Ensure the construction workers are provided with safe Weekly Contractor EU-CSC
and sanitation and construction water and sanitation facilities in the site
camps
Cultural and At al l work sties Visual observation for chance finding Daily Contractor EU-DHP/
archeological
Sites
Safety of workers At work sites Usage of Personal Protective equipment Monthly Contractor EU-CSC
Contractors Construction work Visual inspection to ensure removal of all buildings and Before Contractor EU-DHP/
demobilization areas, contractor equipment from the site. The site is clean and was contractor’s
yards and construction restored to original condition demobilization
camps
During Operation and Maintenance
Landslides and Along KKH alignment Visual inspection of long-term degradation of natural Quarterly DHP External
landscapes landscape at land strips and slopes adjacent to road. Monitor
Development of landslides, rock falls and other natural
hazardous process. Visual Impacts. Change of
drainage patterns, erosion and degradation of
vegetation

Annex – 12.1
LIST OF PARTICIPANTS OF COMMUNITY
CONSULTATION IN 34 VILLAGES
Village: Chuchang Dated: 26/6/2012
Sr. No. Name of Participant

1. Qari Aziz-ur-Rehman
2. Sher Khan
3. Javaid
4. Zareen
5. Hazb-ur-Rehman
6. Badar Jamil
7. Haroon
8. Abdul Sattar
9. Ajoon Khan
10. Kimya
11. Shabbir Khan
12. Munir Ahmad



(Consultation & Participation)
Village: Khoshi Dated: 24/6/2012

1. Hakim Khan
2. Alaf Saeed
3. Lal Saeed
4. Sher Ghazi
5. Faiz Malik
6. Muhammad Ayaz
7. Kareem Khan
8. Maskeen
9. Umar Yar
10. Shalim
11. Sala-ud-din
12. Abdul Rehman
13. Muhammad Ghani
14. Ahsan-ul-Haq
15. Fazal-ur-Rehman
16. Habib-ur-Rehman
17. Muhammad Ghani
18. Hijab Khan
19. Noor-ur-Rehman
20. Sher Muhammad
21. Gul Zareen
22. Pir Wali Shah
23. Moasum Khan
24. Fazal Momin




Village: Logro Dated: 23/6/2012

1. Narang Shah
2. Shamas-ud-Din
3. Syed Wali Khan
4. Gul Badshah
5. Abdul Salam
6. Gul Akbar
7. Abdul Malak
8. Gul Sher
9. Shamas-ur-Rehman
10. Noor Muhammad
11. Khan Gheer
12. Muhammad Ameen
13. Ahmad Ali
14. Sheraan
15. Sarfraz Khan
16. Rashmil Khan
17. Masar Khan
18. Mustafa
19. Zaror
20. Ameez Khan
21. Wali-ur-Rehman
22. Rehmat Wali
23. Syed-ur-Rehman
24. Hazrat Wali




Village: Kai Gah Dated:

1. Haider Shah
2. Qari Maaz Hussain
3. Fazal Malak
4. Malik Falqoos
5. Hakeem Khan
6. Kismat Shah
7. Habib-ur-Rehman
8. Abdul Rehman
9. Fazal Wahab
10. Abdul Rehman
11. Sahibzada
12. Ameerzada
13. Shah Akbar
14. Fazal-ur-Rehman
15. Abdul Rauf



Village: Pani Bah Dated: 12/6/2012

1. Molvi Abdul Kareem
2. Bakhat Tajamul
3. Noor Badshah
4. Ali Haider
5. Juma Syed
6. Mir Subhan
7. Haji Syed Imran
8. Habib Noor
9. Raj Gul
10. Gul Nawaz
11. Bradar
12. Fazal Noor



Village: Gadeer Dated: 09/6/2012

1. Fazal Shah
2. Hidayat-ur-Rehman
3. Haji Naamdad



Village: Kass Village Dated: 27/6/2012

1. Muhammad Mukhtar
2. Ghulam Muhammad
3. Muhammad Iqbal
4. Usbama Ghani
5. Muhammad Saeed
6. Said Khan
7. Abdul Rasheed
8. Abdul Majeed
9. Fazal Kareem



Village: Kango Dated: 24/6/2012

1. Gul Zareen
2. Guldad
3. Abdul Malak
4. Sartaj
5. Gul Rehman
6. Gul Munir
7. Sahibzada
8. Abdul Ghafoor
9. Muhammad Aslam
10. Mehmood-ul-Hassan



Village: Seo Dated: 24/6/2012

1. Muhammad Akram Shah
2. Ameez Khan
3. Muhammad Tariq Shah
4. Malik Tota Khan
5. Rakho
6. Shah Rehman
7. Musharaf Khan
8. Muhammad Yaseen
9. Anees-ur-Rehman
10. Muhammad Siraj
11. Atta Ullah
12. Roshan
13. Abdul Rehman

Volum
me 2 – Envirronmental Im
mpact Assesssment ANNE
EX – 12.1 (20
0 / 66)
Dasu Hyydropower Project

P

Village: Chalas Dated: 29/6/2012

1. Fazal Elahi
2. Ahmad Khan
3. Syed Ahmad
4. Saeed-ur-Rehman
5. Saeed-u-Zaman
6. Bashir
7. Yaseer Khan
8. Saleh Muhammad
9. Bashir



Village: Lootar Dated: 21/6/2012

1. Abdul Razaq
2. Hakumat Khan
3. Sher Muhammad
4. Abdul Qayyum
5. Imran Khan
6. Kamran Akmal
7. Ali Muhammad
8. Abdul Rauf
9. Sheraan
10. Zer Mian
11. Shahzada
12. Haq Sher
13. Nazar Khan
14. Abdul Qadar

Volum
EX – 12.1 (24
4 / 66)

P

Village: Shori Nalla Dated: 19/6/2012

1. Abdul Wajid
2. Abdul Sadiq
3. Shakoor Khan
4. Talawat Khan
5. Gul Syed
6. Wasal Khan
7. Farid Khan
8. Yaseen
9. Hussain Wali
10. Haji Alam
11. Jahangir Khan
12. Sanobar Khan
13. Aurang Zeb
14. Anayat Ullah
15. Sher Khan



Village: Summar Nallah Dated: 15/6/2012

1. Wali Rehmat
2. Liaqat Wali
3. Saar Jamil
4. Abdul Wahid
5. Ghulam Muhammad
6. Shaqar Khan
7. Rehmat Ullah
8. Sabir Wali
9. Muhammad Younus
10. Habib Khan
11. Lal Sajjad
12. Abdul Wazir
13. Hussain Wali
14. Muhammad Jamil

Volum
EX – 12.1 (28
8 / 66)

P

Village: Lachi Nalla Dated: 18/6/2012

1. Muhammad Yahya
2. Alam Gireer
3. Shah Alam
4. Manzoor Ahmad
5. Gul Faraz
6. Shah Nawaz
7. Haji Zaboor



Village: Shatial (Shaheen Kot) Dated: 20/6/2012

1. Haji Jajil Khan
2. Shamas Khan
3. Abdul Wakeel
4. Muhammad Zaman
5. Jal Zer
6. Barkat Khan
7. Janbaz
8. Farid Khan
9. Baz Gul
10. Gulzada
11. Reham Dil
12. Liaqat Wali
13. Haji Naamdad
14. Ashoor Mehmood
15. Sahib Zer
16. Khoma
17. Haji Narna Khan
18. Kareem Ullah
19. Abdulllah
20. Shabbir
21. Rajab Khan
22. Gul Zer
23. Sher Ahmad
24. Dil Muhammad
25. Gulber




Village: Harpin Nallah Dated: 13/6/2012

1. Fardoos
2. Amam Ali
3. Younas
4. Shakeel
5. Umar Farooq
6. Sher Alam
7. Mumtaz
8. Naqeeb
9. Rehman
10. Abdul Bari
11. Nadir
12. Shah Alam

Volum
EX – 12.1 (35
5 / 66)

P

Village: Seglo Dated: 11/6/2012

1. Muhammad Younas
2. Shamas-ur-Rehman
3. Muzamil
4. Subdar
5. Shah Nawaz
6. Sana Ullah



Village: Sazeen Camp (left bank) Dated: 14/6/2012

1. Sher Afzal
2. Muhammad Mustaqeem
3. Khan Afzal
4. Muhammad Maskeen
5. Shah Alam



Village: Melar Dated: 02/6/2012

1. Badar Munir
2. Gulab Khan
3. Shah Zada
4. Ameez Khan
5. Umar Khan
6. Qaiser
7. Musharraf Khan
8. Amir Khan
9. Hanseer Khan
10. Shamas-ur-Rehman
11. Bashir Ahmed
12. Fazal Haq



Village: Kai Dogah Dated: 03/6/2012

1. Jan Muhammad
2. Muhammad Alam
3. Muhammad Munir
4. Muhammad Azam



Village: Kuzkai Dated:

1. Haji Fazal Rehman
2. Gul Daat



Village: Seer Gayal Dated: 04/6/2012

1. Molvi Abdul Malak
2. Abdul Quddus
3. Muhammad Raheem
4. Abdul Sattar
5. Fazal Ahad
6. Aneer Khan
7. Syed Ahmad
8. Molvi Hussain Ahmad



Village: Kot Gul Dated: 05/6/2012

1. Mir Subhan
2. Ahmad Jan
3. Rasheed
4. Shair Ali
5. Abdul Malik
6. Alif Deen
7. Gul Zaman
8. Abdul Waheed
9. Ashraf
10. Haji Shafi
11. Ghulab Khan

Volum
EX – 12.1 (49
9 / 66)

P

Village: Nut Bel, Kandia Dated: 06/6/2012

1. Abdul Waris
2. Haji Khan Bahadar
3. Abdul Sattar
4. Javaid Iqbal
5. Qalandar
6. Ihsan-ul-Haq
7. Hukamdad
8. Inayat Ullah
9. Haq Nawaz
10. Muhammad Taj
11. Mazhar Shah
12. Sher Muhammad
13. Raj Muhammad



Village: Saleech Dated: 06/6/2012

1. Qadir Khan
2. Faridoon
3. Haji peer Dad
4. Mir Zeeshan
5. Abdul Gafoor Malook
6. Saeed Gul
7. Azeem
8. Waqar
9. Shamsher
10. Sattar
11. Chapu
12. Saeed Jan



Village: Thothi Dated:

1. Abdul Majeed
2. Sabeel
3. Ayub Khan
4. Farid Khan
5. Zaid Khan
6. Ghofran Khan
7. Abdul Rasheed
8. Syed Baz
9. Lal Muhammad
10. Gul Malook
11. Muhammad Nazir
12. Jahangir
13. Yar Khan
14. Dedar Shah
15. Mushtahir
16. Amal Dar




Village: Warisabad Dated: 08/6/2012

1. Haji Naji
2. Muhammad Ayaz
3. Khan Bahadur
4. Hukam Dad
5. Mulana Anayat Ullah
6. Abdul Waris
7. Abdul Sattar
8. Ahsan-ul-Haq

Volum
EX – 12.1 (58
8 / 66)

P

Village: Doondar Dated: 25/6/2012

1. Roshan Khan
2. Abdul Razzaq
3. Jamal Khan
4. Ghaffar Khan
5. Ibrahim
6. Qayyum
7. Dedar Shah
8. Nagir Shah
9. Nabi Haq
10. Abdul Haq
11. Sahiba Haq
12. Gul Bani



Village: Gummo Dated: 17/6/2012

1. Jamu Gul
2. Muhammad Rafiq
3. Abdul Rasheed
4. Umer Farooq
5. Said Jabar
6. Said Rehman
7. Fazal-ur-Rehman
8. Abdul Sattar
9. Muhammad Ayub



Village: Seer Shayal Dated: 09/7/2011

1. Fazal-ur-Rehman
2. Alam Sher
3. Aslam Khan
4. Abdul Aziz
5. Muhammad Sher
6. Sher Mulah
7. Ateel Khan
8. Khoshal
9. Sohail Nasir
10. Badeem Khan
11. Azeem Khan
12. Gul Muhammad

Volum
EX – 12.1 (64
4 / 66)

P

Village: Khaliqabad Darel Pull Dated: 12/6/2012

1. Abdul Wajad
2. Ubaid-ur-Rehman
3. Fazal-ur-Rehman
4. Soon Mian
5. Nazeer
6. Roozimand
7. Hijab


Volum
mpact Assesssment ANN
NEX – 12.2 (1
( / 1)
A
Annex – 12
2.2
NOT
TABLE MEMBE
ERS OF
F THE COMMIT
TTEE

P
Annex – 12.3
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF AFFECTEES OF DASU
No. Name No. Name

1 Haji Umar Khan Seo 15 Maulvoi Abdul Hakeem
2 Malik Mukhtar 16 Maulvi Iqbal Shah
3 Malik Qadam Khan 17 Raheem Ullah
4 Malik Umar Khan 18 Filqoos Khan
5 Gulab Khan 19 Haji Ghulam Saed
6 Haji Fazal-ur-Rehman 20 Qadir Khan
7 Muhammad Raheem 21 Malik Manan shah
8 Gul Mar Khan 22 Saed Jameel
9 Aman Ullah 23 Maulvi Shamsher Ali
10 Haji Sammundar 24 Adbul Jabbar Khan
11 Haji Afreen 25 Halal Khan
12 Mir Hazaar Bajarani 26 Bajal Khan
13 Bakhaa Malik 27 Saoon Mian
14 Umar Khan Kot Gal The names in Urdu are attached below

List of Committee Members in Urdu

Annex – 12.4
PARTICIPANTS OF JIRGA IN MARCH 2012 AND IN
SEPTEMBER 2012
List of Participants of Jirga (2nd March)
Officials and Consultants at Jirga held on 2nd March 2012
Department /
Sr. No. Name Designation
Organization
1. Qazi Abdul Rahman ACO District Management
2. Haji Muhammad Farooq PD WAPDA
3. Muhammad Akram Xen WAPDA
4. Dr. Sultan Chief Environment Expert DHC
5. Shahid Goheer Social and Resettlement DHC
Expert
6. Zafar Ch. Environment Expert DHC
7. Dr. Ramzan Ch. Resettlement Expert DHC
8. Anwar Fazal Ahmad Sociologist DHC
9. Muhammad Noman GIS Expert DHC
List of Participants at Jirga held on 2nd March 2012
Sr. No. Name Village Sr. No. Name Village

1. Ashraf Ali Seo 2. Kaftan Kaigah
3. Ahmad Khan Doga Largani 4. Fazal Kaigah
5. Soan Mian Barseen 6. Gul Meer Khan Gial Sari
7. Fazal ul Rahman Doga 8. Ismail Dasu
9. Bilal Khan Doga Largani 10. Abdullah Khan Jal Kot
11. Amiz Khan Logro 12. Muhammad Hassan Jal Kot
13. Gul Mian Uchar Nallah 14. Ghulam Said Dasu
15. Noor Wali Uchar Nallah 16. Abdul Sallam Chochang
17. Rat Mian Doga Largani 18. M. Umar Hanif Dasu
19. Shair Zada Doga Largani 20. Abdul Rahman Lotar
21. Ghulam Haider Doga Largani 22. Ahsam u Deen Barseen
23. Gahan Zaib Seo 24. Umat Rasool Dogah
25. Zaid Muhammad Seo 26. Muhammad Nabi Mliar Dogah
27. Rahmat Wali Logro 28. Ghulab Shah Dasu
29. Zahoor ul Haq Uchar Nallah 30. Afsar Khan Khoshi
31. Fazal ul Allah Dasu 32. Gahangeer Logro
Bar Parwa
33. Narang Shah Logro 34. Gulab Khan
Dogah
35. Wali Ullah Dasu 36. Khanger Logro
37. Shair Zaman Logro 38. Mer Hazar Khan Kot gul
Muhammad Zahir
39. Logro 40. Mer Subhan Kot gul
Shah
41. Abdul Qadir Dasu 42. Saider Khan Looter


43. Shahzada Dasu 44. Zar Bayan Looter
45. Abdul Aziz Dasu 46. Gul Akbar Looter
47. Gul Phurr Lotar 48. Iskander Looter
49. Abdul Raoof Lotar 50. Waliyat Pani Bah
51. Sheran Lotar 52. Mir Subhan Pani Bah
53. Gul Mian Lotar 54. Niaz Khan Khushi Lugro
55. Dadan Khan Lotar 56. Sabr Khan Khushi Lugro
57. Sultan Lotar 58. Sher Ghazi Khushi
59. Abdul Sitar Kaigah 60. Umer Yaar Khushi
61. Mohammad Anwar Pani Bah 62. Afsar Khan Khushi
63. Sher Mohammad Looter Nullah 64. Miskeen Khushi
65. Malik Umer Khan Seo 66. Mansoor Khushi
Maulvi Bahadur
67. Seo 68. Abdurehman Khushi
Shah
69. Sar baz Seo 70. Kareem Khan Khushi
71. Shahjahan Seo 72. Sher Rehman Seo
73. Manzil Shah Seo 74. Khursheed Khushi
75. Summer Khan Khushi 76. Mumtaz Khan Khushi
77. Hukam Khan Looter 78. Malik Sakhee Dasu
79. Haq Sher Looter 80. Lal Mian Choochang
81. Mohammad Jaan Seo 82. Bahadur Khan GAyal Ser
Mohammad Iqbal
83. Fazal-e-Haq Jalkot 84. Kai gah segal
Shah
85. M. Raheem Gayal Ser 86. Fazul Rehman Dogah
87. Mohammad Wali Gayal Ser 88. Ser Khan Looter Nullah
89. Sayed Rasheed Gayal Ser 90. Bajal Khan Pani Bah
91. Maulvi M. Nazir Dogah 92. Ahmad shah Choochang
93. Taj ud din Gayal Ser 94. Sher Dad Seo
95. Abdul Qadoos Gayal Ser 96. Ashraf Ali Seo
97. Anar Khan Pattan 98. Abdul Waqeel Dogah Seo
99. Malik Falqoos Kaigah 100. Noor ul Haq Kot Gul Kandia
101. Fazal e Raheem Kaigah 102. Zakir Shah Kaigah
103. Sagheer Khan Lugro 104. Jameel Khan Kaigah
105. Sabr Pani Bah 106. Abdur Razaaq Looter

List of Participants of Jirga (27th September)

Officials and Consultants at Jirga held on 27th September 2012
Department /
Sr. No. Name Designation
Organization
1. Haji Muhammad Farooq Project Director WAPDA
2. Muhammad Akram Xen WAPDA
3. Abdul Rauf MFO DHC
4. Anwar Fazal Ahmad Sr. Sociologist DHC
5. Rana Saleem Resettlement Expert DHC
List of Participants at Jirga held on 27th September 2012

1. Malik Mukhtiar Siglo 2. Malik Samundar Kandian
3. Malik Qadam khan Dogah 4. Abdul Wadood Kandian
5. Malik Umer Khan Siglo 6. Haji Bakha Kandian
7. Gulab Khan Melar 8. Molvi Meer Hazar Kandian
9. Haji Abdullah Dogah 10. Molvi Haris Kandian
11. Bakht Buland Seo 12. Molvi Hiqmat Shah Kandian
13. Shah Jahan Siglo 14. Alam Zaib Kandian
15. Aqal khan Jalkot 16. Abdul Wadh Kandian
17. Hazarat Noman Jalkot 18. Fazal Ur Rahman Kandian
19. Abdul Jabar Jalkot 20. Malik Haider Kandian
21. Muhammad Iqbal Kandian 22. Malik Umer Khan Siglo
23. Mehboob Khan Kandian 24. Muhammad Shah Seo
25. Shahzada Seo 26. Muhammad Raheem Gayal
27. Haji M. Ashraf Siglo 28. Rakhyal Seo
29. Umer Khan Siglo 30. Raja Kandian
31. Karim Dad Kandian 32. Molvi Noor Nabi Jalkot
33. Raja Kandian 34. Malik Falqoos Kaigah
35. Wali dad Seo 36. Hibab Shah Jalkot
Molvi Shamshair
37. Khan Bahadur Seo 38. Jalkot
Shah
39. Abdul Rahman Seo 40. Gul Mian Jalkot
41. Muhammad Hussain 42. Saeed Jameel Jalkot
43. Abdul Salam 44. Molvi Abdul Haleem
45. Isham u Deen 46. Muhammad Ali
47. Abdul Waqeel 48. Abdul Jabar Khan
49. Hanan Shah 50. Soan Mian
51. Abdullah Khan 52. Molvi Iqbal Shah Gul e Bagh
53. Bakht Khan 54. Abdul Sitar Barseen
55. Muhammad Ayub 56. Hilal Khan Jalkot
57. Hazrat Ali 58. Zia Ul Haq
59. Ghulam Saeed 60. Ghulam Saeed
61. Mahboob Thuti 62. Saif Ur Rahman Kandian
63. Liaqat Jalkot 64. Zahoor Uchar Nallah
65. Fazal ur Rahman Jalkot 66. Orangzaib Tangeer
67. Iqbal Thuti 68. Taj Muhammad Tangeer

Annex – 12.5
ATTENDANCE LIST OF PESHAWAR
Registration and attendance
Location: PC Hotel, Peshawar

Date: September 10, 2012
Sr. Designation and
Name Phone No. Email
No. Organization
1 Engg. Zia-ur-Rehman Jr. Engineer, Saalik salik.zrehman@gmail.com
0332 5024235
Foundation
2 Junaid Akhtar S.D.F, Saalik salik.junaid@gmail.com
0346 9365394
Foundation Engg
3 Arshad pervaiz Director - Civil GM North
0333 9404001
(WAPDA)
4 Murad ali shah C.R.G. Caravan (NGO)
0345 9053719
5 Zahid akhtar Director Energy & murada_151@hotmail.com
Power Dept., 0333 9141644
Government of KP
6 Dr. Idrees Masud Chief Energy & Power idreesmasood@yahoo.com
Dept., Government of 03005897356
KP
7 Abdul Qayyum DD, DHP, WAPDA aqwbads@yahoo.com
03224010564
8 Tabassum Khurshid DD, DHP, WAPDA tabassumkh@yahoo.com
0300 4116568
9 Hasnain Afzal GM Hydro Planning, hasnainafzal@hotmail.com
0300 8411244
WAPDA, Lahore
10 Haji Muhammad PD, DHP, WAPDA,
0300 4305595
Farooq Lahore
11 Dr. Amjad DD - EIA, Environmental
Protection Agency, 9210148
Government of KP
12 Muhammad Niaz Deputy Conservator of
03005926652 Niazkhanro@yahoo.com
Wildlife, Govt of KP.
13 Usman Yaqoob Additional Secretary
P&D (Energy & Power),
Govt. of KP
14 Dr. M. Bashir DG EPA, Govt. of KP drmb63@yahoo.com
9210263
15 Mr. Attia Dastgir D.D, WEC, WAPDA, dgwec@gmail.com
042 99202429
Lahore
16 Mr. Ishtiaq Ahmad Director, WEC,
042 99202429
Kokab WAPDA, Lahore
17 Dr. Roohullah Jan DD, Health Department,
091 9213120
Govt. of KP
18 Muhammad Tariq DD, SHYDO, Govt of KP
19 Dr. Rehmatullah DHC/Arid Agriculture rahmatullahq@yahoo.com

0300 6730496
Qureshi University, Rawalpindi
20 Dr. Sajid nadeem DHC/ Arid Agriculture sajidnm@uaav.edu.pk
03008539455
University, Rawalpindi
Environmental
21 Venkata Nukala 0345 8454861 venkata@eng-consult.com
Specialist, DHC, Lahore
22 DTL – Environment
Zafar Iqbal Ch. 0300 9460132 zic42@msn.com
Specialist, DHC, Lahore
23 Aquatic Ecologist, DHC,
Prof (R) Tahir Omer 0321 4077053 talhaomer167@gmail.com
Lahore

Sr. Designation and

No. Organization
24 Junior Environmentalist,
Mudassar Hassan 0333 9949488 enggmudassar@gmail.com
DHC, Lahore
25 Irshad Ahmad PCR Specialist, DHC, princesoomro1@yahoo.co
0333 4366988
Soomro Lahore m
26 M Kamran Office Manager, DHC,
0301 8434466
Lahore
27 Dr. Inayat Ali Shah Professor, Univ. of driashahjeham@yahoo.co
9216754
Peshawar m
28 Maqsood Ahmad DD Civil GM Project
(North), WAPDA,
Peshawar
29 Sajad Ahmad Khan Director (Coordination),
GM Planning North,
WAPDA, Peshawar
30 Qasir Jang khan SE Civil WAPDA,
Mardan
31 Mohsin Ali Khan DD(Civil) to GM (P)
North Peshawar
32 Zaigham Hasan Asst. Prof. Dept. of zaighamhasam68@yahoo.c
0333 9387787
Zoology Univ. Peshawar om
33 Sultan Rome Executive Engineer.
T&M Dir. WAPDA, 0346 9317874
Peshawar
34 M Tariq SNO T&M WAPDA
0344 9599044
Peshawar
35 Habib ulluh Bangash Addl. S.E WAPDA,
0333 9278863
Peshawar
36 Col (R) Ayaz Khan Chief Security officer,
0344 9084585
Peshawar
37 Mohd. Youns Khan Deputy Chief
Conservator Forest, 0314 7575108
Govt. of KP, Peshawar
38 Naveed Iqbal DD, Head Quarters,
Pakhtoonkhwa Highway 0332 9471021
Authority, Peshawar
39 Dr. Shah Khan Director, Dept. of
Archeology, Govt. of KP, 0343 9069317
Peshawar
40 Fawad Khalil Assistant Director, Dept
of Fisheries, Govt. of 0345 9036623
KP, Peshwar
41 Idrees Khattak Personal Secretory MD
SHYDO, Govt. of KP,
Peshawar.

Volum
NEX – 12.5 (3
( / 7)

P
Volum
NEX – 12.5 (4
( / 7)

P
Volum
NEX – 12.5 (5
( / 7)

P
Volum
NEX – 12.5 (6
( / 7)

P
Volum
NEX – 12.5 (7
( / 7)

P
Annex – 12.6
ATTENDANCE LIST OF LAHORE
Registration and Attendance
Location: PC Hotel, Lahore
Sr. Designation and

Name Phone # Email
No. Organization
1. Muhammad Shabbir Director Hydro Planning 0300 8191948 Shabbierkmboh@hotmail.c
WAPDA om
2. Nazakat Hussain Dy. Director 0344 9507180 Nazakat5@yahoo.com
Hydroplaning
3. Mujahid Tanveer Dy. Director Civil 0300 8866470 Tmujahid01@hotmail.com
Ahmad
4. Muzammil Hashmat Dy. Director civil, 0300 3557693 Muzammil_hashmat@yaho
Hydroplaning o.com
5. Abdul Qayyum Dy. Director WEC. 0322 4010564 aqusbadh@yahoo.com
WAPDA
6. Tabbasum khurshid Dy. director WAPDA
Ahmad
7. Prof (R) Tahir Omer Aquatic Ecologist 0321 4077053 talhaomer167@gmail.com
8. Muhammad Azam Dy. Director DHPP 0333 6102315
WAPDA
9. Haji Muhammad PD DHPP 0300 4305595
Farooq
10. Mudassar Hassan Junior Environmentalist 0333 9949488 enggmudassar@gmail.com
11. Awais Hassan Junior Sociologist 0333 6563675 awais_sblc@yahoo.com
12. williamgeorge@fccollege.e
Dr. William George Fisheries Expert 0345 4071422
du.pk
13. Irshad Ahmad princesoomro1@yahoo.co
PCR Specialist 0333 4366988
Soomro m
14. M Talha Javaid AD ENU. WAPDA 0313 4414416 Siddiqw.tj@gmail.com
15. M Abaid Sheikh HEPO WAPDA 0333 4309767
16. Hafiz M Mukhtar HEPO WAPDA 0323 4810449 Muk797@yahoo.com
17. Sheraz khalid Dy. Director HIPO, 0321 6318492 Sheraz_engr@hotmail.com
WAPDA
18. Dr. M. Tusif Bhutti Assistant Prof. 0321 4327978 Tousifbhatti@yahoo.com
19. M Shahid Amin Assit. Dir. WLECT, 0333 4144711 shahidaminsahi@gmail.co
DHPP m
20. Hasnain Afzal GM Hydro planning
21. Iijma Motohico, PM Project Manager 0304 4569583 dhp@dasu-dhc.com
22. Social & Environment
Dr. M. Zaman 03064081056 drmzaman@yahoo.com
Team Leader
23. Zafar Iqbal Ch. DTL Environment 0300 9460132 zic42@msn.com
24. Dr. Ghulam Haider M Partner DMC 0333 4211575
25. Preethi_goonetilleke@yaho
Sunil Goonetilleke Resettlement Specialist 0345 8454863
o.com
26. Malcolm Winsby Aquatic Ecologist 0305 4589718 mwinsby@gmail.com
27. Environmentalist
Venkata Nukala 0345 8454861 venkata@eng-consult.com
Specialist
28. Mrs. Farida Javaid PEC 0333 5134069 Engr.faridajavid@gmail.co
m
29. Adil Hassan AD WAPDA 0345 4022161 9022161@gmail.com
30. Shah Mulk Director WAPDA 0301 4798039
31. M Anwar WAPDA 0321 4178803

Sr. Designation and

Name Phone # Email
No. Organization
32. M Mughees Arif AD WAPDA 0334 4691464 mugheesarif@yahoo.com
33. Ahmad Faisal AD WAPDA 0300 4235240 ahmadfaysal@gmai.com
34. Zia-ul-Hassan, DPM Deputy Project Manager 0333 4691464 dhp@dasu-dhc.com
35. Abdul Wahab HEPO 0333 4135251
36. Hassan Hashim WAPDA 0300 6345815
37. M Zeeshan WAPDA 0300 8010702
38. Syed Ijaz Hassan DD Elee. WAPDA 0313 4354912
39. Zai-ur-Rehman WAPDA 0321 4612199
40. Waqas Mukhtar AD WAPDA 0321 8846942
41. Faheem Shahzad WAPDA 0300 7722787
42. Azhar WAPDA 0333 4716606
43. Aqeel Ahmad Bashir WAPDA 0344 5560461
44. Saleem Munawar AD WAPDA 0345 4791104
45. Syed Ahmed Masood ADE WAPDA 0300 8814217
46. Faisal Shahid ADE (ELECT) WAPDA 0345 8737370
47. M Junaid Ghauri ADE (Civil) WAPDA 0331 4561982
48. Falah-ud-Din Director WAPDA 0300 5255467
49. Ch. M. Munir Managing Partner DMC 0333 4210932
50. Dr. Farzawd HOD Archaeology PLI 0321 4535383
51. Akbar Ali LAER WAPDA 0321 4562745
52. Ishteqaq Ahmad Director (WEB) 0301 5710104
Kaukab
53. Mr. Attia Dastgir Ass. Dy. dir. (WETC) 042 99202429
54. Ahmad Ameen JE (Civil) 042 99202429
55. Dr. Mubrik Ali CE, PARB 0322 4490772
56. Dr. Arifa Lodhi GM. SUPARCO 0300 9273555 Arifa_lodhi@yahoo.com
57. Danyal Hashmi WAPDA 0300 4344584
58. Riaz-ud-Din Director Hydro Planning 042 99202727
59. Sajjad Hussain Dy. Director (Geo) -Do- Sajjad.balghri@gmail.com
Hydro Planning
60. Imran Ali Jr Geologist -Do-
61. M Nauman Nazir Jr Geologist -Do-
62. Ijaz Ahmad Khan Director NDC 0300 8473540
63. Ijaz Ahmad Ijaz Hydro Planning WAPDA 0300 4219844
64. Ejaz Ahmad Khan Dy. Director (GEOL) 0300 4347529
Hydro Planning WAPDA
65. Naseer Ahmad Jr. Geologist Hydro 0333 4310249
Planning
66. M Khalid Awais Secretory Energy
67. Ihsan Qadir AD WAPDA 0300 4448416
68. Aroos Munir AD WAPDA 0333 4478483
69. Munhammad Rafique Director (Keyal) 0302 3953103
70. Ashfaq Dy. Director WAPDA 0333 4899902
71. Dr. Eng. Abdullah Assistant Prof. SDSC 0300 4293718
yasir GC University
72. Muhammad Bashir Chief (W-P) 042 99210365
73. Ahsan-ud-Din Dy. Director Fisheries 0333 4452587
74. Fatima Taseer ADF Asst. Design ENG 0331 8441207
75. Rabia Farooq WAPDA
76. Khalid Abu-Bakar Dy. Director Behalf of 0323 4603167
GM(C&M) WAPDA
77. Maseem Zehra Chief Executive Aurat 0300 4815122
Foundation
78. Dr. Raheel GM (LAOR) 03007807070

Sr. Designation and

Name Phone # Email
No. Organization
79. Dr. Ali Hussan Assist. Livestock 0322 2066029
specialist
80. Maqsood H Bungish Social Specialist 0346 9051018
81. Farhana Mazhar WAPDA Gender Sp. 0303 4377776
82. Raheel Mustafa WAPDA Asst. 0300 5315110
Agronomist
83. Ahsan Ali WAPDA Asst. M&E 0321 9621432
Specialist
84. Harris Basharat Asst. Community 0321 8426969
Development Specialist
85. Azam Saeed WAPDA Chief Arch. 0324 6110273
DHC
86. Sohail Ali Naqvi Coordinator WWF 0301 6056514
87. Dr. Khalid Mehmood Assistant Prof. 0300 4664375
Veterinary University
88. Maqsood Ahmad DG EPA

Volum
NEX – 12.6 (4
4 / 13)
Registration an d Attend
dance (Sc
canned)

P
Volum
NEX – 12.6 (5
5 / 13)

P
Volum
NEX – 12.6 (6
6 / 13)

P
Volum
NEX – 12.6 (7
7 / 13)

P
Volum
NEX – 12.6 (8
8 / 13)

P
Volum
NEX – 12.6 (9
9 / 13)

P
Volum
EX – 12.6 (10
0 / 13)

P
Volum
EX – 12.6 (11
1 / 13)

P
Volum
EX – 12.6 (12
2 / 13)

P
Volum
EX – 12.6 (13
3 / 13)

P
Annex – 12.7
ATTENDANCE LIST OF KARACHI
Location: Avari Towers, Karachi
Sr. Designation and

No. Organization
1. Haji Muhammad PD, Dasu HPP WAPDA
Farooq
2. Tabbassum Khurshid DD, Dasu HPP WAPDA 03004116568 tabassumkh@yahoo.com
Ahmad
3. Abdul Qayyum DD, Environment Dasu 03224310564 aqwbadb@yahoo.com
HPP, WAPDA
4. Dr. Venkata Nukala Consultant DHP Venkata@engconsult.com
5. Zafar Iqbal Ch. Consultant DHP
6. Irshad Ahmad Archaeologist DHP 03334366988 Princesoomro1@yahoo.co
Soomro m
7. Mudassar Hassan Consultant DHP 03339949488 enggmudassar@gmail.com
8. M. Kamran Khan DHP 03018434466
9. Farhana Mazher Land Acquisition and
Resettlement WAPDA
10. Ali Hassan LA&R WAPDA 03222066029 alihassangood@yahoo.co
m
11. Dr. Asadullah Kaz. Chancellor 022-2030177 asadkz@isra.edu.pk
12. Dr. khan Mohammad Dir. Mehran University 03003048281 kbrohi@hotmail.com
13. Akbar Ali Khaliyar Environment Specialist 03214562745
LA&R Wapda
14. Dr. Imdad Siddiqui Prof. University of 03332622429 siddiqui57@gmail.com
Sindh
15. Mrs. Imdad Siddiqui Prof. University of 03003033557
Sindh
16. Dr. Atif Mustafa NED University 99261261 atifm@nednet.eud.pk
ext 2624
17. Ghulam Abbas Dy. Secretary Livestock 021-99203393
& Fisheries
18. Rahat Najam PCMU, P&D 021-99205862 rahat@wsip.gov.pk
Environment Specialist
19. Dr. Raheel Siddiqui GM (LA&R) Wapda
20. Javed Iqbal Engg. Review Magazine 0300-2292166 j.iqbal25@yahoo.com
21. Jawed Akhter WISP P&D Wapda 0321-3021307
22. Haider Saeed Gal + WAF 03456159967 hildersaeed@gmail.com
23. Zeeshan Soomro PTCL Asstt. Manager 03218203020 Zeeshanhsoomro@yahoo.c
om
24. Wilson Sabir PTCL S. Officer 03333237275 wilsonathwai@yahoo.com
25. Rafi-ud-Din DG, EPA 021-35065946
26. Iqbal Ahmad Soomro Add. Secretary Socio 0300-8999124 iasumro@yahoo.com
Welfare Deptt.
27. Akhter Hidayat Khan PD Vinder Dam 03448275877 Akhter.hidayat@yahoo.com
28. Riazudin Cure 03413402969
29. Abdul Shamin Hydropower 03003587056
Sheikh
30. Dr. Fahmida Fardous Sindh Wild Life Deptt. 03072258925
31. Riaz Engg. Review 03223250717
32. Muhammad Afzal Dy. Secretary Culture 03012196874 Afzal_channa@hotmail.co

Sr. Designation and

No. Organization
Deptt. m
33. Saleem Qureshi CLRK WAPDA chief
engineer
34. Ziaul Haq Dir Protocol Wapda
35. Mr. K.M. Brohi Land Lord
36. Mubashir Ahmad Mehran University 03452790559
37. Waseen Ali Bhutto DM state life 03009226173 waseemalib@aol.com

Volum
NEX – 12.7 (3
( / 7)
Registration an
nd Attenda
ance (Scan
nned)

P
Volum
NEX – 12.7 (4
( / 7)

P
Volum
NEX – 12.7 (5
( / 7)

P
Volum
NEX – 12.7 (6
( / 7)

P
Volum
NEX – 12.7 (7
( / 7)

P
Annex – 12.8
ATTENDANCE LIST OF ISLAMABAD
Location: Serena Hotel, Islamabad
Date: October 2, 2012
Designation and
S.No. Name Phone No. Email
Organization
1. Chaouha Zhang Social Expert World 0301-8502527 czhang7@worldbank.org
Bank
2. Rana Attia Dastgir Add. Dy. Director 042-35842653
WEC
3. Ishteqaq A. Director (WEC) 0301-5710104 dgwec@gmail.com
Kaukab WAPDA
4. Engr. Muhammad Dy. Director (Tech) 0333-7803543 uthmankhail@yahoo.com
Khan EPA, Balochistan
5. Mazhar Ali Shah Chairman IRSA 0300-3016620 mzhar107@yahoo.com
6. M. Ibrahim A. Retd. Chief Engineer, 0300-3701183
Rind Irrigation Deptt,
Balochistan
7. Dr. Rubina Asst. Director 9032515 rbnksr@yahoo.com
Kausar (Environment)
8. Dr. Abdul Rahim Director PSP PMU 9252090 rajpar55@yahoo.com
9. Muhammad District Officer 0333-8101665 sdo.rwp@yahoo.com
Shaifq Awan Rawalpindi Social 4474010
Welfare
10. M. Omar Khalid Environment 0333-5170767 mohalid@comsats.net.pk
Specialist, World
Bank
11. Abdul Rauf Registrar, Pakistan 0300-9567590
Shaikh Engineering Council
12. Engr. Muhammad Pakistan Engineering 0345-9384064
Sohail Council
13. Omar Javed Regional Coordinator, 0345-8590551 omar.javed@sungi.org
Sungi
14. Ahmad Saleem Consultant 0333-5113391 kasuris@gmail.com
15. Javaid Afzal Sr. Environmental 051-9090150
Specialist World Bank
16. Awais Saleem P&C Specialist 051-9244550 awaissaleem74@gmail.com
PMPIU / WCAP
17. Dr. Amjad Nabi PMPIU / WCAP 0300-6441212 nabiamjad@yahoo.com
051-9244669
18. Dr. Sajid Nadeem DHC 0300-8539451 sajidnm@uaar.edu.pk
19. Dr. Rehmat ullah DHC 0300-6730496 rehmatullah@yahoo.com
20. Dr. Mazhar Zoology / AAUR 0301-5153788 mazhardr@yahoo.com
Qayyum 9290015
21. Sarfraz Ahmad Chief (Water) P&D
Division
22. Bareerah Fatima RO Water P&D
23. Safia Shafiq Env. Specialist ADB 0333-2154462 sshaiqsultant@adb.org
24. Ozaki Yoshihiro JICA 0334-5131843 ozaki.yoshihiro@jica.go.jp
25. Imran Ahmed JICA 0334-5169727 imranahmed.pt@jica.go.jp
26. Mir. M. Muazzam Dy. Manager PPIB 0300-4258607 mir872@hotmail.com
27. Hamid Marwat Chief Env. P&PD 0300-5248605 marwat67@yahoo.com
28. Farhana Mazher Gender Specialist 0302-4375176 farhanmazher@gmail.com
LA&R WAPDA

Designation and
Organization
29. Dr. M. Bashir DG EPA KPK 9210263 drmbk63@yahoo.com
Khan
30. Ahsan Ali Shah Asst. M&E Specialist 0321-9621432 ahsanlarp@gmail.com
31. Raheel Mustafa Asst. Agronomist 0300-5315110 rmustafa2003@yahoo.com
32. Akbar Ali Env. Specialist LA&R 0321-4562745 khatyan90@hotmail.com
Khaatian WAPDA
33. Muhammad Provincial 0333-7808780 waseem.qtes@gmail.com
Waseen Coordinator Irrigation
Balochistan
34. Fovad Khan Env. Specialist World 051-9090188 fkhan8@worldbank.org
Bank
35. Bilal Ali Qureshi VPO/ UNDP 0321-5177774 bilal.qureshi@undp.org
36. Imran Durani PD 100 Dams 0301-8386600 pd100dams@gmail.com
37. Munir Ahmed Asst. Project 0333-7801100 pd100dams@gmail.com
Engineer
38. Ather Hameed CE (DSC) 0321-5136262 awanather@hotmail.com
39. Dr. Qazi Tallat M. DEA (C) 0333-5254670 qazitms@yahoo.com
Siddiqui CEA/CFFC
40. Himayat ullah Sp. Secretary 0300-8111953
Khan
41. Dr. Nadeem Member (NRD) 0300-5199466 pare.nadeem@gmail.com
Amjad PARC
42. Dr. Rahem Z.A. GM LA&R Wapda gmlarp@gmail.com
Siddiqui
43. Nasir Majeed DPD 100 Dams, 0301-3772602 nasirdpd@gmail.com
Balochistan
44. Nargis Sekandari 0343-5049644 nash_behsudi@hotmail.com
45. Um-e-Kulsoom Director Duaa 0321-2005309 duaazubair@gmail.com
Dua Zubair Foundation
46. Naeem Ashraf Director Biodiversity 0333-5201689 naeemashrafraja@yahoo.co
Raja m
47. Dr. Shahzad M/o Climate change 9245586 jehangir2000@hotmail.com
Jehangir
48. Zulfiqar H. Shah XEN SWHP WAPDA 051-4414623 sayyed474@gmail.com
Rawalpindi
49. Irshad Ahmad Archaeologist DHA 0333-4366988 princesoomro1@yahoo.com
Soomro
50. Dr. Fazal Dad DG Archaeology 051-9252516
Kakar
51. Tahir Saeed Asst. Director 051-9252516
Archaeology
52. Haji M. Farooq PD Dasu HPP
53. Mr. Hasnain Afzal GM Dasu HPP
54. Tabbassum Dy. Director WAPDA tabassumkh@yahoo.com
Khurshid Ahmad
55. Talha Asst. Director siddiqui.tj@gmail.com
WAPDA
56. Motohiko IIjima PM Dasu HPP
57. Zia-ul-Hassan DPM Dasu HPP
58. Dr. M. Zaman Team Leader Social
& Env. DHC
59. Dr. Venkata DHP venkata@engconsult.com
Nukala
60. Malcolm Winsby DHP mwinsby@gmail.com
61. Dr. William DHP
George
62. Dr. Allah Baksh DHP 0306-4688853

Designation and
Organization
Sufi
63. Zafar Iqbal Ch. DHP 0300-9460132 zic42@msn.com
64. Maqsood Ahmad DHP 0300/0321- amaksood67@yahoo.com
8424754
65. Mudassar Hassan Jr. Env. DHP 0333-9949488 enggmudassar@gmail.com
66. Samia Rauf DHP 0321-5257080 samia.raof@hotmail.com
67. Iffat Idrees DHP 0300-5308652
68. Dr. Kashif Sheikh Terrestrial Ecologist 0300-8454860
(Int.) DHP
69. Fawad Gillani EPA Quetta 0336-5301160
70. Maria Khan Ch. RA CIIT 0332-5109705 mdrr@udma.gov.pk
71. Ahmed Kamal Member (Planning & 9215412 ifaengineer@gmail.com
DRR), NDMA 0300-5278987
72. Ahua Qaranami Dep. Of Archaeology 0300-5011483
73. Saifullah Awan Dy. Dir. Pak-EPA 0333-5523987
Islamabad

Volum
NEX – 12.8 (4
4 / 11)
Atte
endance an
nd Registra
ation (Scan
nned)

P
Volum
NEX – 12.8 (5
5 / 11)

P
Volum
NEX – 12.8 (6
6 / 11)

P
Volum
NEX – 12.8 (7
7 / 11)

P
Volum
NEX – 12.8 (8
8 / 11)

P
Volum
NEX – 12.8 (9
9 / 11)

P
Volum
EX – 12.8 (10
0 / 11)

P
Volum
EX – 12.8 (11
1 / 11)

P
Annex – 12.9
COPIES OF POWER POINTS AND DISCUSSION POINT














DASU HYDROPOWER PROJECT

Stakeholders Consultations Workshop on
Environmental Assessment & Cumulative and Induced Impact
Assessment
Discussion Point 1
Review the potential issues that could result from cumulative and
induced impacts from the existing and future hydropower and
storage projects in Indus River as described in the presentation
(also summarized below).
Please discuss and provide recommendations on the following
Topic Comments/Output
1. Additional potential impacts/concerns
of cumulative development
2. Key topics/areas where

planning/development interventions are
required to deal with identified
cumulative impacts
3. Guidance on integrated
planning/development for addressing
cumulative impacts
4. Guidance to consultant team and

WAPDA to incorporate in Hydropower
project planning and design
5. Key sector documents:

planning/development/strategic;
environmental assessments (strategic,
sector, project)
Key issues for cumulative and induced impact assessment
1. River Hydrology 7. Transport

2. Power Transmission & Industry 8. Floods
3. Fisheries 9. Urban Development
4. Forestry And Bio-Diversity 10. Water Supply And Irrigation
5. Social Issues 11. Institutional Issues and Capacity
6. Agriculture And Livelihood of WAPDA

Discussion Point 2
Review the potential issues/impacts that could arise from the pre-
construction, Construction and O&M activities described in the
presentation (Pages 11-15). Please discuss and provide
recommendations on
Topic Comments/Output
1. Other potential impacts should be
addressed;
2. Possible mitigation and enhancement

measures for all these impacts;
3. Adequacy of the boundaries of the

project impact area;
4. Adequacy of proposed methodology

for impact assessment; and
5. Recommendations to the consultant

team to incorporate in project planning
and design

Annex – 13.1
HYDROPOWER SUSTAINABILITY ASSESSMENT
PROTOCOLS – THE CASE OF DHP
Hydropower Sustainability Assessment Protocols1 have been used to evaluate the
social and environmental assessment carried out in the Dasu Hydropower Project. The
results of the self-assessment tests of all 12 social and environmental protocols
conducted by the Social and Environment Team are presented in Figure 1 in the form
of sustainability profile and mapping. The scoring level ranges from 1 to 5 (5 being
highest), while 3 is basic good practice, 4 is excellent and 5 is proven best practice
with no room for improvement. Of the 12 protocols tested, 10 scored 4 (i.e., excellent)
while 2 protocols received 3, which meets basic good practices. The rationale for the
scoring for each protocol is given in the following tables (Table 1 to Table 12). The
results of the test thus reflect high quality project preparatory works against global
benchmark. The Dasu Hydropower safeguard “packages” are, therefore, not only
comprehensive but also demonstrate international “good practices.” The Project
safeguard measures have enhanced national standards and shall hopefully remain as
an example and “model” to draw on by future projects in Pakistan and globally.
Figure 1: Hydropower Sustainability Assessment of DHP
1
International Hydropower Association, 2010. Hydropower Sustainability Assessment Protocol

Table 1: Protocol 1: Communications and consultation

Assessment DHP – Evidence and
Protocol Title Score
Scores Criteria Justification
Suitable, adequate,
and effective
assessment with no
5
significant Two volumes of SRMP (Vol. 3
opportunities for PCPP, and Vol. 11:- CP deal with
improvement consultations, communications
Communications and consultation
Suitable, adequate and disclosures

and effective Demonstrated evidence of
4 assessment with community engagement and
only a few minor extensive consultation with
gaps stakeholders and communication
4
Suitable, adequate strategies and plans at
P-1 and effective implementation
3
assessment with no Broad-based community support
significant gaps to the Project .Good practices
A significant gap in such as community participation in
assessment many committees (i.e., VC, GRC,
2 processes relative Leading Group) for local decision-
to basic good making, development and local
practice (Level 3) capacity building
Significant gaps in Full compliance with WB and
assessment international “good practices”
1 processes relative
to basic good
practice (level 3)

Table 2: Protocol 3: Demonstrated Need & Strategic Fit

Suitable, adequate, Assessment
and effective Analysis of Alternatives’ have
assessment with no been carried out as part of EIA
5
significant demonstrating the need for 5
opportunities for energy services
improvement Compared various feasible
Suitable, adequate options for energy development
and effective (thermal and renewable) in terms
4
assessment with only of environmental and economic
a few minor gaps implications
P-3
Suitable, adequate It was demonstrated in the
and effective analysis, DHP is low cost and
Demonstrated Need & Strategic Fit
assessment with no clean energy source with limited

3 significant gaps social and environmental
impacts due to high power
density (power generation per
unit area).
A significant gap in
assessment Stakeholder Engagement
2 processes relative to WAPDA’s strategy on Vision
basic good practice 2025 on hydropower
(Level 3) development was widely
publicised and disclosed.
Significant gaps in
Need for justification was
assessment
disclosed to the various
processes relative to
stockholders at the four national
basic good practice
workshops conducted at
(level 3)
Peshawar
Out comes
In addition to EIA, a report on
1
justification of DHP was
prepared by the Project by
WAPDA’
A stand along section on EIA
was presented to confirm that
the DHP is one of the priority
options to address demonstrated
needs.

Table 3: Protocol 5: Environnemental & Social Impact Asses ment & Management
Assessment
Protocol Title DHP – Evidence and Justification Score
Scores Criteria
Suitable, Assessment
adequate, A baseline has been established for all
and effective social and environmental features for
assessment the pre-project condition against which
with no post-project changes can be compared.
5 significant The social safeguard issues particularly
opportunities focused on negotiated land
for compensation approved by the local
improvement jirga, communications and disclosures,
community participation in local
decision-making, livelihood restoration
Suitable, programs, gender and community
adequate health, up and down impacts of the dam
and effective project, and management and
monitoring of in-migrants and 4
4 assessment construction workers moving into the
with only a Project site.
Environnemental & Social Impact Asses ment & Management
few minor The environmental issues focused on

identification of impacts on fish
gaps
movement, habitat, riparian areas,
Suitable, seismicity, sedimentation, GLOFs, and
adequate climate change through extensive field
and effective studies and consultations, and
3 assessment mainstreaming the impacts in the project
with no planning, design, implementation and
significant operation to avoid any residual impacts
gaps Management
A significant Environmental and social issues
gap in management plans and processes have
P-5
assessment been developed for project
processes implementation and operation with no
2
relative to significant gaps; in addition to key social
basic good and environmental issues relating to the
practice hydropower project, plans address
(Level 3) construction related waste, noise, air
Significant quality, land disturbance and
gaps in rehabilitation; the environmental and
assessment social impact assessment and key
processes associated
relative to management plans will be publicly
basic good disclosed
practice Stakeholder Engagement
(level 3) Conducted community level
consultations meetings and jirgas (tribal
assembly of elders) to discuss potential
project impacts and possible mitigation
1 measures. The feedback received were
later incorporated in developing policy
matters related to environmental
mitigation and entitled matrix for
compensation, relocation, livelihoods,
gender and health issues.
• Four national workshops are
conducted at Peshawar,
Lahore, Karachi and
Islamabad

Out comes
• A set of eight twenty three (23)
volumes have been prepared
the packaging of the
documentation demonstrates
the full coverage of impacts
in the form of Environmental
Management Action Plan
(EMAP, 8 volumes) and
Social and Resettlement
Management Plan (SRMP,
15 volumes).
Compliance
The social and environmental
deliverables are prepared in compliance
with GOP and World Bank polices and
guidelines

Table 4: Protocol 10: Project Benefits

Assessment
Protocol Title DHP - Evidence and Justification Score
Scores Criteria
Plans to Assessments and Opportunities
anticipate and Project wide overview of the
respond to impacts, opportunities and benefit
emerging risks sharing analysis within hydropower
5
and opportunities, context
and provision for Project benefits in terms of good
sustained compensation, allowances and other
benefits financial support, new resettlement
All basic good sites with all basic amenities, better
public facilities, and livelihood
practice programs
elements, but one Long-term training and skill
4 or more cases development program for
exceeded, but a employment
gap in proven Non-monetary benefit sharing
programs in the form of local area
best practice
development with social , and
Assessment of economic infrastructures at project
opportunities, costs
project benefit Monetary benefit sharing – for 3
plans, example, electricity at reduced rate,
3
engagement of royalty sharing with local
stakeholders, and governments planned
plans to deliver Management
benefits Livelihood and social management
Project Benefits
Most relevant plan s have been drawn without any

elements of gaps
P-10 basic good Local area development plan already
practice have incorporated as project cost
2
been undertaken, Royalty sharing with the local
(Level 3), but government requires further policy,
there is one legal and institutional arrangements
significant gap Plans proposed for benefit sharing
There are with natural environment
significant gaps Stakeholder Engagement
relative to basic Community level jirga meetings
good practice demanded better compensation
(level 3) policies, including a 15-Point Charter
of Demands for project benefit
sharing with the affected
communities
Outcomes
SRMP Vol. 6 RAP for good
compensation, better facilities in
1
resettlement sites, better livelihoods
and income; Vol. 13 Benefit Sharing
Approaches and Plan for monetary
and non-monetary benefit sharing);
Environmental Enhancement Fund
(EEF) in EMAP Vol. 8 EMP.
Enhanced opportunities for affected
households and communities for
access to new and/or improved
public amenities and potential
revenue sharing arrangements.

Table 5: Protocol 13: Project-affected Communities and Livelihoods

Assessment
Proto
Title Score DHP – Evidence and Justification Score
col Criteria
s
Suitable, adequate, Socioeconomic baseline (SRMP
and effective Vol. 2) and comprehensive impacts
assessment with no (SRMP Vol. 6 RAP) identified and
5
significant documented
opportunities for Impacts on livelihoods identified
improvement thru Income and Livelihood survey
Suitable, adequate In addition to cash assistance,
Project-affected Communities
and effective multiple options for livelihood

4 assessment with restoration – short and long-term 4
only a few minor Provisions for skill development,
and Livelihoods
gaps training and capacity building

Suitable, adequate Livelihood program implementation
P-13 and effective –roles and responsibilities
3 identified; provisions for financing
assessment with no
significant gaps established
A significant gap in Good practices include long-term
assessment Social Development Program and
2 processes relative Local Area Development
to basic good Benefit Sharing Programs (SRMP
practice (Level 3) Vol. 13) Monetary and non-
Significant gaps in monetary programs
assessment Full compliance with WB
safeguards and international
to basic good standards
practice (level 3)
Table 6: Protocol 14: Resettlement Plan

Assessment
Protocol Title DHP – Evidence and Justification Score
Scores Criteria
Suitable, adequate, Enhanced new policy measures to
and effective address and cover all impacts and
assessment with mitigation, including compensation
5
no significant at current market prices
opportunities for Entitlement matrix cover all losses
improvement for all categories of affected
Suitable, adequate persons
and effective Multiple options for relocation,
4 assessment with including development of 4
community-preferred sites in higher
Resettlement Plan
only a few minor

gaps elevation with all basic amenities
Suitable, adequate and provision for livelihoods
P-14 and effective New social, economic , educational
3 infrastructures as additional
assessment with
no significant gaps investments for social development
A significant gap in Gender action plan and attention
assessment to vulnerable groups
2 processes relative Community-wide support for the
to basic good project and community involvement
practice (Level 3) in implementation activities
Pre-construction activities for social
Significant gaps in
preparedness and readiness
assessment
Meet all compliance issues,
including setting new standards
to basic good
practice (level 3)

Table 7: Protocol 16: Labor and Working Conditions

Assessment
Protocol Title DHP - Evidence and Justification Score
Scores Criteria
Suitable Assessment of Human Resources Needs
, Full assessment of human resources and
adequat labor management requirements – annually
e, and and over time during project construction
meet all Analysis of labor requirements and influx of
5 internati in-migrants and construction workers to
onal project sites
labor Socio-cultural implications of in-migration ,
practice health and safety issues and labor rights
s and Management Plans
rights Management plans at project level as well
as contractors and consultants, based on
All laws, guidelines and frameworks
relevant
basic Management Plan for safeguarding rights of
good migrant workers. Good practices include 4
practice occupational health and safety, training,
4 underta equal opportunity, and grievances redress
ken, but mechanisms
one Environmental Code of Practices and Social
significa Code of Conduct for laborers and
nt gap contractors
Labor and Working Conditions
remains
Stakeholder Engagement
Suitable An Occupational Health and Safety (OHS)
, unit will be established as part of
adequat environmental unit of PMU. The OHS
e and Specialist/s will be part of contractor,
effective supervision consultant and PMU staff.
P-16 3
assess
ment Proactive approaches to deal with in-
migrants management
with no
significa Recognition of in-migrants and construction
nt gaps workers as a “stakeholder” group in project
Most construction
relevant Provisions for community level workshop for
element awareness for inter-cultural understanding
s of
basic Campaign for awareness about HIV/AIDS
and other health issues, and awareness
good
2 against human trafficking including women
practice
and children
(Level
3) with Out comes
one Integrated Labor management plans for
significa safeguarding labor rights and standards in
nt gap and outside labor camps, and equal access
There to work and opportunities (EMAP Vol. 8
are Environmental Management Plan, and
significa SRMP Vol. 9 Management Plan for
nt gaps Construction-related Impacts, and Vol. 3 of
relative Bidding Documents)
1
to basic Compliance with Local and Internal Labor
good Rights
practice Full compliance with national and
(Level international labor rights and practices.
3)

Table 8: Protocol 17: Cultural Heritage

and effective Physical cultural resources in
assessment with no the project area are identified
5
significant along with their significance
opportunities for Protecting cultural heritage is
improvement one of the key criteria for
selecting the current dam site
Suitable, adequate location
and effective Impacts and risk of the project
4 development on the PCRS are 4
assessment with only
assessed.
a few minor gaps Assessment also includes
Suitable, adequate opportunities for enhancement
and effective of PCRs and potential for
3 tourism development.
assessment with no
significant gaps Stakeholder Engagement
A significant gap in Directly affected stakeholders
assessment are involved in identification of
2 processes relative to the PCRs
Cultural Heritage
basic good practice Plans for protection of

(Level 3) graveyards and relocation of
Seer Gayal mosque are
P-17 prepared in consultation with
stakeholders
Grievance Redress mechanism
will be in place for stakeholders
to raise issues and get feedback
Stakeholder Support
Current location of the dam site
is selected with stakeholder
support to avoid submergence
Significant gaps in of impact cultural heritage (Seo
assessment mosque) in the Project area.
1 processes relative to Out comes
basic good practice A Physical Cultural Resources
(level 3) report is prepared with plans to
avoid, minimise, mitigate, and
compensate negative impacts
on cultural heritage arising from
project activities.
In addition enhancement plans
are proposed Shatial rock
carvings and Seo mosque,
which will be not effected by the
project.

Table 9: Protocol 18: Public Health

Suitable, adequate, Three project documents (SRMP
and effective Vol. 6 GAP, Vol. 7 PHAP, and Vol.
assessment with no 8 Management Plan for
5
significant Construction-related Impacts)
opportunities for cover issues related to public
improvement health issues.
Suitable, adequate Integrated approach to public
and effective health to (i) minimize adverse
4 assessment with impacts on health risks (including 4
only a few minor HIV/AIDS), IEC; and (ii) improved
Public Health
gaps health delivery system in the

Suitable, adequate project area, including in-migrants
P-18 and effective and host populations.
3 Enhancement, including
assessment with no
significant gaps establishment of health clinics,
A significant gap in including capacity building of the
assessment existing facilities
2 processes relative to Financing, implementation and
basic good practice monitoring arrangements
established
(Level 3)
Significant gaps in
assessment
1 processes relative to
basic good practice
(level 3)

Table 10: Protocol 19: Biodiversity & Invasive Species

and effective An assessment of terrestrial
assessment with no biodiversity; aquatic biodiversity
5
significant including passage of aquatic
opportunities for species and loss of connectivity
improvement to significant habitat; and risks of
Suitable, adequate invasive species has been
and effective undertaken
4
assessment with only Gaps are identified in the present
a few minor gaps assessment and recommended
Suitable, adequate additional studies during project
Biodiversity & Invasive Species
and effective implementation

3
assessment with no Management
significant gaps Plans and processes to address
identified biodiversity issues have
A significant gap in 3
been developed for project
assessment
implementation and operation
P-19 Ecological experts will be in place
basic good practice
from the construction supervision
(Level 3)
consultant and project
management unit respond to
emerging risks and opportunities
during project implementation
Outcomes
Two reports – Terrestrial Ecology
Significant gaps in and Aquatic Ecology are
assessment prepared with planning to avoid,
1 processes relative to minimise, mitigate, and
basic good practice compensate negative biodiversity
(level 3) impacts arising from project
activities
Plans for reservoir fishery
development and enhancement
for community conservation at
Kaigah is proposed

Table 11: Protocol -20: Erosion and Sedimentation

and effective Erosion and sedimentation are
assessment with no key issues for the Project and
5
significant have been thoroughly analysed
opportunities for with the state of art technology to
improvement assess their impact on the project
Suitable, adequate and to understand the sediment
and effective load and dynamics
4 assessment with Potential landslide prone areas
only a few minor are identified and their impacts
gaps are assessed
Suitable, adequate Further studies are recommended
Erosion and Sedimentation
and effective for evaluation of geotechnical

3
assessment with no issues related with identified
significant gaps landslides and catchment
4
management for reduction of
erosion and sedimentation.
assessment
P-20 Management
Sediment flushing is designed to
basic good practice
optimise the power generation
(Level 3)
LLOs and flushing tunnels are
designed to manage the sediment
load
Potential landslides along KKH
are considered in the engineering
Significant gaps in designs and retaining walls are
assessment recommended
1 processes relative to Reservoir landslide monitoring
basic good practice plan is prepared
(level 3) Outcomes
A standalone report on Reservoir
Operation and Sediment
Management is prepared
A reservoir landslide management
plan is prepared

Table 12: Protocol 21: Water Quality

and effective Assessment on water quality
assessment with no during project construction and
5
significant operation is carried out
opportunities for Assessment of water quality
improvement impacts on aquatic ecology have
Suitable, adequate been carried out
and effective Water quality during high flow and
4 assessment with low flow season in Indus and its
only a few minor tributaries from Basha dam site to
gaps Tarbela dam site is established to
Suitable, adequate monitor the future impacts
and effective Management
3 Water quality management Plans
assessment with no
significant gaps and processes to address
identified water quality issues
have been developed for project
assessment
implementation and operation
Opportunities for improvement of
basic good practice
water quality, such as waste water
(Level 3)
treatment facilities for Dasu town 4
Water Quality
are considered.
Outcomes
P-21 A series of following EMP sub-
plans are recommended for
protection of water quality
• EMP Sub-Plan 1:
Construction Management
• EMP Sub-Plan 2:
Operational Management
• EMP Sub-Plan 3:
Significant gaps in Physiography and
assessment Geology
1 processes relative to • EMP Sub-Plan 4:
basic good practice Hydrology & Surface
(level 3) Water Management
• EMP Sub-Plan 7: Noise
and Vibration
Management
• EMP Sub-Plan 8: Waste
Management
EMP Sub-Plan 9:
Hazardous Substances
Management
• EMP Sub-Plan 11:
Aquatic Ecology
Management

WAPDA DASU HydroPower Annex

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

WAPDA DASU HydroPower Annex

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

WAPDA DASU HydroPower Annex

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PAKISTAN WATER AND POWER DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY

DASU HYDROPOWER PROJECT

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT ACTION PLAN

General Manager (Hydro) Planning, WAPDA, Sunny View, Lahore, Pakistan

Dasu Hydropower Project

Dasu Hydropower Project

Dasu Hydropower Project

No. Parameter Standards

Dasu Hydropower Project

Dasu Hydropower Project

Table 2: NEQS for Gaseous Emissions

No. Parameter Source of Emission Standards

Dasu Hydropower Project

Table 3: NEQS for Sulfur Dioxide

Sulfur Dioxide Background Levels (mg/m3) Standards

Table 5: NEQS for Noise

1. Residential are (A) 65 50 55 45

Dasu Hydropower Project

Table 6: NEQS for Ambient Air

Pollutants Time-weighted Concentration in Ambient Air Method of

O3 1 hour 180 ȝg/m3 130 ȝg/m3 -Non dispersive UV

Respirable Annual Average* 25 ȝg/m3 15 ȝg/m3 -ȕ Ray Absorption

Dasu Hydropower Project

Table 7: NEQS for Drinking Water

Properties/ Parameters Standard Values For Who Guidelines Remarks

Dasu Hydropower Project

Properties/ Parameters Standard Values For Who Guidelines Remarks

Dasu Hydropower Project

Table 7: NEQS for Motor Vehicle Exhaust and Noise

Sr. Parameter Standards (maximum Measuring method

Table 7.2: For New Vehicles (Diesel)

Type of Category/Class Tiers CO HC+ PM Measuring

Parameter Standards (maximum permissible Measuring Method

Type of Vehicle Category/Class Tiers CO HC+ NOx PM Measuring

Parameter Standards (maximum permissible Measuring Method

Dasu Hydropower Project

Table 7.3: For New Vehicles (Petrol)

Emission Standards for Petrol Vehicles (g/km)

Type of Vehicle Category/Class Tiers CO HC+ Measuring

Parameter Standards (maximum Measuring Method

Dasu Hydropower Project

Dasu Hydropower Project

Dasu Hydropower Project

Dasu Hydropower Project

Table 4.1.1: Water Quality Results during July/August 2012

SAMPLING SITES (High Flow) *STANDARDS

Dasu Hydropower Project

SAMPLING SITES (High Flow) *STANDARDS

Dasu Hydropower Project

SAMPLING SITES (High Flow) *STANDARDS

Dasu Hydropower Project

SAMPLING SITES (High Flow) *STANDARDS

Dasu Hydropower Project

Table 4.1.2: Water Quality Results during December 2012

SAMPLING SITES (Low Flow) *STANDARDS

Dasu Hydropower Project

SAMPLING SITES (Low Flow) *STANDARDS

Dasu Hydropower Project

SAMPLING SITES (Low Flow) *STANDARDS

Dasu Hydropower Project